Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
De Forest, John William, 1826-1906 [1871], Overland: a novel. (Sheldon and Company, New York) [word count] [eaf543T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

NOVELS AND TALES.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

WOLFSDEN; an Authentic Account of Things there, and thereunto pertaining, as
they are, and have been. By J. B.



“Clever chiels an' bonnie hizzies
Are bred in sic a way as this is.”

In one volume, with illustrations by Billings. Price $1.25.

A novel of a unique character, full of the quaint simplicity of rustic New-England life.

COLOMBA; a Novel founded upon the “Vendetta.” Translated from the French of Prosper
Merimee. In one elegant 16mo. volume. Price $1.

A story of Corsica, of intense interest, graceful in style, and wholly free from the prevailing faults of
French novelists.

BERENICE; an Autobiographical Novel. In one volume, 12mo. Price $1.

In this book, many phases of life and character are presented with great dramatic force. The experiences
of a high-spirited girl, an orphan among strangers: an ill-starred marriage, and a second struggle for
support; these, with the connected incidents, form an interesting history of a woman's life and a woman's
heart.

THE MAYFLOWER, and Miscellaneous Writings. By Mrs. H. Beecher Stowe. In
one volume, 12mo, with a vignette title, and a fine Portrait on steel. Price, in muslin, $1.25; gilt $2;
half calf, $2.25; full calf, $4.

“Mrs. Stowe is not less successful in her delineations of New England life than in her world-renowned
pictures of southern society. `Old Father Morris,' `Love versus Law,' and `Uncle Lot.' bring the
old-fashioned scenes of by-gone days before us with a power that takes captive all our sympathies.”

National
Era.

THE NEW AGE OF GOLD; or, the Life and Adventures of Robert Dexter
Romaine. Written by himself. In one volume, 12mo. Price, $1.25.

A beautiful story of a residence upon a tropical island, bearing no more resemblance to Robinson Crusoe
than the circumstances require. The principal feature of novelty is the introduction of a beautiful
woman, who is the companion of the shipwrecked hero;—a very agreeable substitute for the uninteresting
savage, Friday.

The style of the work is exceedingly animated, and the author's sympathy with Nature, in all her forms
of beauty, is everywhere apparent.

EDITH HALE; a New England Story. In one volume, 12mo. Price $1.25.

This is a novel characterized by its truthfulness of local coloring, both in scenery and in manners.
Without espousing any side, unless it be the people's, it has somewhat to do with the pastoral relation,
after the manner of “Sunny Side” and “Shady Side.” But the plan of the book is new, and the style
shows much of the fruits of reading.

MODERN PILGRIMS; showing the Improvements in Travel, and the Newest
Methods of reaching the Celestial City. By George Wood, author of “Peter Schlemihl
in America.” In two volumes, 12mo. Price $1.75.

The idea of this work was suggested to the author by the inimitable “Celestial Railroad” of Hawthorne.
But in the application of the idea to the religious societies of modern times, the author has followed a path
of his own. No description can do the work justice. It is full of trenchant satire upon life, manners, and
opinions; and at the same time it has much of pathos, which cannot but awaken sympathy.

It is proper to add, that the author takes the same stand-point with honest John Bunyan.

MARGARET PERCIVAL IN AMERICA. Being a Sequel to “Margaret Percival.”
By Rev E. E. Hale. 12mo., muslin. Price, 75 cents.

“The volume is an interesting one, as unfolding the wide contrast between the religious life of England
and the United States. It is written in a style of exquisite beauty, exhibiting on every page the marks
of generous feeling and large scholarship. We have read it with great interest, and recognize its truthful
portraits of New England life.”

Philadelphia C. Chronicle.

PUBLISHED BY
PHILLIPS, SAMPSON & CO., Boston,
And for sale by all Booksellers in the United States.

-- --

MISCELLANEOUS.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

MARTIN MERRIVALE, HIS X MARK. By Paul Creyton. With fifteen full-page illustrations
and twenty-two initial letters, from designs by Billings. In one large volume, 12mo.
Price $1.50.

“It is a genuine, all-sided, heartsome book, with no sign of consciousness in all its exquisite humor,
beauty, and pathos. We have not seen a better delineation of New England rusticity than Paul Creyton's
`Cheesy,' and his `Step-mother.”'

New-York Courier and Inquirer.

&hand; A new work, by Paul Creyton, of great power and originality, is in press.

SUNNY SIDE SERIES.

A PEEP AT “NUMBER FIVE;” or, a Chapter in the Life of a City Pastor. By H.
Trusta, author of “Sunny Side.” 18mo., illustrated. Twenty-fifth thousand. Price, muslin, 50
cents; gilt, 75 cents.

THE TELLTALE; or, Home Secrets told by old Travellers. By H. Trusta. 18mo.,
illustrated. Price, muslin, 50 cents; gilt, 75 cents.

THE LAST LEAF FROM SUNNY SIDE. By H. Trusta. With a Memorial of the author,
by Rev. Austin Phelps. Seventeenth thousand. 18mo., with a fine Portrait. Price, muslin, 50
cents; gilt, 75 cents.

FATHER BRIGHTHOPES; or, an Old Clergyman's Vacation. By Paul Creyton.
18mo. Price, muslin, 50 cents; muslin, full gilt, 75 cents.

BURRCLIFF, ITS SUNSHINE AND ITS CLOUDS. By Paul Creyton. 18mo. Price,
muslin, 50 cents; full gilt, 75 cents.

HEARTS AND FACES; or, Home Life Unveiled. By Paul Creyton. Price, muslin, 50
cents; muslin, full gilt, 75 cents.

IRONTHORPE, THE PIONEER PREACHER. By Paul Creyton. 18mo. Price, muslin,
50 cents; full gilt, 75 cents.

Few writers have succeeded in interesting so wide a circle of readers as “Paul Creyton.” Although
his works were designed for mature minds, yet such is the purity and naturalness of his style, that young
people, and even children, are delighted with him. Few books published in America have had a greater
or more deserved popularity than the charming series above.

THE CITY SIDE; or, Passages from a Pastor's Portfolio. By Cara Belmont. 18mo.
Price, muslin, 50 cents; gilt, 75 cents.

TALES FOR THE MARINES. By Harry Gringo (Lieut. H. A. Wise, U. S. N.), author of
“Los Gringos,” etc. In one volume, 12mo. Price $1.25.

Of this brilliant Nautical Novel, N. P. Willis thus speaks in the Home Journal:

“We deliberately believe that the living writer who can give the most pleasure in the way of fun and
novelty, is Harry Gringo. We think him an unworked mine of a new and peculiarly intellectual ore, —
a keen knowledge of men and things, and subtile powers of analysis underlying all his sparkling effervescence
and wonderful sense of the ludicrous. He may have a niche all to himself in the temple of fame.”

VASSALL MORTON; a Novel. By Francis Parkman, author of “The Conspiracy of Pontiac,”
etc. In one volume, 12mo. Price $1.25.

This story commences in Boston, and its characters are those of the present day. In the course of the
narrative, the action is transferred to Europe: and, in the arrest of the hero, and his subsequent escape
from an Austrian dungeon, we have one of the most thrilling scenes in modern fiction.

PUBLISHED BY
PHILLIPS, SAMPSON & CO., Boston,
And for sale by all Booksellers in the United States.

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Title-Page.[end figure description]

Title Page OVERLAND. A NOVEL. NEW YORK:
SHELDON AND COMPANY,
677 BROADWAY, AND 214 & 216 MERCER ST.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by
SHELDON AND COMPANY,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
Stereotyped by Smith & McDougal, 82 Beekman Street, New York. Main text

-- --

CHAPTER I.

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

By J. W. De Forest, Author of “Kate Beaumont,” etc.

IN those days, Santa Fé, New Mexico, was an undergrown, decrepit, out atelbows
ancient hidalgo of a town, with not a scintillation of prosperity or
grandeur about it, except the name of capital.

It was two hundred and seventy years old; and it had less than five thousand
inhabitants. It was the metropolis of a vast extent of country, not destitute
of natural wealth; and it consisted of a few narrow, irregular streets, lined
by one-story houses built of sun-baked bricks. Owing to the fine climate, it was
difficult to die there; but owing to many things not fine, it was almost equally
difficult to live.

Even the fact that Santa Fé had been for a period under the fostering wings
of the American eagle did not make it grow much. Westward-ho emigrants
halted there to refit and buy cattle and provisions; but always started resolutely
on again, westward-hoing across the continent. Nobody seemed to want to
stay in Santa Fé, except the aforesaid less than five thousand inhabitants, who
were able to endure the place because they had never seen any other, and who
had become a part of its gray, dirty, lazy lifelessness and despondency.

For a wonder, this old atom of a metropolis had lately had an increase of
population, which was nearly as great a wonder as Sarah having a son when she
was “well stricken in years.” A couple of new-comers—not a man nor woman
less than a couple—now stood on the flat roof of one of the largest of the sun-baked
brick houses. By great good luck, moreover, these two were, I humbly
trust, worthy of attention. The one was interesting because she was the handsomest
girl in Santa Fé, and would have been considered a handsome girl anywhere;
the other was interesting because she was a remarkable woman, and
even, as Mr. Jefferson Brick might have phrased it, “one of the most remarkable
women in our country, sir.” At least so she judged, and judged it too with very
considerable confidence, being one of those persons who say, “If I know myself,
and I think I do.”

The beauty was of a mixed type. She combined the blonde and the brunette
fashions of loveliness. You might guess at the first glance that she had in her
the blood of both the Teutonic and the Latin races. While her skin was clear

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

and rosy, and her curling hair was of a light and bright chestnut, her long, shadowy
eyelashes were almost black, and her eyes were of a deep hazel, nearly allied
to blackness. Her form had the height of the usual American girl, and the
round plumpness of the usual Spanish girl. Even in her bearing and expression
you could discover more or less of this union of different races. There was
shyness and frankness; there was mistrust and confidence; there was sentimentality
and gayety. In short, Clara Muñoz Garcia Van Diemen was a handsome
and interesting young lady.

Now for the remarkable woman. Sturdy and prominent old character, obviously.
Forty-seven years old, or thereabouts; lots of curling iron-gray hair
twisted about her round forehead; a few wrinkles, and not all of the newest.
Round face, round and earnest eyes, short, self-confident nose, chin sticking out
in search of its own way, mouth trembling with unuttered ideas. Good figure—
what Lord Dundreary would call “dem robust,” but not so sumptuous as to be
merely ornamental; tolerably convenient figure to get about in. Walks up and
down, man-fashion, with her hands behind her back—also man-fashion. Such is
Mrs. Maria Stanley, the sister of Clara Van Diemen's father, and best known to
Clara as Aunt Maria.

“And so this is Santa Fé?” said Aunt Maria, rolling her spectacles over the
little wilted city. “Founded in 1581; two hundred and seventy years old. Well,
if this is all that man can do in that time, he had better leave colonization to
woman.”

Clara smiled with an innocent air of half wonder and half amusement, such
as you may see on the face of a child when it is shown some new and rather
awe-striking marvel of the universe, whether a jack-in-a-box or a comet. She
had only known Aunt Maria for the last four years, and she had not yet got used
to her rough-and-ready mannish ways, nor learned to see any sense in her philosophizings.
Looking upon her as a comical character, and supposing that she
talked mainly for the fun of the thing, she was disposed to laugh at her doings
and sayings, though mostly meant in solemn earnest.

“But about your affairs, my child,” continued Aunt Maria, suddenly gripping
a fresh subject after her quick and startling fashion. “I don't understand them.
How is it possible? Here is a great fortune gone; gone in a moment; gone
incomprehensibly. What does it mean? Some rascality here. Some man at
the bottom of this.”

“I presume my relative, Garcia, must be right,” commenced Clara.

“No, he isn't,” interrupted Aunt Maria. “He is wrong. Of course he's
wrong. I never knew a man yet but what he was wrong.”

“You make me laugh in spite of my troubles,” said Clara, laughing, however,
only through her eyes, which had great faculties for sparkling out meanings.
“But see here,” she added, turning grave again, and putting up her hand to ask
attention. “Mr. Garcia tells a straight story, and gives reasons enough. There
was the war,” and here she began to count on her fingers. “That destroyed a
great deal. I know when my father could scarcely send on money to pay my
bills in New York. And then there was the signature for Señor Pedraez. And
then there were the Apaches who burnt the hacienda and drove off the cattle.
And then he—”

Her voice faltered and she stopped; she could not say, “He died.”

“My poor, dear child!” sighed Aunt Maria, walking up to the girl and caressing
her with a tenderness which was all womanly.

“That seems enough,” continued Clara, when she could speak again. “I

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

suppose that what Garcia and the lawyers tell us is true. I suppose I am not
worth a thousand dollars.”

“Will a thousand dollars support you here?”

“I don't know. I don't think it will.”

“Then if I can't set this thing straight, if I can't make somebody disgorge
your property, I must take you back with me.”

“Oh! if you would!” implored Clara, all the tender helplessness of Spanish
girlhood appealing from her eyes.

“Of course I will,” said Aunt Maria, with a benevolent energy which was
almost terrific.

“I would try to do something. I don't know. Couldn't I teach Spanish?”

“You shan't,” decided Aunt Maria. “Yes, you shall. You shall be professor
of foreign languages in a Female College which I mean to have founded.”

Clara stared with astonishment, and then burst into a hearty fit of laughter,
the two finishing the drying of her tears. She was so far from wishing to be a
strong-minded person of either gender, that she did not comprehend that her
aunt could wish it for her, or could herself seriously claim to be one. The talk
about a professorship was in her estimation the wayward, humorous whim of an
eccentric who was fond of solemn joking. Mrs. Stanley, meanwhile, could not
see why her utterance should not be taken in earnest, and opened her eyes at
Clara's merriment.

We must say a word or two concerning the past of this young lady. Twenty-five
years previous a New Yorker named Augustus Van Diemen, the brother of
that Maria Jane Van Diemen now known to the world as Mrs. Stanley, had migrated
to California, set up in the hide business, and married by stealth the
daughter of a wealthy Mexican named Pedro Muñoz. Muñoz got into a Spanish
Catholic rage at having a Yankee Protestant son-in-law, disowned and formally
disinherited his child, and worried her husband into quitting the country.
Van Diemen returned to the United States, but his wife soon became homesick
for her native land, and, like a good husband as he was, he went once more to
Mexico. This time he settled in Santa Fé, where he accumulated a handsome
fortune, lived in the best house in the city, and owned haciendas.

Clara's mother dying when the girl was fourteen years old, Van Diemen felt
free to give her, his only child, an American education, and sent her to New York,
where she went through four years of schooling. During this period came the
war between the United States and Mexico. Foreign residents were ill-treated;
Van Diemen was sometimes a prisoner, sometimes a fugitive; in one way or another
his fortune went to pieces. Four months previous to the opening of this
story he died in a state little better than insolvency. Clara, returning to Santa
Fé under the care of her energetic and affectionate relative, found that the deluge
of debt would cover town house and haciendas, leaving her barely a thousand
dollars. She was handsome and accomplished, but she was an orphan and
poor. The main chance with her seemed to lie in the likelihood that she would
find a mother (or a father) in Aunt Maria.

Yes, there was another sustaining possibility, and of a more poetic nature.
There was a young American officer named Thurstane, a second lieutenant acting
as quartermaster of the department, who had met her heretofore in New
York, who had seemed delighted to welcome her to Santa Fé, and who now
called on her nearly every day. Might it not be that Lieutenant Thurstane
would want to make her Mrs. Thurstane, and would have power granted him to
induce her to consent to the arrangement? Clara was sufficiently a woman, and

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

sufficiently a Spanish woman especially, to believe in marriage. She did not
mean particularly to be Mrs. Thurstane, but she did mean generally to be Mrs.
Somebody. And why not Thurstane? Well, that was for him to decide, at
least to a considerable extent. In the mean time she did not love him; she only
disliked the thought of leaving him.

While these two women had been talking and thinking, a lazy Indian servant
had been lounging up the stairway. Arrived on the roof, he advanced to La
Señorita Clara, and handed her a letter. The girl opened it, glanced through it
with a flushing face, and cried out delightedly, “It is from my grandfather. How
wonderful! O holy Maria, thanks! His heart has been softened. He invites
me to come and live with him in San Francisco. O Madre de Dios!

Although Clara spoke English perfectly, and although she was in faith quite
as much of a Protestant as a Catholic, yet in her moments of strong excitement
she sometimes fell back into the language and ideas of her childhood.

“Child, what are you jabbering about?” asked Aunt Maria.

“There it is. See! Pedro Muñoz! It is his own signature. I have seen
letters of his. Pedro Muñoz! Read it. Oh! you don't read Spanish.”

Then she translated the letter aloud. Aunt Maria listened with a firm and
almost stern aspect, like one who sees some justice done, but not enough.

“He doesn't beg your pardon,” she said at the close of the reading.

Clara, supposing that she was expected to laugh, and not seeing the point of
the joke, stared in amazement.

“But probably he is in a meeker mood now,” continued Aunt Maria. “By
this time it is to be hoped that he sees his past conduct in a proper light. The
letter was written three months ago.”

“Three months ago,” repeated Clara. “Yes, it has taken all that time to
come. How long will it take me to go there? How shall I go?”

“We will see,” said Aunt Maria, with the air of one who holds the fates in
her hand, and doesn't mean to open it till she gets ready. She was by no means
satisfied as yet that this grandfather Muñoz was a proper person to be intrusted
with the destinies of a young lady. In refusing to let his daughter select her
own husband, he had shown a very squinting and incomplete perception of the
rights of woman.

“Old reprobate!” thought Aunt Maria. “Probably he has got gouty with
his vices, and wants to be nursed. I fancy I see him getting Clara without going
on his sore marrow-bones and begging pardon of gods and women.”

“Of course I must go,” continued Clara, unsuspicious of her aunt's reflections.
“At all events he will support me. Besides, he is now the head of my family.”

“Head of the family!” frowned Aunt Maria. “Because he is a man? So
much the more reason for his being the tail of it. My dear, you are your own
head.”

“Ah—well. What is the use of all that?” asked Clara, smiling away those
views. “I have no money, and he has.”

“Well, we will see,” persisted Aunt Maria. “I just told you so. We will
see.”

The two women had scarcely left the roof of the house and got themselves
down to the large, breezy, sparsely furnished parlor, ere the lazy, dawdling Indian
servant announced Lieutenant Thurstane.

Lieutenant Ralph Thurstane was a tall, full-chested, finely-limbed gladiator
of perhaps four and twenty. Broad forehead; nose straight and high enough;
lower part of the face oval; on the whole a good physiognomy. Cheek bones

-- 007 --

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

rather strongly marked; a hint of Scandinavian ancestry supported by his name
Thurstane is evidently Thor's stone or altar; forefathers priests of the god of
thunder. His complexion was so reddened and darkened by sunburn that his
untanned forehead looked unnaturally white and delicate. His yellow, one
might almost call it golden hair, was wavy enough to be handsome. Eyes quite
remarkable; blue, but of a very dark blue, like the coloring which is sometimes
given to steel; so dark indeed that one's first impression was that they were
black. Their natural expression seemed, to be gentle, pathetic, and almost imploring;
but authority, responsibility, hardship, and danger had given them an
ability to be stern. In his whole face, young as he was, there was already the
look of the veteran, that calm reminiscence of trials endured, that preparedness
for trials to come. In fine, taking figure, physiognomy, and demeanor together,
he was attractive.

He saluted the ladies as if they were his superior officers. It was a kindly
address, but ceremonious; it was almost humble, and yet it was self-respectful.

“I have some great news,” he presently said, in the full masculine tone of
one who has done much drilling. “That is, it is great to me. I change station.”

“How is that?” asked Clara eagerly. She was not troubled at the thought
of losing a beau; we must not be so hard upon her as to make that supposition;
but here was a trustworthy friend going away just when she wanted counsel and
perhaps aid.

“I have been promoted first lieutenant of Company I, Fifth Regiment, and I
must join my company.”

“Promoted! I am glad,” said Clara.

“You ought to be pleased,” put in Aunt Maria, staring at the grave face of
the young man with no approving expression. “I thought men were always
pleased with such things.”

“So I am,” returned Thurstane. “Of course I am pleased with the step.
But I must leave Santa Fé. And I have found Santa Fé very pleasant.”

There was so much meaning obvious in these last words that Clara's face
colored like a sunset.

“I thought soldiers never indulged in such feelings,” continued the unmollified
Aunt Maria.

“Soldiers are but men,” observed Thurstane, flushing through his sunburn.

“And men are weak creatures.”

Thurstane grew still redder. This old lady (old in his young eyes) was always
at him about his manship, as if it were a crime and disgrace. He wanted
to give her one, but out of respect for Clara he did not, and merely moved uneasily
in his seat, as men are apt to do when they are set down hard.

“How soon must you go? Where?” demanded Clara.

“As soon as I can close my accounts here and turn over my stores to my
successor. Company I is at Fort Yuma on the Colorado. It is the first post
in California.”

“California!” And Clara could not help brightening up in cheeks and
eyes with fine tints and flashes. “Why, I am going to California.”

“We will see,” said Aunt Maria, still holding the fates in her fist.

Then came the story of Grandfather Muñoz's letter, with a hint or two concerning
the decay of the Van Diemen fortune, for Clara was not worldly wise
enough to hide her poverty.

Thurstane's face turned as red with pleasure as if it had been dipped in the

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

sun. If this young lady was going to California, he might perhaps be her
knight-errant across the desert, guard her from privations and hardships, and
crown himself with her smiles. If she was poor, he might—well, he would not
speculate upon that; it was too dizzying.

We must say a word as to his history in order to show why he was so shy
and sensitive. He had been through West Point, confined himself while there
closely to his studies, gone very soon into active service, and so seen little society.
The discipline of the Academy and three years in the regular army had ground
into him the soldier's respect for superiors. He revered his field officers; he
received a communication from the War Department as a sort of superhuman
revelation; he would have blown himself sky-high at the command of General
Scott. This habit of subordination, coupled with a natural fund of reverence,
led him to feel that many persons were better than himself, and to be humble in
their presence. All women were his superior officers, and the highest in rank
was Clara Van Diemen.

Well, hurrah! he was to march under her to California! and the thought
made him half wild. He would protect her; he would kill all the Indians in the
desert for her sake; he would feed her on his own blood, if necessary.

As he considered these proper and feasible projects, the audacious thought
which he had just tried to expel from his mind forced its way back into it. If
the Van Diemen estate were insolvent, if this semi-divine Clara were as poor as
himself, there was a call on him to double his devotion to her, and there was a
hope that his worship might some day be rewarded.

How he would slave and serve for her; how he would earn promotion for
her sake; how he would fight her battle in life! But would she let him do it?
Ah, it seemed too much to hope. Poor though she was, she was still a heaven
or so above him; she was so beautiful and had so many perfections!

Oh, the purity, the self-abnegation, the humility of love! It makes a man
scarcely lower than the angels, and quite superior to not a few reverenced saints.

CHAPTER II.

I must say,” observed Thurstane—“I beg your pardon for advising—but
I think you had better accept your grandfather's invitation.”

He said it with a pang at his heart, for if this adorable girl went to her grandfather,
the old fellow would be sure to love her and leave her his property, in
which case there would be no chance for a proud and poor lieutenant. He
gave his advice under a grim sense that it was his duty to give it, because the
following of it would be best for Miss Van Diemen.

“So I think,” nodded Clara, fortified by this opinion to resist Aunt Maria,
and the more fortified because it was the opinion of a man.

After a certain amount of discussion the elder lady was persuaded to loosen
her mighty grip and give the destinies a little liberty.

“Well, it may be best,” she said, pursing her mouth as if she tasted the bitter
of some half-suspected and disagreeable future. “I don't know. I won't
undertake positively to decide. But, if you do go,” and here she became authentic
and despotic—“if you do go, I shall go with you and see you safe there.”

“Oh! will you?” exclaimed Clara, all Spanish and all emotion in an instant.
“How sweet and good and beautiful of you! You are my guardian angel.
Do you know? I thought you would offer to go. I said to myself, She came
on to Santa Fé for my sake, and she will go to California. But oh, it is too
much for me to ask. How shall I ever pay you?”

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

“I will pay myself,” returned Aunt Maria. “I have plans for California.”

It was as if she had said, “Go to, we will make California in our own image.”

The young lady was satisfied. Her strong-minded relative was a mighty mystery
to her, just as men were mighty mysteries. Whatever she or they said
could be done and should be done, why of course it would be done, and that
shortly.

By the time that Aunt Maria had announced her decision, another visitor
was on the point of entrance. Carlos Maria Muñoz Garcia de Coronado was a
nephew of Manuel Garcia, who was a cousin of Clara's grandfather; only, as
Garcia was merely his uncle by marriage, Coronado and Clara were not related
by blood, though calling each other cousin. He was a man of medium stature,
slender in build, agile and graceful in movement, complexion very dark, features
high and aristocratic, short black hair and small black moustache, eyes black also,
but veiled and dusky. He was about twenty-eight, but he seemed at least four
years older, partly because of a deep wrinkle which slashed down each cheek, and
partly because he was so perfectly self-possessed and elaborately courteous. His
intellect was apparently as alert and adroit as his physical action. A few words
from Clara enabled him to seize the situation.

“Go at once,” he decided without a moment's hesitation. “My dear cousin,
it will be the happy turning point of your fortunes. I fancy you already inheriting
the hoards, city lots, haciendas, mines, and cattle of our excellent relative
Muñoz—long may he live to enjoy them! Certainly. Don't whisper an objection.
Muñoz owes you that reparation. His conduct has been—we will not
describe it—we will hope that he means to make amends for it. Unquestionably
he will. My dear cousin, nothing can resist you. You will enchant your grandfather.
It will all end, like the tales of the Arabian Nights, in your living in a
palace. How delightful to think of this long family quarrel at last coming to a
close! But how do you go?”

“If Miss Van Diemen goes overland, I can do something toward protecting
her and making her comfortable,” suggested Thurstane. “I am ordered to Fort
Yuma.”

Coronado glanced at the young officer, noted the guilty blush which peeped
out of his tanned cheek, and came to a decision on the instant.

“Overland!” he exclaimed, lifting both his hands. “Take her overland!
My God! my God!”

Thurstane reddened at the insinuation that he had given bad advice to Miss
Van Diemen; but though he wanted to fight the Mexican, he controlled himself,
and did not even argue. Like all sensitive and at the same time self-respectful
persons, he was exceedingly considerate of the feelings of others, and
was a very lamb in conversation.

“It is a desert,” continued Coronado in a kind of scream of horror. “It is
a waterless desert, without a blade of grass, and haunted from end to end by
Apaches. My little cousin would die of thirst and hunger. She would be
hunted and scalped. O my God! overland!”

“Emigrant parties are going all the while,” ventured Thurstane, very angry
at such extravagant opposition, but merely looking a little stiff.

“Certainly. You are right, Lieutenant,” bowed Coronado. “They do go.
But how many perish on the way? They march between the unburied and withered
corpses of their predecessors. And what a journey for a woman—for a
lady accustomed to luxury—for my little cousin! I beg your pardon, my dear
Lieutenant Thurstane, for disagreeing with you. My advice is—the isthmus.”

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

“I have, of course, nothing to say,” admitted the officer, returning Coronado's
bow. “The family must decide.”

“Certainly, the isthmus, the steamers,” went on the fluent Mexican. “You
sail to Panama. You have an easy and safe land trip of a few days. Then
steamers again. Poff! you are there. By all means, the isthmus.”

We must allot a few more words of description to this Don Carlos Coronado.
Let no one expect a stage Spaniard, with the air of a matador or a guerrillero,
who wears only picturesque and outlandish costumes, and speaks only magniloquent
Castilian. Coronado was dressed, on this spring morning, precisely as
American dandies then dressed for summer promenades on Broadway. His hat
was a fine panama with a broad black ribbon; his frock-coat was of thin cloth,
plain, dark, and altogether civilized; his light trousers were cut gaiter-fashion,
and strapped under the instep; his small boots were patent-leather, and of the
ordinary type. There was nothing poetic about his attire except a reasonably
wide Byron collar and a rather dashing crimson neck-tie, well suited to his dark
complexion.

His manner was sometimes excitable, as we have seen above; but usually he
was like what gentlemen with us desire to be. Perhaps he bowed lower and
smiled oftener and gestured more gracefully than Americans are apt to do. But
there was in general nothing Oriental about him, no assumption of barbaric
pompousness, no extravagance of bearing. His prevailing deportment was calm,
grave, and deliciously courteous. If you had met him, no matter how or where,
you would probably have been pleased with him. He would have made conversation
for you, and put you at ease in a moment; you would have believed that
he liked you, and you would therefore have been disposed to like him. In short,
he was agreeable to most people, and to some people fascinating.

And then his English! It was wonderful to hear him talk it. No American
could say that he spoke better English than Coronado, and no American surely
ever spoke it so fluently. It rolled off his lips in a torrent, undefiled by a mispronunciation
or a foreign idiom. And yet he had begun to learn the language
after reaching the age of manhood, and had acquired it mainly during three years
of exile and teaching of Spanish in the United States. His linguistic cleverness
was a fair specimen of his general quickness of intellect.

Mrs. Stanley had liked him at first sight—that is, liked him for a man. He
knew it; he had seen that she was a person worth conciliating; he had addressed
himself to her, let off his bows at her, made her the centre of conversation. In
ten minutes from the entrance of Coronado Mrs. Stanley was of opinion that
Clara ought to go to California by way of the isthmus, although she had previously
taken the overland route for granted. In another ten minutes the matter
was settled: the ladies were to go by way of New Orleans, Panama, and the
Pacific.

Shortly afterward, Coronado and Thurstane took their leave; the Mexican
affable, sociable, smiling, smoking; the American civil, but taciturn and grave.

“Aha! I have disappointed the young gentleman,” thought Coronado as they
parted, the one going to his quartermaster's office and the other to Garcia's
house.

Coronado, although he had spent great part of his life in courting women, was
a bachelor. He had been engaged once in New Mexico and two or three times
in New York, but had always, as he could tell you with a smile, been disappointed.
He now lived with his uncle, that Señor Manuel Garcia whom Clara has mentioned,
a trader with California, an owner of vast estates and much cattle, and

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

reputed to be one of the richest men in New Mexico. The two often quarrelled,
and the elder had once turned the younger out of doors, so lively were their dispositions.
But as Garcia had lost one by one all his children, he had at last
taken his nephew into permanent favor, and would, it was said, leave him his
property.

The house, a hollow square built of adobe bricks in one story, covered a vast deal
of ground, had spacious rooms and a court big enough to bivouac a regiment.
It was, in fact, not only a dwelling, but a magazine where Garcia stored his merchandise,
and a caravansary where he parked his wagons. As Coronado lounged
into the main doorway he was run against by a short, pursy old gentleman who
was rushing out.

“Ah! there you are!” exclaimed the old gentleman, in Spanish. “O you
pig! you dog! you never are here. O Madre de Dios! how I have needed you!
There is no time to lose. Enter at once.”

A dyspeptic, worn with work and anxieties, his nervous system shattered,
Garcia was subject to fits of petulance which were ludicrous. In these rages he
called everybody who would bear it pigs, dogs, and other more unsavory nicknames.
Coronado bore it because thus he got his living, and got it without
much labor.

“I want you,” gasped Garcia, seizing the young man by the arm and dragging
him into a private room. “I want to speak to you in confidence—in confidence,
mind you, in confidence—about Muñoz.”

“I have heard of it,” said Coronado, as the old man stopped to catch his
breath.

“Heard of it!” exclaimed Garcia, in such consternation that he turned yellow,
which was his way of turning pale. “Has the news got here? O Madre
de Dios!”

“Yes, I was at our little cousin's this evening. It is an ugly affair.”

“And she knows it?” groaned the old man. “O Madre de Dios!”

“She told me of it. She is going there. I did the best I could, She was
about to go overland, in charge of the American, Thurstane. I broke that up. I
persuaded her to go by the isthmus.”

“It is of little use,” said Garcia, his eyes filmy with despair, as if he were
dying. “She will get there. The property will be hers.”

“Not necessarily. He has simply invited her to live with him. She may
not suit.”

“How?” demanded Garcia, open-eyed and open-mouthed with anxiety.

“He has simply invited her to live with him,” repeated Coronado. “I saw
the letter.”

“What! you don't know, then?”

“Know what?”

“Muñoz is dead.”

Coronado threw out, first a stare of surprise, and then a shout of laughter.

“And here they have just got a letter from him,” he said presently; “and
I have been persuading her to go to him by the isthmus!”

“May the journey take her to him!” muttered Garcia. “How old was this
letter?”

“Nearly three months. It came by sea, first to New York, and then here.”

“My news is a month later. It came overland by special messenger. Listen
to me, Carlos. This affair is worse than you know. Do you know what

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

Muñoz has done? Oh, the pig! the dog! the villainous pig! He has left everything
to his granddaughter.”

Coronado, dumb with astonishment and dismay, mechanically slapped his
boot with his cane and stared at Garcia.

“I am ruined,” cried the old man. “The pig of hell has ruined me. He has
left me, his cousin, his only male relative, to ruin. Not a doubloon to save me.'

“Is there no chance?” asked Coronado, after a long silence.

“None! Oh—yes—one. A little one, a miserable little one. If she dies
without issue and without a will, I am heir. And you, Carlos” (changing here
to a wheedling tone), “you are mine.”

The look which accompanied these last words was a terrible mingling of cunning,
cruelty, hope, and despair.

Coronado glanced at Garcia with a shocking comprehension, and immediately
dropped his dusky eyes upon the floor.

“You know I have made my will,” resumed the old man, “and left you everything.”

“Which is nothing,” returned Coronado, aware that his uncle was insolvent
in reality, and that his estate when settled would not show the residuum of a
dollar.

“If the fortune of Muñoz comes to me, I shall be very rich.”

“When you get it.”

“Listen to me, Carlos. Is there no way of getting it?”

As the two men stared at each other they were horrible. The uncle was always
horrible; he was one of the very ugliest of Spaniards; he was a brutal caricature
of the national type. He had a low forehead, round face, bulbous nose,
shaking fat cheeks, insignificant chin, and only one eye, a black and sleepy orb,
which seemed to crawl like a snake. His exceedingly dark skin was made darker
by a singular bluish tinge which resulted from heavy doses of nitrate of silver,
taken as a remedy for epilepsy. His face was, moreover, mottled with dusky
spots, so that he reminded the spectator of a frog or a toad. Just now he looked
nothing less than poisonous; the hungriest of cannibals would not have dared
eat him.

“I am ruined,” he went on groaning. “The war, the Yankees, the Apaches,
the devil—I am completely ruined. In another year I shall be sold out. Then,
my dear Carlos, you will have no home.”

Sangre de Dios!” growled Coronado. “Do you want to drive me to the
devil?

“O God! to force an old man to such an extremity!” continued Garcia.
“It is more than an old man is fitted to strive with. An old man—an old, sick,
worn-out man!”

“You are sure about the will?” demanded the nephew.

“I have a copy of it,” said Garcia, eagerly. “Here it is. Read it. O Madre
de Dios! there is no doubt about it. I can trust my lawyer. It all goes to her.
It only comes to me if she dies childless and intestate.”

“This is a horrible dilemma to force us into,” observed Coronado, after he
had read the paper.

“So it is,” assented Garcia, looking at him with indescribable anxiety. “So
it is; so it is. What is to be done?”

“Suppose I should marry her?”

The old man's countenance fell; he wanted to call his nephew a pig, a dog,

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

and everything else that is villainous; but he restrained himself and merely
whimpered, “It would be better than nothing. You could help me.”

“There is little chance of it,” said Coronado, seeing that the proposition was
not approved. “She likes the American lieutenant much, and does not like me
at all.”

“Then—” began Garcia, and stopped there, trembling all over.

“Then what?”

The venomous old toad made a supreme effort and whispered, “Suppose she
should die?”

Coronado wheeled about, walked two or three times up and down the room,
returned to where Garcia sat quivering, and murmured, “It must be done
quickly.”

“Yes, yes,” gasped the old man. “She must—it must be childless and intestate.”

“She must go off in some natural way,” continued the nephew.

The uncle looked up with a vague hope in his one dusky and filmy eye.

“Perhaps the isthmus will do it for her.”

Again the old man turned to an image of despair, as he mumbled, “O Madre
de Dios! no, no. The isthmus is nothing.”

“Is the overland route more dangerous?” asked Coronado.

“It might be made more dangerous. One gets lost in the desert. There
are Apaches.”

“It is a horrible business,” growled Coronado, shaking his head and biting
his lips.

“Oh, horrible, horrible!” groaned Garcia. “Muñoz was a pig, and a dog,
and a toad, and a snake.”

“You old coward! can't you speak out?” hissed Coronado, losing his patience.
“Do you want me both to devise and execute, while you take the purses?
Tell me at once what your plan is.”

“The overland route,” whispered Garcia, shaking from head to foot. “You
go with her. I pay—I pay everything. You shall have men, horses, mules,
wagons, all you want.”

“I shall want money, too. I shall need, perhaps, two thousand dollars.
Apaches.”

“Yes, yes,” assented Garcia. “The Apaches make an attack. You shall
have money. I can raise it; I will.”

“How soon will you have a train ready?”

“Immediately. Any day you want. You must start at once. She must not
know of the will. She might remain here, and let the estate be settled for her,
and draw on it. She might go back to New York. Anybody would lend her
money.”

“Yes, events hurry us,” muttered Coronado. “Well, get your cursed train
ready. I will induce her to take it. I must unsay now all that I said in favor
of the isthmus.”

“Do be judicious,” implored Garcia. “With judgment, with judgment.
Lost on the plains. Stolen by Apaches. No killing. No scandals. O my
God, how I hate scandals and uproars! I am an old man, Carlos. With judgment,
with judgment.”

“I comprehend,” responded Coronado, adding a long string of Spanish
curses, most of them meant for his uncle.

-- 014 --

CHAPTER III.

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

That very day Coronado made a second call on Clara and her Aunt Maria,
to retract, contradict, and disprove all that he had said in favor of the isthmus
and against the overland route.

Although his visit was timed early in the evening, he found Lieutenant
Thurstane already with the ladies. Instead of scowling at him, or crouching in
conscious guilt before him, he made a cordial rush for his hand, smiled sweetly
in his face, and offered him incense of gratitude.

“My dear Lieutenant, you are perfectly right,” he said, in his fluent English.
“The journey by the isthmus is not to be thought of. I have just seen a friend
who has made it. Poisonous serpents in myriads. The most deadly climate in
the world. Nearly everybody had the vomito; one-fifth died of it. You eat a
little fruit; down you go on your back—dead in four hours. Then there are
constant fights between the emigrants and the sullen, ferocious Indians of the
isthmus. My poor friend never slept with his revolver out of his hand. I said
to him, “My dear fellow, it is cruel to rejoice in your misfortunes, but I am
heartily glad that I have heard of them. You have saved the life of the most
remarkable woman that I ever knew, and of a cousin of mine who is the star of
her sex.”

Here Coronado made one bow to Mrs. Stanley and another to Clara, at the
same time kissing his sallow hand enthusiastically to all creation. Aunt Maria
tried to look stern at the compliment, but eventually thawed into a smile over it.
Clara acknowledged it with a little wave of the hand, as if, coming from Coronado,
it meant nothing more than good-morning, which indeed was just about his
measure of it.

“Moreover,” continued the Mexican, “overland route? Why, it is overland
route both ways. If you go by the isthmus, you must traverse all Texas and Louisiana,
at the very least. You might as well go at once to San Diego. In short,
the route by the isthmus is not to be thought of.”

“And what of the overland route?” asked Mrs. Stanley.

“The overland route is the other,” laughed Coronado.

“Yes, I know. We must take it, I suppose. But what is the last news about
it? You spoke this morning of Indians, I believe. Not that I suppose they are
very formidable.”

“The overland route does not lead directly through paradise, my dear Mrs.
Stanley,” admitted Coronado with insinuating candor. “But it is not as bad as
has been represented. I have never tried it. I must rely upon the report of
others. Well, on learning that the isthmus would not do for you, I rushed off
immediately to inquire about the overland. I questioned Garcia's teamsters. I
catechized some newly-arrived travellers. I pumped dry every source of information.
The result is that the overland route will do. No suffering; absolutely
none; not a bit. And no danger worth mentioning. The Apaches
are under a cloud. Our American conquerors and fellow-citizens” (here he
gently patted Thurstane on the shoulder-strap), “our Romans of the nineteenth
century, they tranquillize the Apaches. A child might walk from here to Fort
Yuma without risking its little scalp.”

All this was said in the most light-hearted and airy manner conceivable.
Coronado waved and floated on zephyrs of fancy and fluency. A butterfly or a
humming-bird could not have talked more cheerily about flying over a parterre
of flowers than he about traversing the North American desert. And, with all

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

this frivolous, imponderable grace, what an accent of verity he had! He spoke
of the teamsters as if he had actually conversed with them, and of the overland
route as if he had been studiously gathering information concerning it.

“I believe that what you say about the Apaches is true,” observed Thurstane,
a bit awkwardly.

Coronado smiled, tossed him a little bow, and murmured in the most cordial,
genial way, “And the rest?”

“I beg pardon,” said the Lieutenant, reddening. “I didn't mean to cast
doubt upon any of your statements, sir.”

Thurstane had the army tone; he meant to be punctiliously polite; perhaps
he was a little stiff in his politeness. But he was young, had had small practice
in society, was somewhat hampered by modesty, and so sometimes made a blunder.
Such things annoyed him excessively; a breach of etiquette seemed something
like a breach of orders; hadn't meant to charge Coronado with drawing
the long bow; couldn't help coloring about it. Didn't think much of Coronado,
but stood somewhat in awe of him, as being four years older in time and a dozen
years older in the ways of the world.

“I only meant to say,” he continued, “that I have information concerning
the Apaches which coincides with yours, sir. They are quiet, at least for the
present. Indeed, I understand that Red Sleeve, or Manga Colorada, as you call
him, is coming in with his band to make a treaty.”

“Admirable!” cried Coronado. “Why not hire him to guarantee our safety?
Set a thief to catch a thief. Why does not your Government do that sort of
thing? Let the Apaches protect the emigrants, and the United States pay the
Apaches. They would be the cheapest military force possible. That is the way
the Turks manage the desert Arabs.”

“Mr. Coronado, you ought to be Governor of New Mexico,” said Aunt Maria,
stricken with admiration at this project.

Thurstane looked at the two as if he considered them a couple of fools, each
bigger than the other. Coronado advanced to Mrs. Stanley, took her hand,
bowed over it, and murmured, “Let me have your influence at Washington, my
dear Madame.” The remarkable woman squirmed a little, fearing lest he should
kiss her fingers, but nevertheless gave him a gracious smile.

“It strikes me, however,” she said, “that the isthmus route is better. We
know by experience that the journey from here to Bent's Fort is safe and easy.
From there down the Arkansas and Missouri to St. Louis it is mostly water carriage;
and from St. Louis you can sail anywhere.”

Coronado was alarmed. He must put a stopper on this project. He called
up all his resources.

“My dear Mrs. Stanley, allow me. Remember that emigrants move westward,
and not eastward. Coming from Bent's Fort you had protection and company;
but going towards it would be different. And then think what you would
lose. The great American desert, as it is absurdly styled, is one of the most interesting
regions on earth. Mrs. Stanley, did you ever hear of the Casas Grandes,
the Casas de Montezuma, the ruined cities of New Mexico? In this so-called
desert there was once an immense population. There was a civilization which
rose, flourished, decayed, and disappeared without a historian. Nothing remains
of it but the walls of its fortresses and palaces. Those you will see. They are
wonderful. They are worth ten times the labor and danger which we shall encounter.
Buildings eight hundred feet long by two hundred and fifty feet deep,
Mrs. Stanley. The resting-places and wayside strongholds of the Aztecs on

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

their route from the frozen North to found the Empire of the Montezumas! This
whole region is strewn, and cumbered, and glorified with ruins. If we should
go by the way of the San Juan—”

“The San Juan!” protested Thurstane. “Nobody goes by the way of the
San Juan.”

Coronado stopped, bowed, smiled, waited to see if Thurstane had finished,
and then proceeded.

“Along the San Juan every hilltop is crowned with these monuments of antiquity.
It is like the castled Rhine. Ruins looking in the faces of ruins. It is
a tragedy in stone. It is like Niobe and her daughters. Moreover, if we take
this route we shall pass the Moquis. The independent Moquis are a fragment
of the ancient ruling race of New Mexico. They live in stone-built cities on
lofty eminences. They weave blankets of exquisite patterns and colors, and
produce a species of pottery which almost deserves the name of porcelain.”

“Really, you ought to write all this,” exclaimed Aunt Maria, her imagination
fired to a white heat.

“I ought,” said Coronado, impressively. “I owe it to these people to celebrate
them in history. I owe them that much because of the name I bear. Did
you ever hear of Coronado, the conqueror of New Mexico, the stormer of the
seven cities of Cibola? It was he who gave the final shock to this antique civilization.
He was the Cortes of this portion of the continent. I bear his name,
and his blood runs in my veins.”

He held down his head as if he were painfully oppressed by the sense of his
crimes and responsibilities as a descendant of the waster of aboriginal New
Mexico. Mrs. Stanley, delighted with his emotion, slily grasped and pressed
his hand.

“Oh, man! man!” she groaned. “What evils has that creature man
wrought in this beautiful world! Ah, Mr. Coronado, it would have been a very
different planet had woman had her rightful share in the management of its
affairs.”

“Undoubtedly,” sighed Coronado. He had already obtained an insight into
this remarkable person's views on the woman question, the superiority of her
own sex, the stolidity and infamy of the other. It was worth his while to humor
her on this point, for the sake of gaining an influence over her, and so over
Clara. Cheered by the success of his history, he now launched into pure poetry.

“Woman has done something,” he said. “There is every reason to believe
that the cities of the San Juan were ruled by queens, and that some of them
were inhabited by a race of Amazons.”

“Is it possible?” exclaimed Aunt Maria, flushing and rustling with interest.

“It is the opinion of the best antiquarians. It is my opinion. Nothing else
can account for the exquisite earthenware which is found there. Women, you
are aware, far surpass men in the arts of beauty. Moreover, the inscriptions on
hieroglyphic rocks in these abandoned cities evidently refer to Amazons. There
you see them doing the work of men—carrying on war, ruling conquered regions,
founding cities. It is a picture of a golden age, Mrs. Stanley.”

Aunt Maria meant to go by way of the San Juan, if she had to scalp Apaches
herself in doing it.

“Lieutenant Thurstane, what do you say?” she asked, turning her sparkling
eyes upon the officer.

“I must confess that I never heard of all these things,” replied Thurstane,
with an air which added, “And I don't believe in most of them.”

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

“As for the San Juan route,” he continued, “it is two hundred miles at least
out of our way. The country is a desert and almost unexplored. I don't fancy
the plan—I beg your pardon, Mr. Coronado—but I don't fancy it at all.”

Aunt Maria despised him and almost hated him for his stupid, practical, unpoetic
common sense.

“I must say that I quite fancy the San Juan route,” she responded, with
proper firmness.

“I venture to agree with you,” said Coronado, as meekly as if her fancy were
not of his own making. “Only a hundred miles off the straight line (begging
your pardon, my dear Lieutenant), and through a country which is naturally fertile—
witness the immense population which it once supported. As for its being
unexplored, I have explored it myself; and I shall go with you.”

“Shall you!” cried Aunt Maria, as if that made all safe and delightful.

“Yes. My excellent Uncle Garcia (good, kind-hearted old man) takes the
strongest interest in this affair. He is resolved that his charming little relative
here, La Señorita Clara, shall cross the continent in safety and comfort. He offers
a special wagon train for the purpose, and insists that I shall accompany it. Of
course I am only too delighted to obey him.”

“Garcia is very good, and so are you, Coronado,” said Clara, very thankful
and profoundly astonished. “How can I ever repay you both? I shall always
be your debtor.”

“My dear cousin!” protested Coronado, bowing and smiling. “Well, it is
settled. We will start as soon as may be. The train will be ready in a day or
two.”

“I have no money,” stammered Clara. “The estate is not settled.”

“Our good old Garcia has thought of everything. He will advance you what
you want, and take your draft on the executors.”

“Your uncle is one of nature's noblemen,” affirmed Aunt Maria. “I must
call on him and thank him for his goodness and generosity.”

“Oh, never!” said Coronado. “He only waits your permission to visit you
and pay you his humble respects. Absence has prevented him from attending
to that delightful duty heretofore. He has but just returned from Albuquerque.”

“Tell him I shall be glad to see him,” smiled Aunt Maria. “But what does
he say of the San Juan route?”

“He advises it. He has been in the overland trade for thirty years. He
is tenderly interested in his relative Clara; and he advises her to go by way
of the San Juan.”

“Then so it shall be,” declared Aunt Maria.

“And how do you go, Lieutenant?” asked Coronado, turning to Thurstane.

“I had thought of travelling with you,” was the answer, delivered with a
grave and troubled air, as if now he must give up his project.

Coronado was delighted. He had urged the northern and circuitous route
mainly to get rid of the officer, taking it for granted that the latter must join his
new command as soon as possible. He did not want him courting Clara all
across the continent; and he did not want him saving her from being lost, if it
should become necessary to lose her.

“I earnestly hope that we shall not be deprived of your company,” he said.

Thurstane, in profound thought, simply bowed his acknowledgments. A few
minutes later, as he rose to return to his quarters, he said, with an air of solemn
resolution, “If I can possibly go with you, I will.

All the next day and evening Coronado was in and out of the Van Diemen

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

house. Had there been a mail for the ladies, he would have brought it to them;
had it contained a letter from California, he would have abstracted and burnt it.
He helped them pack for the journey; he made an inventory of the furniture
and found storeroom for it; he was a valet and a spy in one. Meantime Garcia
hurried up his train, and hired suitable muleteers for the animals and suitable
assassins for the travellers. Thurstane was also busy, working all day and half
of the night over his government accounts, so that he might if possible get off
with Clara.

Coronado thought of making interest with the post-commandant to have
Thurstane kept a few days in Santa Fé. But the post-commandant was a grim
and taciturn old major, who looked him through and through with a pair of icy
gray eyes, and returned brief answers to his musical commonplaces. Coronado
did not see how he could humbug him, and concluded not to try it. The attempt
might excite suspicion; the major might say, “How is this your business?”
So, after a little unimportant tattle, Coronado made his best bow to the old fellow,
and hurried off to oversee his so-called cousin.

In the evening he brought Garcia to call on the ladies. Aunt Maria was
rather surprised and shocked to see such an excellent man look so much like an
infamous scoundrel. “But good people are always plain,” she reasoned; and so
she was as cordial to him as one can be in English to a saint who understands
nothing but Spanish. Garcia, instructed by Coronado, could not bow low enough
nor smile greasily enough at Aunt Maria. His dull commonplaces, moreover,
were translated by his nephew into flowering compliments for the lady herself,
and enthusiastic professions of faith in the superior intelligence and moral worth
of all women. So the two got along famously, although neither ever knew what
the other had really said.

When Clara appeared, Garcia bowed humbly without lifting his eyes to her
face, and received her kiss without returning it, as one might receive the kiss of
a corpse.

“Contemptible coward!” thought Coronado. Then, turning to Mrs. Stanley,
he whispered, “My uncle is almost broken down with this parting.”

“Excellent creature!” murmured Aunt Maria, surveying the old toad with
warm sympathy. “What a pity he has lost one eye! It quite injures the benevolent
expression of his face.”

Although Garcia was very distantly connected with Clara, she gave him the
title of uncle.

“How is this, my uncle?” she said, gaily. “You send your merchandise
trains through Bernalillo, and you send me through Santa Anna and Rio Arriba.”

Garcia, cowed and confounded, made no reply that was comprehensible.

“It is a newly discovered route,” put in Coronado, “lately found to be
easier and safer than the old one. Two hundred and fifty years in learning the
fact, Mrs. Stanley! Just as we were two hundred and fifty years without discovering
the gold of California.”

“Ah!” said Clara. Absent since her childhood from New Mexico, she
knew little about its geography, and could be easily deceived.

After a while Thurstane entered, out of breath and red with haste. He had
stolen ten minutes from his accounts and stores to bring Miss Van Diemen a
piece of information which was to him important and distressing.

“I fear that I shall not be able to go with you,” he said. “I have received
orders to wait for a sergeant and three recruits who have been assigned to my
company. The messenger reports that they are on the march from Fort Bent

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

with an emigrant train, and will not be here for a week. It annoys me horribly,
Miss Van Diemen. I thought I saw my way clear to be of your party. I assure
you I earnestly desired it. This route—I am afraid of it—I wanted to be
with you.”

“To protect me?” queried Clara, her face lighting up with a grateful smile,
so innocent and frank was she. Then she turned grave again, and added, “I
am sorry.”

Thankful for these last words, but nevertheless quite miserable, the youngster
worshipped her and trembled for her.

This conversation had been carried on in a quiet tone, so that the others of
the party had not overheard it, not even the watchful Coronado.

“It is too unfortunate,” said Clara, turning to them. “Lieutenant Thurstane
cannot go with us.”

Garcia and Coronado exchanged a look which said, “Thank—the devil!”

CHAPTER IV.

The next day brought news of an obstacle to the march of the wagon train
through Santa Anna and Rio Arriba.

It was reported that the audacious and savage Apache chieftain, Manga Colorada,
or Red Sleeve, under pretence of wanting to make a treaty with the Americans,
had approached within sixty miles of Santa Fé to the west, and camped
there, on the route to the San Juan country, not making treaties at all, but simply
making hot beefsteaks out of Mexican cattle and cold carcasses out of Mexican
rancheros.

“We shall have to get those fellows off that trail and put them across the
Bernalillo route,” said Coronado to Garcia.

“The pigs! the dogs! the wicked beasts! the devils!” barked the old
man, dancing about the room in a rage. After a while he dropped breathless
into a chair and looked eagerly at his nephew for help.

“It will cost at least another thousand,” observed the younger man.

“You have had two thousand,” shuddered Garcia. “You were to do the
whole accursed job with that.”

“I did not count on Manga Colorada. Besides, I have given a thousand to
our little cousin. I must keep a thousand to meet the chances that may come.
There are men to be bribed.”

Garcia groaned, hesitated, decided, went to some hoard which he had put
aside for great needs, counted out a hundred American eagles, toyed with them,
wept over them, and brought them to Coronado.

“Will that do?” he asked. “It must do. There is no more.”

“I will try with that,” said the nephew. “Now let me have a few good men
and your best horses. I want to see them all before I trust myself with them.”

Coronado felt himself in a position to dictate, and it was curious to see how
quick he put on magisterial airs; he was one of those who enjoy authority,
though little and brief.

“Accursed beast!” thought Garcia, who did not dare just now to break out
with his “pig, dog,” etc. “He wants me to pay everything. The thousand
ought to be enough for men and horses and all. Why not poison the girl at
once, and save all this money? If he had the spirit of a man! O Madre de
Dios! Madre de Dios! What extremities! what extremities!”

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

But Garcia was like a good many of us; his thoughts were worse than his
deeds and words. While he was cogitating thus savagely, he was saying aloud,
“My son, my dear Carlos, come and choose for yourself.”

Turning into the court of the house, they strolled through a medley of wagons,
mules, horses, merchandise, muleteers, teamsters, idlers, white men and
Indians. Coronado soon picked out a couple of rancheros whom he knew as
capital riders, fair marksmen, faithful and intelligent. Next his eye fell upon a
man in Mexican clothing, almost as dark and dirty too as the ordinary Mexican,
but whose height, size, insolence of carriage, and ferocity of expression marked
him as of another and more pugnacious, more imperial race.

“You are an American,” said Coronado, in his civil manner, for he had two
manners as opposite as the poles.

“I be,” replied the stranger, staring at Coronado as a Lombard or Frankish
warrior might have stared at an effeminate and diminutive Roman.

“May I ask what your name is?”

“Some folks call me Texas Smith.”

Coronado shifted uneasily on his feet, as a man might shift in presence of a
tiger, who, as he feared, was insufficiently chained. He was face to face with a
fellow who was as much the terror of the table-land, from the borders of Texas
to California, as if he had been an Apache chief.

This noted desperado, although not more than twenty-six or seven years old,
had the horrible fame of a score of murders. His appearance mated well with
his frightful history and reputation. His intensely black eyes, blacker even
than the eyes of Coronado, had a stare of absolutely indescribable ferocity. It
was more ferocious than the merely brutal glare of a tiger; it was an intentional
malignity, super-beastly and sub-human. They were eyes which no other man
ever looked into and afterward forgot. His sunburnt, sallow, haggard, ghastly
face, stained early and for life with the corpse-like coloring of malarious fevers,
was a fit setting for such optics. Although it was nearly oval in contour, and
although the features were or had been fairly regular, yet it was so marked by
hard, and one might almost say fleshless muscles, and so brutalized by long indulgence
in savage passions, that it struck you as frightfully ugly. A large dullred
scar on the right jaw and another across the left cheek added the final
touches to this countenance of a cougar.

“He is my man,” whispered Garcia to Coronado. “I have hired him for
the great adventure. Sixty piastres a month. Why not take him with you to-day?”

Coronado gave another glance at the gladiator and meditated. Should he
trust this beast of a Texan to guard him against those other beasts, the Apaches?
Well, he could die but once; this whole affair was detestably risky; he must
not lose time in shuddering over the first steps.

“Mr. Smith,” he said, “very glad to know that you are with us. Can you
start in an hour for the camp of Manga Colorada? Sixty miles there. We
must be back by to-morrow night. It would be best not to say where we are
going.”

Texas Smith nodded, turned abruptly on the huge heels of his Mexican
boots, stalked to where his horse was fastened, and began to saddle him.

“My dear uncle, why didn't you hire the devil?” whispered Coronado as he
stared after the cutthroat.

“Get yourself ready, my nephew,” was Garcia's reply. “I will see to the
men and horses.'

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

In an hour the expedition was off at full gallop. Coronado had laid aside
his American dandy raiment, and was in the full costume of a Mexican of the
provinces—broad-brimmed hat of white straw, blue broadcloth jacket adorned
with numerous small silver buttons, velvet vest of similar splendor, blue trousers
slashed from the knee downwards and gay with buttons, high, loose embroidered
boots of crimson leather, long steel spurs jingling and shining. The change became
him; he seemed a larger and handsomer man for it; he looked the caballero
and almost the hidalgo.

Three hours took the party thirty miles to a hacienda of Garcia's, where they
changed horses, leaving their first mounting for the return. After half an hour
for dinner, they pushed on again, always at a gallop, the hoofs clattering over
the hard, yellow, sunbaked earth, or dashing recklessly along smooth sheets of
rock, or through fields of loose, slippery stones. Rare halts to breathe the animals;
then the steady, tearing gallop again; no walking or other leisurely gait.
Coronado led the way and hastened the pace. There was no tiring him; his
thin, sinewy, sun-hardened frame could bear enormous fatigue; moreover, the
saddle was so familiar to him that he almost reposed in it. If he had needed
physical support, he would have found it in his mental energy. He was capable
of that executive furor, that intense passion of exertion, which the man of
Latin race can exhibit when he has once fairly set himself to an enterprise. He
was of the breed which in nobler days had produced Gonsalvo, Cortes, Pizarro,
and Darien.

These riders had set out at ten o'clock in the morning; at five in the afternoon
they drew bridle in sight of the Apache encampment. They were on the
brow of a stony hill: a pile of bare, gray, glaring, treeless, herbless layers of
rock; a pyramid truncated near its base, but still of majestic altitude; one of
the pyramids of nature in that region; in short, a butte. Below them lay a valley
of six or eight miles in length by one or two in breadth, through the centre of
which a rivulet had drawn a paradise of verdure. In the middle of the valley, at
the head of a bend in the rivulet, was a camp of human brutes. It was a bivouac
rather than a camp. The large tents of bison hide used by the northern Indians
are unknown to the Apaches; they have not the bison, and they have less need
of shelter in winter. What Coronado saw at this distance was, a few huts of
branches, a strolling of many horses, and some scattered riders.

Texas Smith gave him a glance of inquiry which said, “Shall we go ahead—
or fire?”

Coronado spurred his horse down the rough, disjointed, slippery declivity,
and the others followed. They were soon perceived; the Apache swarm was
instantly in a buzz; horses were saddled and mounted, or mounted without saddling;
there was a consultation, and then a wild dash toward the travellers. As
the two parties neared each other at a gallop, Coronado rode to the front of his
squad, waving his sombrero. An Indian who wore the dress of a Mexican caballero,
jacket, loose trousers, hat, and boots, spurred in like manner to the front,
gestured to his followers to halt, brought his horse to a walk, and slowly approached
the white man. Coronado made a sign to show that his pistols were
in his holsters; and the Apache responded by dropping his lance and slinging
his bow over his shoulder. The two met midway between the two squads of
staring, silent horsemen.

“Is it Manga Colorada?” asked the Mexican, in Spanish.

“Manga Colorada,” replied the Apache, his long, dark, haggard, savage face
lighting up for a moment with a smile of gratified vanity.

“I come in peace, then,” said Coronado. “I want your help; I will pay for it.”

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

In our account of this interview we shall translate the broken Spanish of the
Indian into ordinary English.

“Manga Colorada will help,” he said, “if the pay is good.”

Even during this short dialogue the Apaches had with difficulty restrained
their curiosity; and their little wiry horses were now caracoling, rearing, and
plunging in close proximity to the two speakers.

“We will talk of this by ourselves,” said Coronado. “Let us go to your
camp.”

The conjoint movement of the leaders toward the Indian bivouac was a signal
for their followers to mingle and exchange greetings. The adventurers were
enveloped and very nearly ridden down by over two hundred prancing, screaming
horsemen, shouting to their visitors in their own guttural tongue or in broken
Spanish, and enforcing their wild speech with vehement gestures. It was a
pandemonium which horribly frightened the Mexican rancheros, and made Coronado's
dark cheek turn to an ashy yellow.

The civilized imagination can hardly conceive such a tableau of savagery as
that presented by these Arabs of the great American desert. Arabs! The
similitude is a calumny on the descendants of Ishmael; the fiercest Bedouin
are refined and mild compared with the Apaches. Even the brutal and criminal
classes of civilization, the pugilists, roughs, burglars, and pickpockets of our
large cities, the men whose daily life is rebellion against conscience, commandment,
and justice, offer a gentler and nobler type of character and expression
than these “children of nature.” There was hardly a face among that gang of
wild riders which did not outdo the face of Texas Smith in degraded ferocity.
Almost every man and boy was obviously a liar, a thief, and a murderer. The
air of beastly cruelty was made even more hateful by an air of beastly cunning.
Taking color, brutality, grotesqueness, and filth together, it seemed as if here
were a mob of those malignant and ill-favored devils whom Dante has described
and the art of his age has painted and sculptured.

It is possible, by the way, that this appearance of moral ugliness was due in
part to the physical ugliness of features, which were nearly without exception
coarse, irregular, exaggerated, grotesque, and in some cases more like hideous
masks than like faces.

Ferocity of expression was further enhanced by poverty and squalor. The
mass of this fierce cavalry was wretchedly clothed and disgustingly dirty. Even
the showy Mexican costume of Manga Colorada was ripped, frayed, stained with
grease and perspiration, and not free from sombre spots which looked like blood.
Every one wore the breech-cloth, in some cases nicely fitted and sewed, in others
nothing but a shapeless piece of deerskin tied on anyhow. There were a few,
either minor chiefs, or leading braves, or professional dandies (for this class exists
among the Indians), who sported something like a full Apache costume,
consisting of a helmet-shaped cap with a plume of feathers, a blanket or scrape
flying loose from the shoulders, a shirt and breech-cloth, and a pair of long boots,
made large and loose in the Mexican style and showy with dyeing and embroidery.
These boots, very necessary to men who must ride through thorns and
bushes, were either drawn up so as to cover the thighs or turned over from the
knee downward, like the leg-covering of Rupert's cavaliers. Many heads were
bare, or merely shielded by wreaths of grasses and leaves, the greenery contrasting
fantastically with the unkempt hair and fierce faces, but producing at a distance
an effect which was not without sylvan grace.

The only weapons were iron-tipped lances eight or nine feet long, thick and

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

strong bows of three or three and a half feet, and quivers of arrows slung across
the thigh or over the shoulder. The Apaches make little use of firearms, being
too lazy or too stupid to keep them in order, and finding it difficult to get ammunition.
But so long as they have to fight only the unwarlike Mexicans, they are
none the worse for this lack. The Mexicans fly at the first yell; the Apaches
ride after them and lance them in the back; clumsy escopetos drop loaded from
the hands of dying cowards. Such are the battles of New Mexico. It is only
when these red-skinned Tartars meet Americans or such high-spirited Indians
as the Opates that they have to recoil before gunpowder.*

The fact that Coronado dared ride into this camp of thieving assassins shows
what risks he could force himself to run when he thought it necessary. He was
not physically a very brave man; he had no pugnacity and no adventurous love
of danger for its own sake; but when he was resolved on an enterprise, he could
go through with it.

There was a rest of several hours. The rancheros fed the horses on corn
which they had brought in small sacks. Texas Smith kept watch, suffered no
Apache to touch him, had his pistols always cocked, and stood ready to sell life
at the highest price. Coronado walked deliberately to a retired spot with Manga
Colorada, Delgadito, and two other chiefs, and made known his propositions.
What he desired was that the Apaches should quit their present post immediately,
perform a forced march of a hundred and forty miles or so to the southwest,
place themselves across the overland trail through Bernalillo, and do something
to alarm people. No great harm; he did not want men murdered nor
houses burned; they might eat a few cattle, if they were hungry: there were
plenty of cattle, and Apaches must live. And if they should yell at a train or
so and stampede the loose mules, he had no objection. But no slaughtering;
he wanted them to be merciful: just make a pretence of harrying in Bernalillo;
nothing more.

The chiefs turned their ill-favored countenances on each other, and talked for
a while in their own language. Then, looking at Coronado, they grunted, nodded,
and sat in silence, waiting for his terms.

“Send that boy away,” said the Mexican, pointing to a youth of twelve or
fourteen, better dressed than most Apache urchins, who had joined the little circle.

“It is my son,” replied Manga Colorada. “He is learning to be a chief.”

The boy stood upright, facing the group with dignity, a handsomer youth
than is often seen among his people. Coronado, who had something of the artist
in him, was so interested in noting the lad's regular features and tragic firmness
of expression, that for a moment he forgot his projects. Manga Colorada,
mistaking the cause of his silence, encouraged him to proceed.

“My son does not speak Spanish,” he said. “He will not understand.”

“You know what money is?” inquired the Mexican.

“Yes, we know,” grunted the chief.

“You can buy clothes and arms with it in the villages, and aguardiente.'

Another grunt of assent and satisfaction.

“Three hundred piastres,” said Coronado.

The chiefs consulted in their own tongue, and then replied, “The way is long.

“How much?”

Manga Colorada held up five fingers.

“Five hundred?'

A unanimous grunt.

“It is all I have,” said Coronado.

The chiefs made no reply.

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

Coronado rose, walked to his horse, took two small packages out of his saddle-bags
and slipped them slily into his boots, and then carried the bags to where
the chiefs sat in council. There he held them up and rolled out five rouleaux,
each containing a hundred Mexican dollars. The Indians tore open the envelopes,
stared at the broad pieces, fingered them, jingled them together, and uttered
grunts of amazement and joy. Probably they had never before seen so
much money, at least not in their own possession. Coronado was hardly less
content; for while he had received a thousand dollars to bring about this understanding,
he had risked but seven hundred with him, and of these he had saved
two hundred.

Four hours later the camp had vanished, and the Indians were on their way
toward the southwest, the moonlight showing their irregular column of march,
and glinting faintly from the heads of their lances.

At nine or ten in the evening, when every Apache had disappeared, and the
clatter of ponies had gone far away into the quiet night, Coronado lay down to
rest. He would have started homeward, but the country was a complete desert,
the trail led here and there over vast sheets of trackless rock, and he feared that
he might lose his way. Texas Smith and one of the rancheros had ridden after
the Apaches to see whether they kept the direction which had been agreed upon.
One ranchero was slumbering already, and the third crouched as sentinel.

Coronado could not sleep at once. He thought over his enterprise, crossexamined
his chances of success, studied the invisible courses of the future.
Leave Clara on the plains, to be butchered by Indians, or to die of starvation?
He hardly considered the idea; it was horrible and repulsive; better marry her.
If necessary, force her into a marriage; he could bring it about somehow; she
would be much in his power. Well, he had got rid of Thurstane; that was a
great obstacle removed. Probably, that fellow being out of sight, he, Coronado,
could soon eclipse him in the girl's estimation. There would be no need of violence;
all would go easily and end in prosperity. Garcia would be furious at
the marriage, but Garcia was a fool to expect any other result.

However, here he was, just at the beginning of things, and by no means safe
from danger. He had two hundred dollars in his boot-legs. Had his rancheros
suspected it? Would they murder him for the money? He hoped not; he just
faintly hoped not; for he was becoming very sleepy; he was asleep.

He was awakened by a noise, or perhaps it was a touch, he scarcely knew
what. He struggled as fiercely and vainly as one who fights against a nightmare.
A dark form was over him, a hard knee was on his breast, hard knuckles were
at his throat, an arm was raised to strike, a weapon was gleaming.

On the threshold of his enterprise, after he had taken its first hazardous step
with safety and success, Coronado found himself at the point of death.

eaf543n1

* Since those times the Apaches have learned to use firearms.

CHAPTER V.

When Coronado regained a portion of the senses which had been throttled
out of him, he discovered Texas Smith standing by his side, and two dead men
lying near, all rather vaguely seen at first through his dizziness and the moonlight.

“What does this mean?” he gasped, getting on his hands and knees, and
then on his feet. “Who has been assassinating?”

The borderer, who, instead of helping his employer to rise, was coolly

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

reloading his rifle, did not immediately reply. As the shaken and somewhat unmanned
Coronado looked at him, he was afraid of him. The moonlight made
Smith's sallow, disfigured face so much more ghastly than usual, that he had
the air of a ghoul or vampyre. And when, after carefully capping his piece, he
drawled forth the word “Patchies,” his harsh, croaking voice had an unwholesome,
unhuman sound, as if it were indeed the utterance of a feeder upon
corpses.

“Apaches!” said Coronado. “What! after I had made a treaty with them?”

“This un is a 'Patchie,” remarked Texas, giving the nearest body a shove
with his boot. “Thar was two of 'em. They knifed one of your men. T'other
cleared, he did. I was comin' in afoot. I had a notion of suthin' goin' on, 'n'
left the critters out thar, with the rancheros, 'n' stole in. Got in just in time to
pop the cuss that had you. T'other un vamosed.”

“Oh, the villains!” shrieked Coronado, excited at the thought of his narrow
escape. “This is the way they keep their treaties.”

“Mought be these a'n't the same,” observed Texas. “Some 'Patchies is
wild, 'n' live separate, like bachelor beavers.”

Coronado stooped and examined the dead Indian. He was a miserable object,
naked, except a ragged, filthy breech-clout, his figure gaunt, and his legs
absolutely scaly with dirt, starvation, and hard living of all sorts. He might
well be one of those outcasts who are in disfavor with their savage brethren, lead
a precarious existence outside of the tribal organization, and are to the Apaches
what the Texas Smiths are to decent Americans.

“One of the bachelor-beaver sort, you bet,” continued Texas. “Don't run
with the rest of the crowd.”

“And there's that infernal coward of a ranchero,” cried Coronado, as the
runaway sentry sneaked back to the group. “You cursed poltroon, why didn't
you give the alarm? Why didn't you fight?”

He struck the man, pulled his long hair, threw him down, kicked him, and
spat on him. Texas Smith looked on with an approving grin, and suggested,
“Better shute the dam cuss.”

But Coronado was not bloodthirsty; having vented his spite, he let the fellow
go. “You saved my life,” he said to Texas. “When we get back you
shall be paid for it.”

At the moment he intended to present him with the two hundred dollars
which were cumbering his boots. But by the time they had reached Garcia's
hacienda on the way back to Sante Fé, his gratitude had fallen off seventy-five
per cent., and he thought fifty enough. Even that diminished his profits on the
expedition to four hundred and fifty dollars. And Coronado, although extravagant,
was not generous; he liked to spend money, but he hated to give it or pay it.

During the four days which immediately followed his safe return to Santa Fé,
he and Garcia were in a worry of anxiety. Would Manga Colorada fulfil his
contract and cast a shadow of peril over the Bernalillo route? Would letters or
messengers arrive from California, informing Clara of the death and will of Mu
ñoz? Everything happened as they wished; reports came that the Apaches
were raiding in Bernalillo; the girl received no news concerning her grandfather.
Coronado, smiling with success and hope, met Thurstane at the Van Diemen
house, in the presence of Clara and Aunt Maria, and blandly triumphed over him.

“How now about your safe road through the southern counties?” he said,
“Apaches!”

“So I hear,” replied the young officer soberlv. “It is horribly unlucky.”

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

“We start to-morrow,” added Coronado.

“To-morrow!” replied Thurstane, with a look of dismay.

“I hope you will be with us,” said Coronado.

“Everything goes wrong,” exclaimed the annoyed lieutenant. “Here are
some of my stores damaged, and I have had to ask for a board of survey. I
couldn't possibly leave for two days yet, even if my recruits should arrive.”

“How very unfortunate!” groaned Coronado. “My dear fellow, we had
counted on you.”

“Lieutenant Thurstane, can't you overtake us?” inquired Clara.

Thurstane wanted to kneel down and thank her, while Coronado wanted to
throw something at her.

“I will try,” promised the officer, his fine, frank, manly face brightening with
pleasure. “If the thing can be done, it will be done.”

Coronado, while hoping that he would be ordered by the southern route, or
that he would somehow break his neck, had the superfine brass to say, “Don't
fail us, Lieutenant.”

In spite of the managements of the Mexican to keep Clara and Thurstane
apart, the latter succeeded in getting an aside with the young lady.

“So you take the northern trail?” he said, with a seriousness which gave his
blue-black eyes an expression of almost painful pathos. Those eyes were traitors;
however discreet the rest of his face might be, they revealed his feelings;
they were altogether too pathetic to be in the head of a man and an officer.

“But you will overtake us,” Clara replied, out of a charming faith that with
men all things are possible.

“Yes,” he said, almost fiercely.

“Besides, Coronado knows,” she added, still trusting in the male being.
“He says this is the surest road.”

Thurstane did not believe it, but he did not want to alarm her when alarm
was useless, and he made no comment.

“I have a great mind to resign,” he presently broke out.

Clara colored; she did not fully understand him, but she guessed that all
this emotion was somehow on her account; and a surprised, warm Spanish
heart beat at once its alarm.

“It would be of no use,” he immediately added. “I couldn't get away until
my resignation had been accepted. I must bear this as well as I can.”

The young lady began to like him better than ever before, and yet she began
to draw gently away from him, frightened by a consciousness of her liking.

“I beg your pardon, Miss Van Diemen,” said Thurstane, in an inexplicable
confusion.

“There is no need,” replied Clara, equally confused.

“Well,” he resumed, after a struggle to regain his self-control, “I will do my
utmost to overtake you.”

“We shall be very glad,” returned Clara, with a singular mixture of consciousness
and artlessness.

There was an exquisite innocence and almost childish simplicity in this girl
of eighteen. It was, so to speak, not quite civilized; it was not in the style of
American young ladies; our officer had never, at home, observed anything like
it; and, of course—O yes, of course, it fascinated him. The truth is, he was so
far gone in loving her that he would have been charmed by her ways no matter
what they might have been.

On the very morning after the above dialogue Garcia's train started for Rio

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

Arriba, taking with it a girl who had been singled out for a marriage which she
did not guess, or for a death whose horrors were beyond her wildest fears.

The train consisted of six long and heavy covered vehicles, not dissimilar in
size, strength, and build to army wagons. Garcia had thought that two would
suffice; six wagons, with their mules, etc., were a small fortune: what if the
Apaches should take them? But Coronado had replied: “Nobody sends a train
of two wagons; do you want to rouse suspicion?”

So there were six; and each had a driver and a muleteer, making twelve
hired men thus far. On horseback, there were six Mexicans, nominally cattle-drivers
going to California, but really guards for the expedition—the most courageous
bullies that could be picked up in Santa Fé, each armed with pistols and
a rifle. Finally, there were Coronado and his terrible henchman, Texas Smith,
with their rifles and revolvers. Old Garcia perspired with anguish as he looked
over his caravan, and figured up the cost in his head.

Thurstane, wretched at heart, but with a cheering smile on his lips, came to
bid the ladies farewell.

“What do you think of this?” Aunt Maria called to him from her seat in one
of the covered wagons. “We are going a thousand miles through deserts and
savages. You men suppose that women have no courage. I call this heroism.”

“Certainly,” nodded the young fellow, not thinking of her at all, unless it
was that she was next door to an idiot.

Although his mind was so full of Clara that it did not seem as if he could receive
an impression from any other human being, his attention was for a moment
arrested by a countenance which struck him as being more ferocious than
he had ever seen before except on the shoulders of an Apache. A tall man in
Mexican costume, with a scar on his chin and another on his cheek, was glaring
at him with two intensely black and savage eyes. It was Texas Smith, taking
the measure of Thurstane's fighting power and disposition. A hint from Coronado
had warned the borderer that here was a person whom it might be necessary
some day to get rid of. The officer responded to this ferocious gaze with a
grim, imperious stare, such as one is apt to acquire amid the responsibilities and
dangers of army life. It was like a wolf and a mastiff surveying each other.

Thurstane advanced to Clara, helped her into her saddle, and held her hand
while he urged her to be careful of herself, never to wander from the train, never
to be alone, etc. The girl turned a little pale; it was not exactly because of his
anxious manner; it was because of the eloquence that there is in a word of
parting. At the moment she felt so alone in the world, in such womanish need
of sympathy, that had he whispered to her, “Be my wife,” she might have
reached out her hands to him. But Thurstane was far from guessing that an angel
could have such weak impulses; and he no more thought of proposing to her
thus abruptly than of ascending off-hand into heaven.

Coronado observed the scene, and guessing how perilous the moment was,
pushed forward his uncle to say good-by to Clara. The old scoundrel kissed her
hand; he did not dare to lift his one eye to her face; he kissed her hand and
bowed himself out of reach.

“Farewell, Mr. Garcia,” called Aunt Maria. “Poor, excellent old creature!
What a pity he can't understand English! I should so like to say something
nice to him. Farewell, Mr. Garcia.”

Garcia kissed his fat fingers to her, took off his sombrero, waved it, bowed a
dozen times, and smiled like a scared devil. Then, with other good-bys, delivered
right and left, from everybody to everybody, the train rumbled away.

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

Thurstane was about to accompany it out of the town when his clerk came to
tell him that the board of survey required his immediate presence. Cursing his
hard fate, and wishing himself anything but an officer in the army, he waved a
last farewell to Clara, and turned his back on her, perhaps forever.

Santa Fé is situated on the great central plateau of North America, seven
thousand feet above the level of the sea. Around it spreads an arid plain, sloping
slightly where it approaches the Rio Grande, and bordered by mountains
which toward the south are of moderate height, while toward the north they rise
into fine peaks, glorious with eternal snow. Although the city is in the latitude
of Albemarle Sound, North Carolina, its elevation and its neighborhood to Alpine
ranges give it a climate which is in the main cool, equable, and healthy.

The expedition moved across the plain in a southwesterly direction. Coronado's
intention was to cross the Rio Grande at Peña Blanca, skirt the southern
edge of the Jemez Mountains, reach San Isidoro, and then march northward
toward the San Juan region. The wagons were well fitted out with mules, and
as Garcia had not chosen to send much merchandise by this risky route, they
were light, so that the rate of progress was unusually rapid. We cannot trouble
ourselves with the minor incidents of the journey. Taking it for granted that
the Rio Grande was passed, that halts were made, meals cooked and eaten,
nights passed in sleep, days in pleasant and picturesque travelling, we will leap
into the desert land beyond San Isidoro.

The train was now seventy-five miles from Santa Fé. Coronado had so
pushed the pace that he had made this distance in the rather remarkable time of
three days. Of course his object in thus hurrying was to get so far ahead of
Thurstane that the latter would not try to overtake him, or would get lost in attempting
it.

Meanwhile he had not forgotten Garcia's little plan, and he had even better
remembered his own. The time might come when he would be driven to lose
Clara; it was very shocking to think of, however, and so for the present he did
not think of it; on the contrary, he worked hard (much as he hated work) at
courting her.

It is strange that so many men who are morally in a state of decomposition
should be, or at least can be, sweet and charming in manner. During these
three days Coronado was delightful; and not merely in this, that he watched
over Clara's comfort, rode a great deal by her side, gathered wild flowers for
her, talked much and agreeably; but also in that he poured oil over his whole
conduct, and was good to everybody. Although his natural disposition was to
be domineering to inferiors and irascible under the small provocations of life,
he now gave his orders in a gentle tone, never stormed at the drivers for their
blunders, made light of the bad cooking, and was in short a model for travellers,
lovers, and husbands. Few human beings have so much self-control as Coronado,
and so little. So long as it was policy to be sweet, he could generally be a
very honeycomb; but once a certain limit of patience passed, he was like a
swarm of angry bees; he became blind, mad, and poisonous with passion.

“Mr. Coronado, you are a wonder,” proclaimed the admiring Aunt Maria.
“You are the only man I ever knew that was patient.”

“I catch a grace from those who have it abundantly and to spare,” said Coronado,
taking off his hat and waving it at the two ladies.

“Ah, yes, we women know how to be patient,” smiled Aunt Maria. “I
think we are born so. But, more than that, we learn it. Moreover, our physical
nature teaches us. We have lessons of pain and weakness that men know

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

nothing of. The great, healthy savages! If they had our troubles, they might
have some of our virtues.”

“I refuse to believe it,” cried Coronado. “Man acquire woman's worth?
Never! The nature of the beast is inferior. He is not fashioned to become an
angel.”

“How charmingly candid and humble!” thought Aunt Maria. “How different
from that sulky, proud Thurstane, who never says anything of the sort,
and never thinks it either, I'll be bound.”

All this sort of talk passed over Clara as a desert wind passes over an oasis,
bringing no pleasant songs of birds, and sowing no fruitful seed. She had her
born ideas as to men and women, and she was seemingly incapable of receiving
any others. In her mind men were strong and brave, and women weak and
timorous; she believed that the first were good to hold on to, and that the last
were good to hold on; all this she held by birthright, without ever reasoning
upon it or caring to prove it.

Coronado, on his part, hooted in his soul at Mrs. Stanley's whimsies, and
half supposed her to be of unsound mind. Nor would he have said what he did
about the vast superiority of the female sex, had he supposed that Clara would
attach the least weight to it. He knew that the girl looked upon his extravagant
declarations as merely so many compliments paid to her eccentric relative,
equivalent to bowings and scrapings and flourishes of the sombrero. Both
Spaniards, they instinctively comprehended each other, at least in the surface
matters of intercourse. Meanwhile the American strong-minded female understood
herself, it is to be charitably hoped, but understood herself alone.

Coronado did not hurry his courtship, for he believed that he had a clear
field before him, and he was too sagacious to startle Clara by overmuch energy.
Meantime he began to be conscious that an influence from her was reaching his
spirit. He had hitherto considered her a child; one day he suddenly recognized
her as a woman. Now a woman, a beautiful woman especially, alone with one
in the desert, is very mighty. Matches are made in trains overland as easily
and quickly as on sea voyages or at quiet summer resorts. Coronado began—
only moderately as yet—to fall in love.

But an ugly incident came to disturb his opening dream of affection, happiness,
wealth, and success. Toward the close of his fourth day's march, after
he had got well into the unsettled region beyond San Isidoro, he discovered,
several miles behind the train, a party of five horsemen. He was on one summit
and they on another, with a deep, stony valley intervening. Without a moment's
hesitation, he galloped down a long slope, rejoined the creeping wagons,
hurried them forward a mile or so, and turned into a ravine for the night's halt.

Whether the cavaliers were Indians or Thurstane and his four recruits he
had been unable to make out. They had not seen the train; the nature of the
ground had prevented that. It was now past sundown, and darkness coming on
rapidly. Whispering something about Apaches, he gave orders to lie close and
light no fires for a while, trusting that the pursuers would pass his hiding place.

For a moment he thought of sending Texas Smith to ambush the party, and
shoot Thurstane if he should be in it, pleading afterwards that the men looked, in
the darkness, like Apaches. But no; this was an extreme measure; he revolted
against it a little. Moreover, there was danger of retribution: settlements
not so far off; soldiers still nearer.

So he lay quiet, chewing a bit of grass to allay his nervousness, and talking
stronger love to Clara than he had yet thought needful or wise.

-- 030 --

CHAPTER VI.

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

Lieutenant Thurstane passed the mouth of the ravine in the dusk of
twilight, without guessing that it contained Clara Van Diemen and her perils.

He had with him Sergeant Weber of his own company, just returned from
recruiting service at St. Louis, and three recruits for the company, Kelly, Shubert,
and Sweeny.

Weber, a sunburnt German, with sandy eyelashes, blue eyes, and a scar on
his cheek, had been a soldier from his eighteenth to his thirtieth year, and wore
the serious, patient, much-enduring air peculiar to veterans. Kelly, an Irishman,
also about thirty, slender in form and somewhat haggard in face, with the
same quiet, contained, seasoned look to him, the same reminiscence of unavoidable
sufferings silently borne, was also an old infantry man, having served in both
the British and American armies. Shubert was an American lad, who had got
tired of clerking it in an apothecary's shop, and had enlisted from a desire for
adventure, as you might guess from his larkish countenance. Sweeny was a diminutive
Paddy, hardly regulation height for the army, as light and lively as a
monkey, and with much the air of one.

Thurstane had obtained orders from the post commandant to lead his party
by the northern route, on condition that he would investigate and report as to
its practicability for military and other transit. He had also been allowed to
draw by requisition fifty days' rations, a box of ammunition, and four mules.
Starting thirty-six hours after Coronado, he made in two days and a half the distance
which the train had accomplished in four. Now he had overtaken his
quarry, and in the obscurity had passed it.

But Sergeant Weber was an old hand on the Plains, and notwithstanding the
darkness and the generally stony nature of the ground, he presently discovered
that the fresh trail of the wagons was missing. Thurstane tried to retrace his
steps, but starless night had already fallen thick around him, and before long he
had to come to a halt. He was opposite the mouth of the ravine; he was within
five hundred yards of Clara, and raging because he could not find her. Suddenly
Coronado's cooking fires flickered through the gloom; in five minutes the
two parties were together.

It was a joyous meeting to Thurstane and a disgusting one to Coronado.
Nevertheless the latter rushed at the officer, grasped him by both hands, and
shouted, “All hail, Lieutenant! So, there you are at last! My dear fellow,
what a pleasure!”

“Yes, indeed, by Jove!” returned the young fellow, unusually boisterous in
his joy, and shaking hands with everybody, not rejecting even muleteers. And
then what throbbing, what adoration, what supernal delight, in the moment when
he faced Clara.

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

In the morning the journey recommenced. As neither Thurstane nor Coronado
had now any cause for hurry, the pace was moderate. The soldiers
marched on foot, in order to leave the government mules no other load than the
rations and ammunition, and so enable them to recover from their sharp push of
over eighty miles. The party now consisted of twenty-five men, for the most
part pretty well armed. Of the other sex there were, besides Mrs. Stanley and
Clara, a half-breed girl named Pepita, who served as lady's maid, and two Indian
women from Garcia's hacienda, whose specialties were cooking and washing.
In all thirty persons, a nomadic village.

At the first halt Sergeant Weber approached Thurstane with a timorous air,
saluted, and asked, “Leftenant, can we leafe our knabsacks in the vagons?
The gentleman has gifen us bermission.”

“The men ought to learn to carry their knapsacks,” said Thurstane. “They
will have to do it in serious service.”

“It is drue, Leftenant,” replied Weber, saluting again and moving off without
a sign of disappointment.

“Let that man come back here,” called Aunt Maria, who had overheard the
dialogue. “Certainly they can put their loads in the wagons. I told Mr. Coronado
to tell them so.”

Weber looked at her without moving a muscle, and without showing either
wonder or amusement. Thurstane could not help grinning good-naturedly as
he said, “I receive your orders, Mrs. Stanley. Weber, you can put the knapsacks
in the wagons.”

Weber saluted anew, gave Mrs. Stanley a glance of gratitude, and went
about his pleasant business. An old soldier is not in general so strict a disciplinarian
as a young one.

“What a brute that Lieutenant is!” thought Aunt Maria. “Make those
poor fellows carry those monstrous packs? Nonsense and tyranny! How different
from Mr. Coronado! He fairly jumped at my idea.”

Thurstane stepped over to Coronado and said, “You are very kind to relieve
my men at the expense of your animals. I am much obliged to you.”

“It is nothing,” replied the Mexican, waving his hand graciously. “I am
delighted to be of service, and to show myself a good citizen.”

In fact, he had been quite willing to favor the soldiers; why not, so long as
he could not get rid of them? If the Apaches would lance them all, including
Thurstane, he would rejoice; but while that could not be, he might as well show
himself civil and gain popularity. It was not Coronado's style to bark when
there was no chance of biting.

He was in serious thought the while. How should he rid himself of this
rival, this obstacle in the way of his well-laid plans, this interloper into his caravan?
Must he call upon Texas Smith to assassinate the fellow? It was a

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

disagreeably brutal solution of the difficulty, and moreover it might lead to loud
suspicion and scandal, and finally it might be downright dangerous. There
was such a thing as trial for murder and for conspiracy to effect murder. As to
causing a United States officer to vanish quietly, as might perhaps be done with
an ordinary American emigrant, that was too good a thing to be hoped. He
must wait; he must have patience; he must trust to the future; perhaps some
precipice would favor him; perhaps the wild Indians. He offered his cigaritos
to Thurstane, and they smoked tranquilly in company.

“What route do you take from here?” asked the officer.

“Pass Washington, as you call it. Then the Moqui country. Then the San
Juan.”

“There is no possible road down the San Juan and the Colorado.”

“If we find that to be so, we will sweep southward. I am, in a measure, exploring.
Garcia wants a route to Middle California.”

“I also have a sort of exploring leave. I shall take the liberty to keep along
with you. It may be best for both.”

The announcement sounded like a threat of surveillance, and Coronado's
dark cheek turned darker with angry blood. This stolid and intrusive brute
was absolutely demanding his own death. After saying, with a forced smile,
“You will be invaluable to us, Lieutenant,” the Mexican lounged away to where
Texas Smith was examining his firearms, and whispered, “Well, will you do
it?”

“I ain't afeared of him,” muttered the borderer. “It's his clothes. I don't
like to shute at jackets with them buttons. I mought git into big trouble. The
army is a big thing.”

“Two hundred dollars,” whispered Coronado.

“You said that befo',” croaked Texas. “Go it some better.”

“Four hundred.”

“Stranger,” said Texas, after debating his chances, “it's a big thing. But
I'll do it for that.”

Coronado walked away, hurried up his muleteers, exchanged a word with
Mrs. Stanley, and finally returned to Thurstane. His thin, dry, dusky fingers
trembled a little, but he looked his man steadily in the face, while he tendered
him another cigarito.

“Who is your hunter?” asked the officer. “I must say he is a devilish badlooking
fellow.”

“He is one of the best hunters Garcia ever had,” replied the Mexican. “He
is one of your own people. You ought to like him.”

Further journeying brought with it topographical adventures. The country
into which they were penetrating is one of the most remarkable in the world for
its physical peculiarities. Its scenery bears about the same relation to the
scenery of earth in general, that a skeleton's head or a grotesque mask bears to
the countenance of living humanity. In no other portion of our planet is nature
so unnatural, so fanciful and extravagant, and seemingly the production of caprice,
as on the great central plateau of North America.

They had left far behind the fertile valley of the Rio Grande, and had placed
between it and them the barren, sullen piles of the Jemez mountains. No more
long sweeps of grassy plain or slope; they were amid the débris of rocks which
hedge in the upper heights of the great plateau; they were struggling through
it like a forlorn hope through chevaux-de-frise. The morning sun came upon
them over treeless ridges of sandstone, and disappeared at evening behind

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

ridges equally naked and arid. The sides of these barren masses, seamed by
the action of water in remote geologic ages, and never softened or smoothed by
the gentle attrition of rain, were infinitely more wild and jagged in their details
than ruins. It seemed as if the Titans had built here, and their works had
been shattered by thunderbolts.

Many heights were truncated mounds of rock, resembling gigantic platforms
with ruinous sides, such as are known in this Western land as mesas or buttes.
They were Nature's enormous mockery of the most ambitious architecture of
man, the pyramids of Egypt and the platform of Baalbek. Terrace above terrace
of shattered wall; escarpments which had been displaced as if by the explosion
of some incredible mine; ramparts which were here high and regular,
and there gaping in mighty fissures, or suddenly altogether lacking; long sweeps
of stairway, winding dizzily upwards, only to close in an impossible leap: there
was no end to the fantastic outlines and the suggestions of destruction.

Nor were the open spaces between these rocky mounds less remarkable. In
one valley, the course of a river which vanished ages ago, the power of fire had left
its monuments amid those of the power of water. The sedimentary rock of sandstone,
shales, and marl, not only showed veins of ignitible lignite, but it was
pierced by the trap which had been shot up from earth's flaming recesses. Dikes
of this volcanic stone crossed each other or ran in long parallels, presenting
forms of fortifications, walls of buildings, ruined lines of aqueducts. The sandstone
and marl had been worn away by the departed river, and by the delicately
sweeping, incessant, tireless wings of the afreets of the air, leaving the iron-like
trap in bold projection.

Some of these dikes stretched long distances, with a nearly uniform height
of four or five feet, closely resembling old field-walls of the solidest masonry.
Others, not so extensive, but higher and pierced with holes, seemed to be fragments
of ruined edifices, with broken windows and shattered portals. As the
trap is columnar, and the columns are horizontal in their direction, the joints of
the polygons show along the surface of the ramparts, causing them to look like
the work of Cyclopean builders. The Indians and Mexicans of the expedition,
deceived by the similarity between these freaks of creation and the results of human
workmanship, repeatedly called out, “Casas Grandes! Casas de Montezuma!”

It would seem, indeed, as if the ancient peoples of this country, in order to
arrive at the idea of a large architecture, had only to copy the grotesque rockwork
of nature. Who knows but that such might have been the germinal idea
of their constructions? Mrs. Stanley was quite sure of it. In fact, she was disposed
to maintain that the trap walls were really human masonry, and the production
of Montezuma, or of the Amazons invented by Coronado.

“Those four-sided and six-sided stones look altogether too regular to be accidental,”
was her conclusion. Notwithstanding her belief in a superintending
Deity, she had an idea that much of this world was made by hazard, or perhaps
by the Old Harry.

In one valley the ancient demon of water-force had excelled himself in enchantments.
The slopes of the alluvial soil were dotted with little buttes of
mingled sandstone and shale, varying from five to twenty feet in height, many
of them bearing a grotesque likeness to artificial objects. There were columns,
there were haystacks, there were enormous bells, there were inverted jars, there
were junk bottles, there were rustic seats. Most of these fantastic figures were
surmounted by a flat capital, the remnant of a layer of stone harder than the
rest of the mass, and therefore less worn by the water erosion

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

One fragment looked like a monstrous gymnastic club standing upright, with
a broad button to secure the grip. Another was a mighty centre-table, fit for
the halls of the Scandinavian gods, consisting of a solid prop or pedestal twelve
feet high, swelling out at the top into a leaf fifteen feet across. Another was a
stone hat, standing on its crown, with a brim two yards in diameter. Occasionally
there was a figure which had lost its capital, and so looked like a broken
pillar, a sugar loaf, a pear. Imbedded in these grotesques of sandstone were
fossils of wood, of fresh-water shells, and of fishes.

It was a land of extravagances and of wonders. The marvellous adventures
of the “Arabian Nights” would have seemed natural in it. It reminded you after a
vague fashion of the scenery suggested to the imagination by some of its details
or those of the “Pilgrim's Progress.” Sindbad the Sailor carrying the Old Man
of the Sea; Giant Despair scowling from a make-believe window in a fictitious
castle of eroded sandstone; a roc with wings eighty feet long, poising on a giddy
pinnacle to pounce upon an elephant; pilgrim Christian advancing with sword and
buckler against a demon guarding some rocky portal, would have excited no astonishment
here.

Of a sudden there came an adventure which gave opening for knight-errantry.
As Thurstane, Coronado, and Texas Smith were riding a few hundred yards
ahead of the caravan, and just emerging from what seemed an enormous court
or public square, surrounded by ruined edifices of gigantic magnitude, they discovered
a man running toward them in a style which reminded the Lieutenant
of Timorous and Mistrust flying from the lions. Impossible to see what he was
afraid of; there was a broad, yellow plain, dotted with monuments of sandstone;
no living thing visible but this man running.

He was an American; at least he had the clothes of one. As he approached,
he appeared to be a lean, lank, narrow-shouldered, yellow-faced, yellow-haired
creature, such as you might expect to find on Cape Cod or thereabouts. Hollowchested
as he was, he had a yell in him which was quite surprising. From
the time that he sighted the three horsemen he kept up a steady screech until he
was safe under their noses. Then he fell flat and gasped for nearly a minute
without speaking. His first words were, “That's pooty good sailin' for a man
who ain't used to't.”

“Did you run all the way from Down East?” asked Thurstane.

“All the way from that bewt there—the one that looks most like a haystack.”

“Well, who the devil are you?”

“I'm Phineas Glover—Capm Phineas Glover—from Fair Haven, Connecticut.
I'm goin' to Californy after gold. Got lost out of the caravan among the
mountings. Was comin' along alone, 'n' run afoul of some Injuns. They're
hidin' behind that bewt, 'n' they've got my mewl.”

“Indians! How many are there?”

“Only three. 'N' I expect they a'nt the real wild kind, nuther. Sorter half
Injun, half engineer, like what come round in the circuses. Didn't make much
of 'n offer towards carvin' me. But I judged best to quit, the first boat that put
off. Ah, they're there yit, 'n' the mewl tew.”

“You'll find our train back there,” said Thurstane. “You had better make
for it. We'll recover your property.”

He dashed off at a full run for the butte, closely followed by Texas Smith
and Coronado. The Mexican had the best horse, and he would soon have led
the other two; but his saddle-girth burst, and in spite of his skill in riding he
was nearly thrown. Texas Smith pulled up to aid his employer, but only for an
instant, as Coronado called, “Go on.”

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

The borderer now spurred after Thurstane, who had got a dozen rods the
lead of him. Coronado rapidly examined his saddle-bags and then his pockets
without finding the cord or strap which he needed. He swore a little at this,
but not with any poignant emotion, for in the first place fighting was not a thing
that he yearned for, and in the second place he hardly anticipated a combat.
The robbers, he felt certain, were only vagrant rancheros, or the cowardly Indians
of some village, who would have neither the weapons nor the pluck to give
battle.

But suddenly an alarming suspicion crossed his mind. Would Texas Smith
seize this chance to send a bullet through Thurstane's head from behind?
Knowing the cutthroat's recklessness and his almost insane thirst for blood, he
feared that this might happen. And there was the train in view; the deed
would probably be seen, and, if so, would be seen as murder; and then would
come pursuit of the assassin, with possibly his seizure and confession. It would
not do; no, it would not do here and now; he must dash forward and prevent it.

Swinging his saddle upon his horse's back, he vaulted into it without touching
pommel or stirrup, and set off at full speed to arrest the blow which he desired.
Over the plain flew the fiery animal, Coronado balancing himself in his
unsteady seat with marvellous ease and grace, his dark eyes steadily watching
every movement of the bushwhacker. There were sheets of bare rock here and
there; there were loose slates and detached blocks of sandstone. The beast
dashed across the first without slipping, and cleared the others without swerving;
his rider bowed and swayed in the saddle without falling.

Texas Smith was now within a few yards of Thurstane, and it could be seen
that he had drawn his revolver. Coronado asked himself in horror whether the
man had understood the words “Go on” as a command for murder. He was
thinking very fast; he was thinking as fast as he rode. Once a terrible temptation
came upon him: he might let the fatal shot be fired; then he might fire another.
Thus he would get rid of Thurstane, and at the same time have the air of
avenging him, while ridding himself of his dangerous bravo. But he rejected
this plan almost as soon as he thought of it. He did not feel sure of bringing down
Texas at the first fire, and if he did not, his own life was not worth a second's
purchase. As for the fact that he had been lately saved from death by the borderer,
that would not have checked Coronado's hand, even had he remembered
it. He must dash on at full speed, and prevent a crime which would be a
blunder. But already it was nearly too late, for the Texan was close upon the
officer. Nothing could save the doomed man but Coronado's magnificent horsemanship.
He seemed a part of his steed; he shot like a bird over the sheets and
bowlders of rock; he was a wonder of speed and grace.

Suddenly the outlaw's pistol rose to a level, and Coronado uttered a shout
of anxiety and horror.

CHAPTER VII.

At the shout which Coronado uttered on seeing Texas Smith's pistol aimed
at Thurstane, the assassin turned his head, discovered the train, and, lowering
his weapon, rode peacefully alongside of his intended victim.

Captain Phin Glover's mule was found grazing behind the butte, in the midst
of the gallant Captain's dishevelled baggage, while the robbers had vanished by
a magic which seemed quite natural in this scenery of grotesque marvels. They

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

had unquestionably seen or heard their pursuers; but how had they got into the
bowels of the earth to escape them?

Thurstane presently solved the mystery by pointing out three crouching
figures on the flat cap of stone which surmounted the shales and marl of the
butte. Bare feet and desperation of terror could alone explain how they had
reached this impossible refuge. Texas Smith immediately consoled himself for
his disappointment as to Thurstane by shooting two of these wretches before his
hand could be stayed.

“They're nothin' but Injuns,” he said, with a savage glare, when the Lieutenant
struck aside his revolver and called him a murdering brute.

The third skulker took advantage of the cessation of firing to tumble down
from his perch and fly for his life. The indefatigable Smith broke away from
Thurstane, dashed after the pitiful fugitive, leaned over him as he ran, and
shot him dead.

“I have a great mind to blow your brains out, you beast,” roared the disgusted
officer, who had followed closely. “I told you not to shoot that man.”
And here he swore heartily, for which we must endeavor to forgive him, seeing
that he belonged to the army.

Coronado interfered. “My dear Lieutenant! after all, they were robbers.
They deserved punishment.” And so on.

Texas Smith looked less angry and more discomfited than might have been
expected, considering his hardening life and ferocious nature.

“Didn't s'p'ose you really keered much for the cuss,” he said, glancing respectfully
at the imperious and angry face of the young officer.

“Well, never mind now,” growled Thurstane. “It's done, and can't be undone.
But, by Jove, I do hate useless massacre. Fighting is another thing.”

Sheathing his fury, he rode off rapidly toward the wagons, followed in silence
by the others. The three dead vagabonds (perhaps vagrants from the region of
Abiquia) remained where they had fallen, one on the stony plain and two on the
cap of the butte. The train, trending here toward the northwest, passed six
hundred yars to the north of the scene of slaughter; and when Clara and Mrs.
Stanley asked what had happened, Coronado told them with perfect glibness
that the robbers had got away.

The rescued man, delighted at his escape and the recovery of his mule and
luggage, returned thanks right and left, with a volubility which further acquaintance
showed to be one of his characteristics. He was a profuse talker; ran a
stream every time you looked at him; it was like turning on a mill-race.

“Yes, capm, out of Fair Haven,” he said. “Been in the coastin' 'n' Wes'
Injy trade. Had 'n unlucky time out las' few years. Had a schuner burnt in
port, 'n' lost a brig at sea. Pooty much broke me up. Wife 'n' dahter gone
into th' oyster-openin' business. Thought I'd try my han' at openin' gold mines
in Californy. Jined a caravan at Fort Leavenworth, 'n' lost my reckonin's back
here a ways”

We must return to love matters. However amazing it may be that a man
who has no conscience should nevertheless have a heart, such appears to have
been the case with that abnormal creature Coronado. The desert had made
him take a strong liking to Clara, and now that he had a rival at hand he became
impassioned for her. He began to want to marry her, not alone for the
sake of her great fortune, but also for her own sake. Her beauty unfolded and
blossomed wonderfully before his ardent eyes; for he was under that mighty
glamour of the emotions which enables us to see beauty in its completeness; he

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

was favored with the greatest earthly second-sight which is vouchsafed to
mortals.

Only in a measure, however; the money still counted for much with him.
He had already decided what he would do with the Muñoz fortune when he
should get it. He would go to New York and lead a life of frugal extravagance,
economical in comforts (as we understand them) and expensive in pleasures.
New York, with its adjuncts of Saratoga and Newport, was to him what Paris is
to many Americans. In his imagination it was the height of grandeur and happiness
to have a box at the opera, to lounge in Broadway, and to dance at the
hops of the Saratoga hotels. New Mexico! he would turn his back on it;
he would never set eyes on its dull poverty again. As for Clara? Well, of
course she would share in his gayeties; was not that enough for any reasonable
woman?

But here was this stumbling-block of a Thurstane. In the presence of a
handsome rival, who, moreover, had started first in the race, slow was far from
being sure. Coronado had discovered, by long experience in flirtation and much
intelligent meditation upon it, that, if a man wants to win a woman, he must get her
head full of him. He decided, therefore, that at the first chance he would give
Clara distinctly to understand how ardently he was in love with her, and so set
her to thinking especially of him, and of him alone. Meantime, he looked at
her adoringly, insinuated compliments, performed little services, walked his
horse much by her side, did his best in conversation, and in all ways tried to
outshine the Lieutenant.

He supposed that he did outshine him. A man of thirty always believes that
he appears to better advantage than a man of twenty-three or four. He trusts
that he has more ideas, that he commits fewer absurdities, that he carries
more weight of character than his juvenile rival. Coronado was far more fluent
than Thurstane; had a greater command over his moods and manners, and a
larger fund of animal spirits; knew more about such social trifles as women
like to hear of; and was, in short, a more amusing prattler of small talk. There
was a steady seriousness about the young officer—something of the earnest
sentimentality of the great Teutonic race—which the mercurial Mexican did not
understand nor appreciate, and which he did not imagine could be fascinating
to a woman. Knowing well how magnetic passion is in its guise of Southern
fervor, he did not know that it is also potent under the cloak of Northern
solemnity.

Unluckily for Coronado, Clara was half Teutonic, and could comprehend the
tone of her father's race. Notwithstanding Thurstane's shyness and silences,
she discovered his moral weight and gathered his unspoken meanings. There
was more in this girl than appeared on the surface. Without any power of reasoning
concerning character, and without even a disposition to analyze it, she
had an instinctive perception of it. While her talk was usually as simple as a
child's, and her meditations on men and things were not a bit systematic or logical,
her decisions and actions were generally just what they should be.

Some one may wish to know whether she was clever enough to see through
the character of Coronado. She was clever enough, but not corrupt enough.
Very pure people cannot fully understand people who are very impure. It is
probable that angels are considerably in the dark concerning the nature of the
devil, and derive their disagreeable impression of him mainly from a consideration
of his actions. Clara, limited to a narrow circle of good intentions and conduct,
might not divine the wide regions of wickedness through which roved the

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

soul of Coronado, and must wait to see his works before she could fairly bring
him to judgment.

Of course she perceived that in various ways he was insincere. When he
prattled compliments and expressions of devotion, whether to herself or to
others, she made Spanish allowance. It was polite hyperbole; it was about the
same as saying good-morning; it was a cheerful way of talking that they had in
Mexico; she knew thus much from her social experience. But while she cared
little for his adulations, she did not because of them consider him a scoundrel,
nor necessarily a hypocrite.

Coronado found and improved opportunities to talk in asides with Clara.
Thurstane, the modest, proud, manly youngster, who had no meannesses or
trickeries by nature, and had learned none in his honorable profession, would
not allow himself to break into these dialogues if they looked at all like confidences.
The more he suspected that Coronado was courting Clara, the more
resolutely and grimly he said to himself, “Stand back!” The girl should be
perfectly free to choose between them; she should be influenced by no compulsions
and no stratagems of his; was he not “an officer and a gentleman”?

“By Jove! I am miserable for life,” he thought when he suspected, as he
sometimes did, that they two were in love. “I'll get myself killed in my next
fight. I can't bear it. But I won't interfere. I'll do my duty as an honorable
man. Of course she understands me.”

But just at this point Clara failed to understand him. It is asserted by some
philosophers that women have less conscience about “cutting each other out,”
breaking up engagements, etc., than men have in such matters. Love-making
and its results form such an all-important part of their existence, that they must
occasionally allow success therein to overbear such vague, passionless ideas as
principles, sentiments of honor, etc. It is, we fear, highly probable that if Clara
had been in love with Ralph, and had seen her chance of empire threatened by
a rival, she would have come out of that calm innocence which now seemed to
enfold her whole nature, and would have done such things as girls may do to
avert catastrophes of the affections. She now thought to herself, If he cares for
me, how can he keep away from me when he sees Coronado making eyes at me?
She was a little vexed with him for behaving so, and was consequently all the
sweeter to his rival. This when Ralph would have risked his commission for a
smile, and would have died to save her from a sorrow!

Presently this slightly coquettish, yet very good and lovely little being—this
seraph from one of Fra Angelica's pictures, endowed with a frailty or two of humanity—
found herself the heroine of a trying scene. Coronado hastened it; he
judged her ready to fall into his net; he managed the time and place for the
capture. The train had been ascending for some hours, and had at last reached
a broad plateau, a nearly even floor of sandstone, covered with a carpet of thin
earth, the whole noble level bare to the eye at once, without a tree or a thicket
to give it detail. It was a scene of tranquillity and monotony; no rains ever disturbed
or remoulded the tabulated surface of soil; there, as distinct as if made
yesterday, were the tracks of a train which had passed a year before.

“Shall we take a gallop?” said Coronado. “No danger of ambusnes
here.”

Clara's eyes sparkled with youth's love of excitement, and the two horses
sprang off at speed toward the centre of the plateau. After a glorious flight of
five minutes, enjoyed for the most part in silence, as such swift delights usually
are, they dropped into a walk two miles ahead of the wagons.

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

“That was magnificent,” Clara of course said, her face flushed with pleasure
and exercise.

“You are wonderfully handsome,” observed Coronado, with an air of thinking
aloud, which disguised the coarse directness of the flattery. In fact, he was
so dazzled by her brilliant color, the sunlight in her disordered curls, and the
joyous sparkling of her hazel eyes, that he spoke with an ingratiating honesty.

Clara, who was in one of her unconscious and innocent moods, simply replied,
“I suppose people are always handsome enough when they are happy.”

“Then I ought to be lovely,” said Coronado. “I am happier than I ever
was before.”

“Coronado, you look very well,” observed Clara, turning her eyes on him
with a grave expression which rather puzzled him. “This out-of-door life has
done you good.”

“Then I don't look very well indoors?” he smiled.

“You know what I mean, Coronado. Your health has improved, and your
face shows it.”

Fearing that she was not in an emotional condition to be bewildered and fascinated
by a declaration of love, he queried whether he had not better put off his
enterprise until a more susceptible moment. Certainly, if he were without a rival;
but there was Thurstane, ready any and every day to propose; it would not do
to let him have the first word, and cause the first heart-beat. Coronado believed
that to make sure of winning the race he must take the lead at the start. Yes,
he would offer himself now; he would begin by talking her into a receptive state
of mind; that done, he would say with all his eloquence, “I love you.”

We must not suppose that the declaration would be a pure fib, or anything
like it. The man had no conscience, and he was almost incomparably selfish,
but he was capable of loving, and he did love. That is to say, he was inflamed
by this girl's beauty and longed to possess it. It is a low species of affection,
but it is capable of great violence in a man whose physical nature is ardent, and
Coronado's blood could take a heat like lava. Already, although he had not yet
developed his full power of longing, he wanted Clara as he had never wanted any
woman before. We can best describe his kind of sentiment by that hungry, carnal
word wanted.

After riding in silent thought for a few rods, he said, “I have lost my good
looks now, I suppose.”

“What do you mean, Coronado?”

“They depend on my happiness, and that is gone.”

“Coronado, you are playing riddles.”

“This table-land reminds me of my own life. Do you see that it has no
verdure? I have been just as barren of all true happiness. There has been no
fruit or blossom of true affection for me to gather. You know that I lost my excellent
father and my sainted mother when I was a child. I was too young to
miss them; but for all that the bereavement was the same; there was the less
love for me. It seems as if there had been none.”

“Garcia has been good to you—of late,” suggested Clara, rather puzzled to
find consolation for a man whose misery was so new to her.

Remembering what a scoundrel Garcia was, and what a villainous business
Garcia had sent him upon, Coronado felt like smiling. He knew that the old man
had no sentiments beyond egotism, and a family pride which mainly, if not entirely,
sprang from it. Such a heart as Garcia's, what a place to nestle in!
Such a creature as Coronado seeking comfort in such a breast as his uncle's was
very much like a rattlesnake warming himself in a hole of a rock.

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

“Ah, yes!” sighed Coronado. “Admirable old gentleman! I should not
have forgotten him. However, he is a solace which comes rather late. It is
only two years since he perceived that he had done me injustice, and received
me into favor. And his affection is somewhat cold. Garcia is an old man laden
with affairs. Moreover, men in general have little sympathy with men. When
we are saddened, we do not look to our own sex for cheer. We look to yours.”

Almost every woman responds promptly to a claim for pity.

“I am sorry for you, Coronado,” said Clara, in her artless way. “I am,
truly.”

“You do not know, you cannot know, how you console me.”

Satisfied with the results of his experiment in boring for sympathy, he tried
another, a dangerous one, it would seem, but very potent when it succeeds.

“This lack of affection has had sad results. I have searched everywhere for
it, only to meet with disappointment. In my desperation I have searched where
I should not. I have demanded true love of people who had no true love to
give. And for this error and wrong I have been terribly punished. The mere
failure of hope and trust has been hard enough to bear. But that was not the
half. Shame, self-contempt, remorse have been an infinitely heavier burden.
If any man was ever cured of trusting for happiness to a wicked world, it is Coronado.”

In spite of his words and his elaborately penitent expression, Clara only partially
understood him. Some kind of evil life he was obviously confessing, but
what kind she only guessed in the vaguest fashion. However, she comprehended
enough to interest her warmly: here was a penitent sinner who had forsaken ways
of wickedness; here was a struggling soul which needed encouragement and
tenderness. A woman loves to believe that she can be potent over hearts, and
especially that she can be potent for good. Clara fixed upon Coronado's face a
gaze of compassion and benevolence which was almost superhuman. It should
have shamed him into honesty; but he was capable of trying to deceive the
saints and the Virgin; he merely decided that she was in a fit frame to accept
him.

“At last I have a faint hope of a sure and pure happiness,” he said. “I have
found one who I know can strengthen me and comfort me, if she will. I am
seeking to be worthy of her. I am worthy of her so far as adoration can make
me. I am ready to surrender my whole life—all that I am and that I can be—
to her.”

Clara had begun to guess his meaning; the quick blood was already flooding
her cheek; the light in her eyes was tremulous with agitation.

“Clara, you must know what I mean,” continued Coronado, suddenly reaching
his hand toward her, as if to take her captive. “You are the only person I
ever loved. I love you with all my soul. Can your heart ever respond to mine?
Can you ever bring yourself to be my wife?”

CHAPTER VIII.

When Coronado proposed to Clara, she was for a moment stricken dumb
with astonishment and with something like terror.

Her first idea was that she must take him; that the mere fact of a man asking
for her gave him a species of right over her; that there was no such thing
possible as answering, No. She sat looking at Coronado with a helpless,

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

timorous air, very much as a child looks at his father, when the father, switching
his rattan, says, “Come with me.”

On recovering herself a little, her first words—uttered slowly, in a tone of
surprise and of involuntary reproach—were, “Oh, Coronado! I did not expect
this.”

“Can't you answer me?” he asked in a voice which was honestly tremulous
with emotion. “Can't you say yes?”

“Oh, Coronado!” repeated Clara, a good deal touched by his agitation.

“Can't you?” he pleaded. Repetitions, in such cases, are so natural and so
potent.

“Let me think, Coronado,” she implored. “I can't answer you now. You
have taken me so by surprise!”

“Every moment that you take to think is torture to me,” he pleaded, as he
continued to press her.

Perhaps she was on the point of giving way before his insistence. Consider
the advantages that he had over her in this struggle of wills for the mastery.
He was older by ten years; he possessed both the adroitness of self-command
and the energy of passion; he had a long experience in love matters, while she
had none. He was the proclaimed heir of a man reputed wealthy, and could
therefore, as she believed, support her handsomely. Since the death of her
father she considered Garcia the head of her family in New Mexico; and Coronado
had had the face to tell her that he made his offer with the approval of
Garcia. Then she was under supposed obligations to him, and he was to be her
protector across the desert.

She was as it were reeling in her saddle, when a truly Spanish idea saved
her.

“Muñoz!” she exclaimed. “Coronado, you forget my grandfather. He
should know of this.”

Although the man was unaccustoned to start, he drew back as if a ghost had
confronted him; and even when he recovered from his transitory emotion, he
did not at first know how to answer her. It would not do to say, “Muñoz is
dead,” and much less to add, “You are his heir.”

“We are Americans,” he at last argued. “Spanish customs are dead and
buried. Can't you speak for yourself on a matter which concerns you and me
alone?”

“Coronado, I think it would not be right,” she replied, holding firmly to her
position. “It is probable that my grandfather would be better pleased to have
this matter referred to him. I ought to consider him, and you must let me do
so.”

“I submit,” he bowed, seeing that there was no help for it, and deciding to
make a grace of necessity. “It pains me, but I submit. Let me hope that you
will not let this pass from your mind. Some day, when it is proper, I shall speak
again.”

He was not wholly dissatisfied, for he trusted that henceforward her head
would be full of him, and he had not much hoped to gain more in a first effort.

“I shall always be proud and gratified at the compliment you have paid me,”
was her reply to his last request.

“You deserve many such compliments,” he said, gravely courteous and quite
sincere.

Then they cantered back in silence to meet the advancing train.

Yes, Coronado was partly satisfied. He believed that he had gained a firmer

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

footing among the girl's thoughts and emotions than had been gained by Thurstane.
In a degree he was right. No sensitive, and pure, and good girl can receive
her first offer without being much moved by it. The man who has placed
himself at her feet will affect her strongly. She may begin to dread him, or begin
to like him more than before; but she cannot remain utterly indifferent to
him. The probability is that, unless subsequent events make him disagreeable
to her, she will long accord him a measure of esteem and gratitude.

For two or three days, while Clara was thinking much of Coronado, he gave
her less than usual of his society. Believing that her mind was occupied with
him, that she was wondering whether he were angry, unhappy, etc., he remained
a good deal apart, wrapped himself in sadness, and trusted that time would do
much for him. Had there been no rival, the plan would have been a good one;
but Ralph Thurstane being present, it was less successful.

Ralph had already become more of a favorite than any one knew, even the
young lady herself; and now that he found chances for long talks and short gallops
with her, he got on better than ever. He was just the kind of youngster a
girl of eighteen would naturally like to have ride by her side. He was handsome;
at any rate, he was the handsomest man she had seen in the desert, and
the desert was just then her sphere of society. You could see in his figure how
strong he was, and in his face how brave he was. He was a good fellow, too;
“tendir and trew” as the Douglas of the ballad; sincere, frank, thoroughly truthful
and honorable. Every way he seemed to be that being that a woman most
wants, a potential and devoted protector. Whenever Clara looked in his face
her eyes said, without her knowledge, “I trust you.”

Now, as we have already stated, Thurstane's eyes were uncommonly fine and
expressive. Of the very darkest blue that ever was seen in anybody's head, and
shaded, moreover, by remarkably long chestnut lashes, they had the advantages
of both blue eyes and black ones, being as gentle as the one and as fervent as
the other. Accordingly, a sort of optical conversation commenced between the
two young people. Every time that Clara's glance said, “I trust you,” Thurstane's
responded, “I will die for you.” It was a perilous sort of dialogue, and
liable to involve the two souls which looked out from these sparkling, transparent
windows. Before long the Lieutenant's modest heart took courage, and his
stammering tongue began to be loosed somewhat, so that he uttered things which
frightened both him and Clara. Not that the remarks were audacious in themselves,
but he was conscious of so much unexpressed meaning behind them, and
she was so ready to guess that there might be such a meaning!

It seems ridiculous that a fellow who could hold his head straight up before
a storm of cannon shot, should be positively bashful. Yet so it was. The boy
had been through West Point, to be sure; but he had studied there, and not
flirted; the Academy had not in any way demoralized him. On the whole, in
spite of swearing under gross provocation, and an inclination toward strictness
in discipline, he answered pretty well for a Bayard.

His bashfulness was such, at least in the presence of Clara, that he trembled
to the tips of his fingers in merely making this remark: “Miss Van Diemen,
this journey is the pleasantest thing in my whole life.”

Clara blushed until she dazzled him and seemed to burn herself. Nevertheless
she was favored with her usual childlike artlessness of speech, and answered,
“I am glad you find it agreeable.”

Nothing more from Ralph for a minute; he was recovering his breath and
self-possession.

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

“You cannot think how much safer I feel because you and your men are with
us,” said Clara.

Thurstane unconsciously gripped the handle of his sabre, with a feeling that
he could and would massacre all the Indians of the desert, if it were necessary
to preserve her from harm.

“Yes, you may rely upon my men, too,” he declared. “They have a sort of
adoration for you.”

“Have they?” asked Clara, with a frank smile of pleasure. “I wonder at
it. I hardly notice them. I ought to, they seem so patient and trusty.”

“Ah, a lady!” said Thurstane. “A good soldier will die any time for a lady.”

Then he wondered how she could have failed to guess that she must be worshipped
by these rough men for her beauty.

“I have overheard them talking about you,” he went on, gratified at being
able to praise her to her face, though in the speech of others. “Little Sweeny
says, in his Irish brogue, `I can march twic't as fur for the seein' av her!”'

“Oh! did he?” laughed Clara. “I must carry Sweeny's musket for him
some time.”

“Don't, if you please,” said Thurstane, the disciplinarian rising in him.
“You would spoil him for the service.”

“Can't I send him a dish from our table?”

“That would just suit his case. He hasn't got broken to hard-tack yet.”

“Miss Van Diemen,” was his next remark, “do you know what you are to
do, if we are attacked?”

“I am to get into a wagon.”

“Into which wagon?”

“Into my aunt's.”

“Why into that one?”

“So as to have all the ladies together.”

“When you have got into the wagon, what next?”

“Lie down on the floor to protect myself from the arrows.”

“Very good,” laughed Thurstane. “You say your tactics well.”

This catechism had been put and recited every day since he had joined the
train. The putting of it was one of the Lieutenant's duties and pleasures; and,
notwithstanding its prophecy of peril, Clara enjoyed it almost as much as he.

Well, we have heard these two talk, and much in their usual fashion. Not
great souls as yet: they may indeed become such some day; but at present
they are only mature in moral power and in capacity for mighty emotions. Information,
mental development, and conversational ability hereafter.

In one way or another two or three of these tête-à-têtes were brought about
every day. Thurstane wanted them all the time; would have been glad to make
life one long dialogue with Miss Van Diemen; found an aching void in every
moment spent away from her. Clara, too, in spite of maidenly struggles with
herself, began to be of this way of feeling. Wonderful place the Great American
Desert for falling in love!

Coronado soon guessed, and with good reason, that the seed which he had
sown in the girl's mind was being replaced by other germs, and that he had
blundered in trusting that she would think of him while she was talking with
Thurstane. The fear of losing her increased his passion for her, and made him
hate his rival with correlative fervor.

“Why don't you find a chance at that fellow?” he muttered to his bravo,
Texas Smith.

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

“How the h—! kin I do it?” growled the bushwhacker, feeling that his intelligence
and courage were unjustly called in question. “He's allays around
the train, an' his sojers allays handy. I hain't had nary chance.”

“Take him off on a hunt.”

“He ain't a gwine. I reckon he knows himself. I'm afeard to praise huntin'
much to him; he might get on my trail. Tell you these army chaps is resky.
I never wanted to meddle with them kind o' close. You know I said so. I
said so, fair an' square, I did.”

“You might manage it somehow, if you had the pluck.”

“Had the pluck!” repeated Texas Smith. His sallow, haggard face turned
dusky with rage, and his singularly black eyes flamed as if with hell-fire. A
Malay, crazed with opium and ready to run amok, could not present a more savage
spectacle than this man did as he swayed in his saddle, grinding his teeth,
clutching his rifle, and glaring at Coronado. What chiefly infuriated him was
that the insult should come from one whom he considered a “greaser,” a man
of inferior race. He, Texas Smith, an American, a white man, was treated as
if he were an “Injun” or a “nigger.” Coronado was thoroughly alarmed, and
smoothed his ruffled feathers at once.

“I beg your pardon,” he said, promptly. “My dear Mr. Smith, I was entirely
wrong. Of course I know that you have courage. Everybody knows it.
Besides, I am under the greatest obligations to you. You saved my life. By
heavens, I am horribly ashamed of my injustice.”

A minute or so of this fluent apologizing calmed the bushwhacker's rage and
soothed his injured feelings.

“But you oughter be keerful how you talk that way to a white man,” he said.
“No white man, if he's a gentleman, can stan' being told he hain't got no pluck.”

“Certainly,” assented Coronado. “Well, I have apologized. What more
can I do?”

“Square, you're all right now,” said the forgiving Texan, stretching out his
bony, dirty hand and grasping Coronado's. “But don't say it agin. White men
can't stan' sech talk. Well, about this feller—I'll see, I'll see. Square, I'll try
to do what's right.”

As Coronado rode away from this interview, he ground his teeth with rage
and mortification, muttering, “A white man! a white man! So I am a black
man. Yes, I am a greaser. Curse this whole race of English-speaking people!”

After a while he began to think to the purpose. He too must work; he must
not trust altogether to Texas Smith; the scoundrel might flinch, or might fail.
Something must be done to separate Clara and Thurstane. What should it be?
Here we are almost ashamed of Coronado. The trick that he hit upon was the
stalest, the most threadbare, the most commonplace and vulgar that one can imagine.
It was altogether unworthy of such a clever and experienced conspirator.
His idea was this: to get lost with Clara for one night; in the morning to
rejoin the train. Thurstane would be disgusted, and would unquestionably give
up the girl entirely when Coronado should say to him, “It was a very unlucky
accident, but I have done what a gentleman should, and we are engaged.”

This coarse, dastardly, and rather stupid stratagem he put into execution as
quickly as possible. There were some dangers to be guarded against, as for instance
Apaches, and the chance of getting lost in reality.

“Have an eye upon me to-day,” he suggested to Texas. “If I leave the
train with any one, follow me and keep a lookout for Indians. Only stay out of
sight.”

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

Now for an opportunity to lead Clara astray. The region was favorable;
they were in an arid land of ragged sandstone spurs and buttes; it would be
necessary to march until near sunset, in order to find water and pasturage. Consequently
there was both time and scenery for his project. Late in the afternoon
the train crossed a narrow mesa or plateau, and approached a sublime terrace
of rock which was the face of a second table-land. This terrace was cleft by
several of those wonderful grooves which are known as cañons, and which were
wrought by that mighty water-force, the sculpturer of the American desert. In
one place two of these openings were neighbors: the larger was the route and
the smaller led nowhere.

“Let the train pass on,” suggested Coronado to Clara. “If you will ride
with me up this little cañon, you will find some of the most exquisite scenery
imaginable. It rejoins the large one further on. There is no danger.”

Clara would have preferred not to go, or would have preferred to go with
Thurstane.

“My dear child, what do you mean?” urged Aunt Maria, looking out of her
wagon. “Mr. Coronado, I'll ride there with you myself.”

The result of the dialogue which ensued was that, after the train had entered
the gorge of the larger cañon, Coronado and Clara turned back and wandered
up the smaller one, followed at a distance by Texas Smith. In twenty minutes
they were separated from the wagons by a barrier of sandstone several hundred
feet high, and culminating in a sharp ridge or frill of rocky points, not unlike the
spiny back of a John Dory. The scenery, although nothing new to Clara, was
such as would be considered in any other land amazing. Vast walls on either
side, consisting mainly of yellow sandstone, were variegated with white, bluish,
and green shales, with layers of gypsum of the party-colored marl series, with
long lines of white limestone so soft as to be nearly earth, and with red and
green foliated limestone mixed with blood-red shales. The two wanderers
seemed to be amid the landscapes of a Christmas drama as they rode between
these painted precipices toward a crimson sunset.

It was a perfect solitude. There was not a breath of life besides their own
in this gorgeous valley of desolation. The ragged, crumbling battlements, and
the loftier points of harder rock, would not have furnished subsistence for a goat
or a mouse. Color was everywhere and life nowhere: it was such a region as
one might look for in the moon; it did not seem to belong to an inhabited planet.

Before they had ridden half an hour the sun went down suddenly behind serrated
steeps, and almost immediately night hastened in with his obscurities.
Texas Smith, riding hundreds of yards in the rear and concealing himself behind
the turning points of the cañon, was obliged to diminish his distance in
order to keep them under his guard. Clara had repeatedly expressed her doubts
as to the road, and Coronado had as often asserted that they would soon see the
train. At last the ravine became a gully, winding up a breast of shadowy mountain
cumbered with loose rocks, and impassable to horses.

“We are lost,” confessed Coronado, and then proceeded to console her. The
train could not be far off; their friends would undoubtedly seek them; at all
events, would not go on without them. They must bivouac there as well as
might be, and in the morning rejoin the caravan.

He had been forethoughted enough to bring two blankets on his saddle, and
he now spread them out for her, insisting that she should try to sleep. Clara
cried frankly and heartily, and begged him to lead her back through the cañon.
No; it could not be traversed by night, he asserted; they would certainly break

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

their necks among the bowlders. At last the girl suffered herself to be wrapped
in the blankets, and made an endeavor to forget her wretchedness and vexation
in slumber.

Meantime, a few hundred yards down the ravine, a tragedy was on the verge
of action. Thurstane, missing Coronado and Clara, and learning what direction
they had taken, started with two of his soldiers to find them, and was now picking
his way on foot along the cañon. Behind a detached rock at the base of one
of the sandstone walls Texas Smith lay in ambush, aiming his rifle first at one
and then at another of this stumbling trio, and cursing the starlight because it
was so dim that he could not positively distinguish which was the officer.

CHAPTER IX.

For the second time within a week, Texas Smith found himself upon the
brink of opportunity, without being able (as he had phrased it to Coronado) to
do what was right.

He levelled at Thurstane, and then it did not seem to be Thurstane; he had
a dead sure sight at Kelly, and then perceived that that was an error; he drew a
bead on Shubert, and still he hesitated. He could distinguish the Lieutenant's
voice, but he could not fix upon the figure which uttered it.

It was exasperating. Never had an assassin been better ambuscaded. He
was kneeling behind a little ridge of sandstone; about a foot below its edge was
an orifice made by the rains and winds of bygone centuries; through this, as
through an embrasure, he had thrust his rifle. Not a chance of being hit by a
return shot, while after the enemy's fire had been drawn he could fly down the
ravine, probably without discovery and certainly without recognition. His horse
was tethered below, behind another rock; and he felt positive that these men
had not come upon it. He could mount, drive their beasts before him into the
plain, and then return to camp. No need of explaining his absence; he was
the head hunter of the expedition; it was his business to wander.

All this was so easy to do, if he could only take the first step. But he dared
not fire lest he should merely kill a soldier, and so make an uproar and rouse
suspicions without the slightest profit. It was not probable that Coronado
would pay him for shooting the wrong man, and setting on foot a dangerous investigation.
So the desperado continued to peer through the dim night, cursing
his stars and everybody's stars for not shining better, and seeing his opportunity
slip rapidly away. After Thurstane and the others had passed, after the chance
of murder had stalked by him like a ghost and vanished, he left his ambush,
glided down the ravine to his horse, waked him up with a vindictive kick, leaped
into the saddle, and hastened to camp. To inquiries about the lost couple he replied
in his sullen, brief way that he had not seen them; and when urged to go
to their rescue, he of course set off in the wrong direction and travelled but a
short distance.

Meantime Ralph had found the captives of the cañon. Clara, wrapped in
her blankets, was lying at the foot of a rock, and crying while she pretended to
sleep. Coronado, unable to make her talk, irritated by the faint sobs which he
overheard, but stubbornly resolved on carrying out his stupid plot, had retired
in a state of ill-humor unusual with him to another rock, and was consoling
himself by smoking cigarito after cigarito. The two horses, tied together neck

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

and crupper, were fasting near by. As Coronado had forgotten to bring food
with him, Clara was also fasting.

Think of Apaches, and imagine the terror with which she caught the sounds
of approach, the heavy, stumbling steps through the darkness. Then imagine
the joy with which she recognized Thurstane's call and groped to meet him. In
the dizziness of her delight, and amid the hiding veils of the obscurity, it did not
seem wrong nor unnatural to fall against his arm and be supported by it for a
moment. Ralph received this touch, this shock, as if it had been a ball; and
his nature bore the impress of it as long as if it had made a scar. In his whole
previous life he had not felt such a thrill of emotion; it was almost too powerful
to be adequately described as a pleasure.

Next came Coronado, as happy as a disappointed burglar whose cue it is to
congratulate the rescuing policeman. “My dear Lieutenant! You are heaven's
own messenger. You have saved us from a horrible night. But it is prodigious;
it is incredible. You must have come here by enchantment. How in God's
name could you find your way up this fearful cañon?”

“The cañon is perfectly passable on foot,” replied the young officer, stiffly
and angrily. “By Jove, sir! I don't see why you didn't make a start to get out.
This is a pretty place to lodge Miss Van Diemen.”

Coronado took off his hat and made a bow of submission and regret, which
was lost in the darkness.

“I must say,” Thurstane went on grumbling, “that, for a man who claims to
know this country, your management has been very singular.”

Clara, fearful of a quarrel, slightly pressed his arm and checked this volcano
with the weight of a feather.

“We are not all like you, my dear Lieutenant,” said Coronado, in a tone which
might have been either apologetical or ironical. “You must make allowance for
ordinary human nature.”

“I beg pardon,” returned Thurstane, who was thinking now chiefly of that
pressure on his arm. “The truth is, I was alarmed for your safety. I can't help
feeling responsibility on this expedition, although it is your train. My military
education runs me into it, I suppose. Well, excuse my excitement. Miss Van
Diemen, may I help you back through the gully?”

In leaning on him, being guided by him, being saved by him, trusting in him,
the girl found a pleasure which was irresistible, although it seemed audacious
and almost sinful. Before the cañon was half traversed she felt as if she could
go on with him through the great dark valley of life, confiding in his strength
and wisdom to lead her aright and make her happy. It was a temporary wave
of emotion, but she remembered it long after it had passed.

Around the fires, after a cup of hot coffee, amid the odors of a plentiful
supper, recounting the evening's adventure to Mrs. Stanley, Coronado was at his
best. How he rolled out the English language! Our mother tongue hardly
knew itself, it ran so fluently and sounded so magniloquently and lied so naturally.
He praised everybody but himself; he praised Clara, Thurstane, and the
two soldiers and the horses; he even said a flattering word or two for Divine
Providence. Clara especially, and the whole of her heroic, more than human
sex, demanded his enthusiastic admiration. How she had borne the terrors of
the night and the desert! “Ah, Mrs. Stanley! only you women are capable of
such efforts.”

Aunt Maria's Olympian head nodded, and her cheerful face, glowing with tea
and the camp fires, confessed “Certainly!”

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

“What nonsense, Coronado!” said Clara. “I was horribly frightened, and
you know it.”

Aunt Maria frowned with surprise and denial. “Absurd, child! You were
not frightened at all. Of course you were not. Why, even if you had been
slightly timorous, you had your cousin to protect you.”

“Ah, Mrs. Stanley, I am a poor knight-errant,” said Coronado. “We Mexicans
are no longer formidable. One man of your Anglo-Saxon blood is supposed
to be a better defence than a dozen of us. We have been subdued; we
must submit to depreciation. I must confess, in fact, that I had my fears. I was
greatly relieved on my cousin's account when I heard the voice of our military
chieftain here.”

Then came more flattery for Ralph, with proper rations for the two privates.
Those faithful soldiers—he must show his gratitude to them; he had forgotten
them in the basest manner. “Here, Pedronillo, take these cigaritos to privates
Kelly and Shubert, with my compliments. Begging your permission, Lieutenant.
Thank you.”

“Pooty tonguey man, that Seenor,” observed Captain Phineas Glover to Mrs.
Stanley, when the Mexican went off to his blankets.

“Yes; a very agreeable and eloquent gentleman,” replied the lady, wishing
to correct the skipper's statement while seeming to assent to it.

“Jess so,” admitted Glover. “Ruther airy. Big talkin' man. Don't raise
no sech our way.”

Captain Glover was not fully aware that he himself had the fame of possessing
an imagination which was almost too much for the facts of this world.

“S'pose it's in the breed,” he continued. “Or likely the climate has suthin'
to do with it: kinder thaws out the words 'n' sets the idees a-bilin'. Niggers is
pooty much the same. Most niggers kin talk like a line runnin' out, 'n' tell lies'
s fast 's our Fair Haven gals open oysters—a quart a minute.”

“Captain Glover, what do you mean?' frowned Aunt Maria. “Mr. Coronado
is a friend of mine.”

“Oh, I was speakin' of niggers,” returned the skipper promptly. “Forgot
we begun about the Seenor. Sho! niggers was what I was talkin' of. B' th'
way, that puts me in mind 'f one I had for cook once. Jiminy! how that man
would cook! He'd cook a slice of halibut so you wouldn't know it from beefsteak.”

“Dear me! how did he do it?' asked Aunt Maria, who had a fancy for
kitchen mysteries.

“Never could find out,” said Glover, stepping adroitly out of his difficulty.
“Don't s'pose that nigger would a let on how he did it for ten dollars.”

“I should think the receipt would be worth ten dollars,” observed Aunt
Maria thoughtfully.

“Not 'xactly here,” returned the captain, with one of his dried smiles, which
had the air of having been used a great many times before. “Halibut too
skurce. Wal, I was goin' to tell ye 'bout this nigger. He come to be the cook
he was because he was a big eater. We was wrecked once, 'n' had to live three
days on old shoes 'n' that sort 'f truck. Wal, this nigger was so darned ravenous
he ate up a pair o' long boots in the time it took me to git down one 'f the
straps.”

“Ate up a pair of boots!” exclaimed Aunt Maria, amazed and almost incredulous.

“Yes, by thunder!” insisted the captain, “grease, nails, 'n' all. An' then
went at the patent leather forepiece 'f his cap.”

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

“What privations!” said Aunt Maria, staring fit to burst her spectacles.

“Oh, that's nothin',” chuckled Glover. “I'll tell ye suthin' some time that'
ll astonish ye. But jess now I'm sleepy, 'n' I guess I'll turn in.”

“Mr. Cluvver, it is your durn on card do-night,” interposed Meyer, the German
sergeant, as the captain was about to roll himself in his blankets.

“So 'tis, returned Glover in well feigned astonishment. “Don't forgit a feller,
do ye, Sergeant? How 'n the world do ye keep the 'count so straight? Oh,
got a little book there, hey, with all our names down. Wal, that's shipshape.
You'd make a pooty good mate, Sergeant. When does my watch begin?”

“Right away. You're always on the virst relief. You'll fall in down there
at the gorner of the vagon bark.”

“Wal—yes—s'pose I will,” sighed the skipper, as he rolled up his blankets
and prepared for two hours' sentry duty.

Let us look into the arrangements for the protection of the caravan. With
Coronado's consent Thurstane had divided the eighteen Indians and Mexicans,
four soldiers, Texas Smith, and Glover, twenty-four men in all, into three equal
squads, each composed of a sergeant, corporal, and six privates. Meyer was
sergeant of one squad, the Irish veteran Kelly had another, and Texas Smith
the third. Every night a detachment went on duty in three reliefs, each relief
consisting of two men, who stood sentry for two hours, at the end of which time
they were relieved by two others.

The six wagons were always parked in an oblong square, one at each end
and two on each side; but in order to make the central space large enough for
camping purposes, they were placed several feet apart; the gaps being closed
with lariats, tied from wheel to wheel, to pen in the animals and keep out charges
of Apache cavalry. On either flank of this enclosure, and twenty yards or so
distant from it, paced a sentry. Every two hours, as we have said, they were relieved,
and in the alternate hours the posts were visited by the sergeant or corporal
of the guard, who took turns in attending to this service. The squad that
came off duty in the morning was allowed during the day to take naps in the
wagons, and was not put upon the harder camp labor, such as gathering fire-wood,
going for water, etc.

The two ladies and the Indian women slept at night in the wagons, not only
because the canvas tops protected them from wind and dew, but also because
the wooden sides would shield them from arrows. The men who were not on
guard lay under the vehicles so as to form a cordon around the mules. Thurstane
and Coronado, the two chiefs of this armed migration, had their alternate
nights of command, each when off duty sleeping in a special wagon known as
“headquarters,” but holding himself ready to rise at once in case of an alarm.

The cooking fires were built away from the park, and outside the beats of the
sentries. The object was twofold: first, to keep sparks from lighting on the
wagon covers; second, to hide the sentries from prowling archers. At night
you can see everything between yourself and a fire, but nothing beyond it. As
long as the wood continued to blaze, the most adroit Indian skulker could not
approach the camp without exposing himself, while the guards and the garrison
were veiled from his sight by a wall of darkness behind a dazzle of light.

Such were the bivouac arrangements, intelligent, systematic, and military.
Not only had our Lieutenant devised them, but he saw to it that they were kept
in working order. He was zealously and faithfully seconded by his men, and especially
by his two veterans. There is no human machine more accurate and
trustworthy than an old soldier, who has had year on year of the discipline and

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

drill of a regular service, and who has learned to carry out instructions to the
letter.

The arrangements for the march were equally thorough and judicious. Texas
Smith, as the Nimrod of the party, claimed the right of going where he
pleased; but while he hunted, he of course served also as a scout to nose out
danger. The six Mexicans, who were nominally cattle-drivers, but really Coronado's
minor bravos, were never suffered to ride off in a body, and were expected
to keep on both sides of the train, some in advance and some in rear.
The drivers and muleteers remained steadily with their wagons and animals
The four soldiers were also at hand, trudging close in front or in rear, accoutrements
always on and muskets always loaded.

In this fashion the expedition had already journeyed over two hundred and
twenty miles. Following Colonel Washington's trail, it had crossed the ranges
of mountains immediately west of Abiquia, and, striking the Rio de Chaco, had
tracked its course for some distance with the hope of reaching the San Juan.
Stopped by a cañon, a precipitous gully hundreds of feet deep, through which
the Chaco ran like a chased devil, the wagons had turned westward, and then
had been forced by impassable ridges and lack of water into a southwest direction,
at last gaining and crossing Pass Washington.

It was now on the western side of the Sierra de Chusca, in the rude, barren
country over which Fort Defiance stands sentry. Ever since the second day after
leaving San Isidoro it had been on the great western slope of the continent,
where every drop of water tends toward the Pacific. The pilgrims would have
had cause to rejoice could they have travelled as easily as the drops of water, and
been as certain of their goal. But the rivers had made roads for themselves, and
man had not yet had time to do likewise.

The great central plateau of North America is a Mer de Glace in stone. It
is a continent of rock, gullied by furious rivers; plateau on plateau of sandstone,
with sluiceways through which lakes have escaped; the whole surface gigantically
grotesque with the carvings of innumerable waters. What is remarkable
in the scenery is, that its sublimity is an inversion of the sublimity of almost all
other grand scenery. It is not so much the heights that are prodigious as the
abysses. At certain points in the course of the Colorado of the West you can
drop a plumb line six thousand feet before it will reach the bosom of the current;
and you can only gain the water level by turning backward for scores of
miles and winding laboriously down some subsidiary cañon, itself a chasm of
awful grandeur.

Our travellers were now amid wild labyrinths of ranges, and buttes, and ca
ñons, which were not so much a portion of the great plateau as they were the
débris that constituted its flanks. Although thousands of feet above the level of
the sea, they still had thousands of feet to ascend before they could dominate
the desert. Wild as the land was, it was thus far passable, while toward the
north lay the untraversable. What course should be taken? Coronado, who
had crimes to commit and to conceal, did not yet feel that he was far enough
from the haunts of man. As soon as possible he must again venture a push
northward.

But not immediately. The mules were fagged with hard work, weak with
want of sufficient pasture, and had suffered much from thirst. He resolved to
continue westward to the pueblas of the Moquis, that interesting face of agricultural
and partially civilized Indians, perhaps the representatives of the architects
of the Casas Grandes if not also descended from the mound-builders of the

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

Mississippi valley. Having rested and refitted there, he might start anew for
the San Juan.

Thus far they had seen no Indians except the vagrants who had robbed Phineas
Glover. But they might now expect to meet them; they were in a region
which was the raiding ground of four great tribes: the Utes on the north, the
Navajos on the west, the Apaches on the south, and the Comanches on the east.
The peaceful and industrious Moquis, with their gay and warm blankets, their
fields of corn and beans, and their flocks of sheep, are the quarry which attracts
this ferocious cavalry of the desert, these Tartars and Bedouin of America.

Thurstane took more pains than ever with the guard duty. Coronado, unmilitary
though he was, and heartily as he abominated the Lieutenant, saw the
wisdom of submitting to the latter's discipline, and made all his people submit.
A practical-minded man, he preferred to owe the safety of his carcass to his rival
rather than have it impaled on Apache lances. Occasionally, however, he made
a suggestion.

“It is very well, this night-watching,” he once observed, “but what we have
most to fear is the open daylight. These mounted Indians seldom attack in the
darkness.”

Thurstane knew all this, but he did not say so; for he was a wise, considerate
commander already, and he had learned not to chill an informant. He
looked at Coronado inquiringly, as if to say, What do you propose?

“Every cañon ought to be explored before we enter it,” continued the Mexican.

“It is a good hint,” said Ralph. “Suppose I keep two of your cattle-drivers
constantly in advance. You had better instruct them yourself. Tell them to
fire the moment they discover an ambush. I don't suppose they will hit anybody,
but we want the warning.”

With two horsemen three or four hundred yards to the front, two more an
equal distance in the rear, and, when the ground permitted, one on either flank,
the train continued its journey. Every wagon-driver and muleteer had a weapon
of some sort always at hand. The four soldiers marched a few rods in advance,
for the ground behind had already been explored, while that ahead might contain
enemies. The precautions were extraordinary; but Thurstane constantly
trembled for Clara. He would have thought a regiment hardly sufficient to
guard such a treasure.

“How timorous these men are,” sniffed Aunt Maria, who, having seen no
hostile Indians, did not believe there were any. “And it seems to me that soldiers
are more easily scared than anybody else,” she added, casting a depreciating
glance at Thurstane, who was reconnoitring the landscape through his field
glass.

Clara believed in men, and especially in soldiers, and more particularly in
lieutenants. Accordingly she replied, “I suppose they know the dangers and we
don't.”

“Pshaw!” said Aunt Maria, an argument which carried great weight with
her. “They don't know half what they claim to. It is a clever man who knows
one-tenth of his own business.” (She was right there.) “They don't know so
much, I verily and solemnly believe, as the women whom they pretend to despise.”

This peaceful and cheering conversation was interrupted by a shot ringing
out of a cañon which opened into a range of rock some three hundred yards
ahead of the caravan. Immediately on the shot came a yell as of a hundred

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

demons, a furious trampling of the feet of many horses, and a cloud of the Tartars
of the American desert.

In advance of the rush flew the two Mexican vedettes, screaming “Apaches!
Apaches!

CHAPTER X.

When the Apache tornado burst out of the cañon upon the train, Thurstane's
first thought was, “Clara!”

“Get off!” he shouted to her, seizing and holding her startled horse. “Into
the wagon, quick! Now lie down, both of you.”

He thundered all this out as sternly as if he were commanding troops. Because
he was a man, Clara obeyed him; and notwithstanding he was a man, Mrs.
Stanley obeyed him. Both were so bewildered with surprise and terror as to be
in a kind of animal condition of spirit, knowing just enough to submit at once to
the impulse of an imperious voice. The riderless horse, equally frightened and
equally subordinate, was hurried to the rear of the leading wagon and handed
over to a muleteer.

By the time this work was done the foremost riders of the assailants were
within two hundred yards of the head of the train, letting drive their arrows at
the flying Mexican vedettes and uttering yells fit to raise the dead, while their comrades
behind, whooping also, stormed along under a trembling and flickering of
lances. The little, lean, wiry horses were going at full speed, regardless of
smooth faces of rock and beds of loose stones. The blackguards were over a
hundred in number, all lancers and archers of the first quality.

The vedettes never pulled up until they were in rear of the hindermost
wagon, while their countrymen on the flanks and rear made for the same poor
shelter. The drivers were crouching almost under their seats, and the muleteers
were hiding behind their animals. Thus it was evident that the entire
brunt of the opening struggle would fall upon Thurstane and his people; that,
if there was to be any resistance at all, these five men must commence it, and,
for a while at least, “go it alone.”

The little squad of regulars, at this moment a few yards in front of the foremost
wagon, was drawn up in line and standing steady, precisely as if it were a
company or a regiment. Sergeant Meyer was on the right, veteran Kelly on
the left, the two recruits in the centre, the pieces at a shoulder, the bayonets
fixed. As Thurstane rode up to this diminutive line of battle, Meyer was
shouting forth his sharp and decisive orders. They were just the right orders;
excited as the young officer was, he comprehended that there was nothing to
change; moreover, he had already learned how men are disconcerted in battle
by a multiplicity of directions. So he sat quietly on his horse, revolver in hand,
his blue-black eyes staring angrily at the coming storm.

“Kelly, reserfe your fire!” yelled Meyer. “Recruits, ready—bresent—aim—
aim low—fire!”

Simultaneously with the report a horse in the leading group of charging savages
pitched headlong on his nose and rolled over, sending his rider straight
forward into a rubble of loose shales, both lying as they fell, without movement.
Half a dozen other animals either dropped on their haunches or sheered violently
to the right and left, going off in wild plunges and caracolings. By this
one casualty the head of the attacking column was opened and its seemingly

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

resistless impetus checked and dissipated, almost before Meyer could shout, “Recruits,
load at will, load!”

A moment previous this fiery cavalry had looked irresistible. It seemed to
have in it momentum, audacity, and dash enough to break a square of infantry
or carry a battery of artillery. The horses fairly flew; the riders had the air of
centaurs, so firm and graceful was their seat; the long lances were brandished
as easily as if by the hands of footmen; the bows were managed and the arrows
sent with dazzling dexterity. It was a show of brilliant equestrianism, surpassing
the feats of circus riders. But a single effective shot into the centre of the
column had cleft it as a rock divides a torrent. It was like the breaking of a
water-spout.

The attack, however, had only commenced. The Indians who had swept off
to right and left went scouring along the now motionless train, at a distance of
sixty or eighty yards, rapidly enveloping it with their wild caperings, keeping in
constant motion so as to evade gunshots, threatening with their lances or discharging
arrows, and yelling incessantly. Their main object so far was undoubtedly
to frighten the mules into a stampede and thus separate the wagons.
They were not assaulting; they were watching for chances.

“Keep your men together, Sergeant,” said Thurstane. “I must get those
Mexicans to work.”

He trotted deliberately to the other end of the train, ordering each driver as
he passed to move up abreast of the leading wagon, directing the first to the
right, the second to the left, and so on. The result of this movement would of
course be to bring the train into a compact mass and render it more defensible.
The Indians no sooner perceived the advance than they divined its object and
made an effort to prevent it. Thurstane had scarcely reached the centre
of the line of vehicles when a score or so of yelling horsemen made a caracoling,
prancing charge upon him, accompanying it with a flight of arrows. Our young
hero presented his revolver, but they apparently knew the short range of the
weapon, and came plunging, curveting onward. Matters were growing serious,
for an arrow already stuck in his saddle, and another had passed through his hat.
Suddenly there was a bang, bang of firearms, and two of the savages went
down.

Meyer had observed the danger of his officer, and had ordered Kelly to fire,
blazing away too himself. There was a headlong, hasty scramble to carry off
the fallen warriors, and then the assailants swept back to a point beyond accurate
musket shot. Thurstane reached the rear of the train unhurt, and found
the six Mexican cattle-drivers there in a group, pointing their rifles at such Indians
as made a show of charging, but otherwise doing nothing which resembled
fighting. They were obviously panic-stricken, one or two of them being of an
ashy-yellow, their nearest possible approach to pallor. There, too, was Coronado,
looking not exactly scared, but irresolute and helpless.

“What does this mean?” Thurstane stormed in Spanish. “Why don't you
shoot the devils?”

“We are reserving our fire,” stammered Coronado, half alarmed, half ashamed.

Thurstane swore briefly, energetically, and to the point. “Damned pretty
fighting!” he went on. “If we had reserved our fire, we should all have been
lanced by this time. Let drive!”

The cattle-drivers carried short rifles, of the then United States regulation
pattern, which old Garcia had somehow contrived to pick up during the war
perhaps buying them of drunken soldiers. Supported by Thurstane's

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

pugnacious presence and hurried up by his vehement orders, they began to fire.
They were shaky; didn't aim very well; hardly aimed at all, in fact; blazed
away at extraordinary elevations; behaved as men do who have become demoralized.
However, as the pieces had a range of several hundred yards, the small
bullets hissed venomously over the heads of the Indians, and one of them, by pure
accident, brought down a horse. There was an immediate scattering, a multitudinous
glinting of hoofs through the light dust of the plain, and then a rally in
prancing groups, at a safe distance.

“Hurrah!” shouted Thurstane, cheering the Mexicans. “That's very well.
You see how easy it is. Now don't let them sneak up again; and at the same
time don't waste powder.”

Then turning to one who was near him, and who had just reloaded, he said in
a calm, strong, encouraging tone—that voice of the thoroughly good officer
which comes to the help of the shaken soldier like a reinforcement—“Now, my
lad, steadily. Pick out your man; take your time and aim sure. Do you see
him?”

“Si, señor,” replied the herdsman. His coolness restored by this steady
utterance and these plain, common-sense directions, he selected a warrior in
helmet-shaped cap, blue shirt, and long boots, brought his rifle slowly to a level,
took sight, and fired. The Indian bent forward, caught the mane of his plunging
pony, hung there for a second or two, and then rolled to the ground, amid a yell
of surprise and dismay from his comrades. There was a hasty rush to secure
the body, and then another sweep backward of the loose array.

“Good!” called Thurstane, nodding and smiling at the successful marksman.
“That is the way to do it. You are a match for half a dozen of them as long as
you will keep cool.”

The besieged travellers could now look about quietly and see how matters
stood with them. The six wagons were by this time drawn up in two ranks of
three each, so as to form a compact mass. As the one which contained the
ladies had been the leader and the others had formed on it to right and left, it
was in the centre of the first rank, and consequently pretty well protected by its
neighbors. The drivers and muleteers had recovered their self-possession, and
were all sitting or standing at their posts, with their miscellaneous arms ready
for action. Not a human being had been hit as yet, and only three of the mules
wounded, none of them seriously. The Apaches were all around the train, but
none of them nearer than two hundred yards, and doing nothing but canter about
and shout to each other.

“Where is Texas Smith?” demanded Thurstane, missing that mighty hunter,
and wondering if he were a coward and had taken refuge in a wagon.

“He went off shutin' an hour ago,” explained Phineas Glover. “Reckon he's
astern somewhere.”

Glover, by the way, had been useful. In the beginning of the affray he had
brought his mule alongside of the headmost wagon, and there he had done really
valuable service by blazing away alarmingly, though quite innocuously, at the gallopading
enemy.

“It's a bad lookout for Texas,” observed the Lieutenant. “I shouldn't want
to bet high on his getting back to us.”

Coronado looked gloomy, fearing lest his trusted assassin was lost, and not
knowing where he could pick up such another.

“And how are the ladies?” asked Thurstane, turning to Glover.

“Safe 's a bug in a rug,” was the reply. “Seen to that little job myself.
Not a bugger in the hull crew been nigh 'em.”

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

Thurstane cantered around to the front of the wagon which contained the
two women, and called, “How are you?”

At the sound of his voice there was a rustle inside, and Clara showed her
face over the shoulder of the driver.

“So you were not hurt?” laughed the young officer. “Ah! that's bully.”

With a smile which was almost a boast, she answered, “And I was not very
frightened.”

At this, Aunt Maria struggled from between two rolls of bedding into a sitting
posture and ejaculated, “Of course not!”

“Did they hit you?” asked Clara, looking eagerly at Thurstane.

“How brave you are!” he replied, admiring her so much that he did not
notice her question.

“But I do hope it is over,” added the girl, poking her head out of the wagon.
“Ah! what is that?”

With this little cry of dismay she pointed at a group of savages who had
gathered between the train and the mouth of the cañon ahead of it.

“They are the enemy,” said Thurstane. “We may have another little tussle
with them. Now lie down and keep close.”

“Acquit yourselves like—men!” exhorted Aunt Maria, dropping back into
her stronghold among the bedding.

Sergeant Meyer now approached Thurstane, touched his cap, and said, “Leftenant,
here is brifate Sweeny who has not fired his beece once. I cannot make
him fire.”

“How is that, Sweeny?” demanded the officer, putting on the proper grimness.
“Why haven't you fired when you were ordered?”

Sweeny was a little wizened shaving of an Irishman. He was not only quite
short, but very slender and very lean. He had a curious teetering gait, and he
took ridiculously short steps in marching, as if he were a monkey who had not
learned to feel at ease on his hind legs. His small, wilted, wrinkled face, and his
expression of mingled simplicity and shrewdness, were also monkey-like. At
Thurstane's reprimand he trotted close up to him with exactly the air of a circus
Jocko who expects a whipping, but who hopes to escape it by grinning.

“Why haven't you fired?” repeated his commander.

“Liftinint, I dasn't,” answered Sweeny, in the rapid, jerking, almost inarticulate
jabber which was his usual speech.

Now it is not an uncommon thing for recruits to dread to discharge their
arms in battle. They have a vague idea that, if they bang away, they will attract
the notice of some antagonist who will immediately single them out for
retaliation.

“Are you afraid anybody will hit you?” asked Thurstane.

“No, I ain't, Liftinint,” jabbered Sweeny. “I ain't afeard av them niggers a
bit. They may shoot their bow arreys at me all day if they want to. I'm afeard
of me gun, Liftinint. I fired it wonst, an' it kicked me to blazes.”

“Come, come! That won't do. Level it now. Pick out your man. Aim.
Fire.”

Thus constrained, Sweeny brought his piece down to an inclination of forty-five
degrees, shut his eyes, pulled trigger, and sent a ball clean over the most
distant Apaches. The recoil staggered him, but he recovered himself without
going over, and instantly roared out a horse-laugh.

“Ho! ho! ho!” he shouted. “That time I reckon I fetched won av 'em.

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

“Sweeny,” said Thurstane, “you must have hit either the sun or the moon,
I don't know which.”

Sweeny looked discomfited; the next breath he bethought himself of a saving
joke: “Liftinint, it 'ud sarve erry won av 'em right;” then another neigh of
laughter.

“I ain't afeard av the ball,” he hastened to asseverate; “it's the kick av it
that murthers me. Liftinint, why don't they put the britch to the other end av
the gun? They do in the owld counthry.”

“Load your beece,” ordered Sergeant Meyer, “and go to your bost again, to
the left of Shupert.”

The fact of Sweeny's opening fire did not cause a resumption of the close
fighting. Quiet still continued, and the leaders of the expedition took advantage
of it to discuss their situation, while the Indians gathered into little groups
and seemed also to be holding council.

“There are over a hundred warriors,” said Thurstane.

“Apaches,” added one of the Mexican herdsmen.

“What band?”

“Manga Colorada or Delgadito.”

“I supposed they were in Bernalillo.”

“That was three weeks ago,” put in Coronado.

He was in profound thought. These fellows, who had agreed to harry Bernalillo,
and who had for a time carried out their bargain, why had they come to
intercept him in the Moqui country, a hundred and twenty miles away? Did
they want to extort more money, or were they ignorant that this was his train?
And, supposing he should make himself known to them, would they spare him
personally and such others as he might wish to save, while massacring the rest
of the party? It would be a bold step; he could not at once decide upon it; he
was pondering it.

We must do full justice to Coronado's coolness and readiness. This atrocious
idea had occurred to him the instant he heard the charging yell of the
Apaches; and it had done far more than any weakness of nerves to paralyze his
fighting ability. He had thought, “Let them kill the Yankees; then I will proclaim
myself and save her; then she will be mine.” And because of these
thoughts he had stood irresolute, aiming without firing, and bidding his Mexicans
do the same. The result was that six good shots and superb horsemen,
who were capable of making a gallant fight under worthy leadership, had become
demoralized, and, but for the advent of Thurstane, might have been massacred
like sheep.

Now that three or four Apaches had fallen, Coronado had less hope of making
his arrangement. He considered the matter carefully and judiciously, but
at last he decided that he could not trust the vindictive devils, and he turned his
mind strenuously toward resistance. Although not pugnacious, he had plenty
of the desperate courage of necessity, and his dusky black eyes were very resolute
as he said to Thurstane, “Lieutenant, we trust to you.”

The young veteran had already made up his mind as to what must be done.

“We will move on,” he said. “We can't camp here, in an open plain, without
grass or water. We must get into the cañon so as to have our flanks protected.
I want the wagons to advance in double file so as to shorten the train.
Two of my men in front and two in rear; three of your herdsmen on one flank
and three on the other; Captain Glover alongside the ladies, and you and I
everywhere; that's the programme. If we are all steady, we can do it, sure.”

“They are collecting ahead to stop us,” observed Coronado.

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

“Good!” said Thurstane. “All I want is to have them get in a heap. It
is this attacking on all sides which is dangerous. Suppose you give your drivers
and muleteers a sharp lecture. Tell them they must fight if the Indians
charge, and not skulk inside and under the wagons. Tell them we are going to
shoot the first man who skulks. Pitch into them heavy. It's a devilish shame
that a dozen tolerably well-armed men should be so helpless. It's enough to
justify the old woman's contempt for our sex.

Coronado rode from wagon to wagon, delivering his reproofs, threats, and
instructions in the plainest kind of Spanish. At the signal to march, the drivers
must file off two abreast, commencing on the right, and move at the fastest trot
of the mules toward the cañon. If any scoundrel skulked, quitted his post, or
failed to fight, he would be pistolled instanter by him, Coronado sangre de Dios,
etc.!

While he was addressing Aunt Maria's coachman, that level-headed lady
called out, “Mr. Coronado, your very voice is cheering.”

“Mrs. Stanley, you are an example of heroism to our sex,” replied the Mexican,
with an ironical grin.

“What a brave, noble, intelligent man?” thought Aunt Maria. “If they
were only all like him!”

This business took up five minutes. Coronado had just finished his round
when a loud yell was raised by the Apaches, and twenty or thirty of them started
at full speed down the trail by which the caravan had come. Looking for the
cause of this stampede, the emigrants beheld, nearly half a mile away, a single
horseman rushing to encounter a score. It was Texas Smith, making an apparently
hopeless rush to burst through the environment of Parthians and reach
the train.

“Shall we make a sally to save him?” demanded Coronado, glancing at
Thurstane.

The officer hesitated; to divide his small army would be perilous; the
Apaches would attack on all sides and with advantage.

But the sight of one man so overmatched was too much for him, and with a
great throb of chivalrous blood in his heart, he shouted, “Charge!”

CHAPTER XI.

An hour before the attack Texas Smith had ridden off to stalk a deer; but
the animal being in good racing condition in consequence of the thin fare of this
sterile region, the hunting bout had miscarried; and our desperado was

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

returning unladen toward the train when he heard the distant charging yell of the
Apaches.

Scattered over the plateau which he was traversing, there were a few thickets
of mesquite, with here and there a fantastic butte of sandstone. By dodging
from one of these covers to another, he arrived undiscovered at a point whence
he could see the caravan and the curveting mêlée which surrounded it. He was
nearly half a mile from his comrades and over a quarter of a mile from his nearest
enemies.

What should he do? If he made a rush, he would probably be overpowered
and either killed instantly or carried off for torture. If he waited until night for
a chance to sneak into camp, the wandering redskins would be pretty apt to surprise
him in the darkness, and there would be small chance indeed of escaping
with his hair. It was a nasty situation; but Texas, accustomed to perils, was
as brave as he was wicked; and he looked his darking fate in the face with admirable
coolness and intelligence. His decision was to wait a favorable moment,
and when it came, charge for life.

When he perceived that the mass of the Indians had gathered on the trail
between the wagons and the cañon, he concluded that his chance had arrived;
and with teeth grimly set, rifle balanced across his saddle-bow, revolver slung
to his wrist, he started in silence and at full speed on his almost hopeless rush.
If you will cease to consider the man as a modern bushwhacker, and invest him
temporarily with the character, ennobled by time, of a borderer of the Scottish
marches, you will be able to feel some sympathy for him in his audacious enterprise.

He was mounted on an American horse, a half-blood gray, large-boned and
powerful, who could probably have traversed the half-mile in a minute had there
been no impediment, and who was able to floor with a single shock two or three
of the little animals of the Apaches. He was a fine spectacle as he thundered
alone across the plain, upright and easy in his seat, balancing his heavy rifle as
if it were a rattan, his dark and cruel face settled for fight and his fierce black
eyes blazing.

Only a minute's ride, but that minute life or death. As he had expected, the
Apaches discovered him almost as soon as he left the cover of his butte, and all
the outlying members of the horde swarmed toward him with a yell, brandishing
their spears and getting ready their bows as they rode. It would clearly be impossible
for him to cut his way through thirty warriors unless he received assistance
from the train. Would it come? His evil conscience told him, without
the least reason, that Thurstane would not help. But from Coronado, whose
life he had saved and whose evil work he had undertaken to do—from this man,
“greaser” as he was, he did expect a sally. If it did not come, and if he should
escape by some rare chance, he, Texas Smith, would murder the Mexican the
first time he found him alone, so help him God!

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

While he thought and cursed he flew. But his goal was still five hundred
yards away, and the nearest redskins were within two hundred yards, when he
saw a rescuing charge shoot out from the wagons. Coronado led it. In this
foxy nature the wolf was not wanting, and under strong impulse he could be
somewhat of a Pizarro. He had no starts of humanity nor of real chivalry, but
he had family pride and personal vanity, and he was capable of the fighting fary.
When Thurstane had given the word to advance, Coronado had put himself forward
gallantly.

“Stay here,” he said to the officer; “guard the train with your infantry. I
am a caballero, and I will do a caballero's work,” he added, rising proudly in
his stirrups. “Come on, you villains!” was his order to the six Mexicans.

All abreast, spread out like a skirmish line, the seven horsemen clattered
over the plain, making for the point where Texas Smith was about to plunge
among the whirling and caracoling Apaches.

Now came the crisis of the day. The moment the sixty or seventy Apaches
near the mouth of the cañon saw Coronado set out on his charge, they raised a
yell of joy over the error of the emigrants in dividing their forces, and plunged
straight at the wagons. In half a minute two wild, irregular, and yet desperate
combats were raging.

Texas Smith had begun his battle while Coronado was still a quarter of a
mile away. Aiming his rifle at an Apache who was riding directly upon him,
instead of dodging and wheeling in the usual fashion of these cautious fighters,
he sent the audacious fellow out of his saddle with a bullet-hole through the
lungs. But this was no salvation; the dreaded long-range firearm was now
empty; the savages circled nearer and began to use their arrows. Texas let his
rifle hang from the pommel and presented his revolver. But the bowshots were
more than its match. It could not be trusted to do execution at forty yards, and
at that distance the Indian shafts are deadly. Already several had hissed close
by him, one had gashed the forehead of his horse, and another had pierced his
clothing.

All that Texas wanted, however, was time. If he could pass a half minute
without a disabling wound, he would have help. He retreated a little, or rather
he edged away toward the right, wheeling and curveting after the manner of
the Apaches, in order to present an unsteady mark for their archery. To keep
them at a distance he fired one barrel of his revolver, though without effect.
Meantime he dodged incessantly, now throwing himself forward and backward
in the saddle, now hanging over the side of his horse and clinging to his neck.
It was hard and perilous work, but he was gaining seconds, and every second
was priceless. Notwithstanding his extreme peril, he calculated his chances with
perfect coolness and with a sagacity which was admirable.

But this intelligent savage had to do with savages as clever as himself. The
Apaches saw Coronado coming up on their rear, and they knew that they must
make short work of the hunter, or must let him escape. While a score or so
faced about to meet the Mexicans, a dozen charged with screeches and brandished
lances upon the Texan. Now came a hand-to-hand struggle which looked
as if it must end in the death of Smith and perhaps of several of his assailants.
But cavalry fights are notoriously bloodless in comparison to their apparent fury;
the violent and perpetual movement of the combatants deranges aim and renders
most of the blows futile; shots are fired at a yard distance without hitting,
and strokes are delivered which only wound the air.

One spear stuck in Smith's saddle; another pierced his jacket-sleeve and

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

tore its way out; only one of the sharp, quickly-delivered points drew blood.
He felt a slight pain in his side, and he found afterward that a lance-head had
raked one of his ribs, tearing up the skin and scraping the bone for four or five
inches. Meantime he shot a warrior through the head, sent another off with a
hole in the shoulder, and fired one barrel without effect. He had but a single
charge left (saving this for himself in the last extremity), when he burst through
the prancing throng of screeching, thrusting ragamuffins, and reached the side
of Coronado.

Here another hurly-burly of rearing and plunging combat awaited him. Coronado,
charging as an old Castilian hidalgo might have charged upon the Moors,
had plunged directly into the midst of the Apaches who awaited him, giving
them little time to use their arrows, and at first receiving no damage. The six
rifles of his Mexicans sent two Apaches out of their saddles, and then came a
capering, plunging joust of lances, both parties using the same weapon. Coronado
alone had sabre and revolver; and he handled them both with beautiful
coolness and dexterity; he rode, too, as well as the best of all these other centaurs.
His superb horse whirled and reared under the guidance of a touch of
the knees, while the rider plied firearm with one hand and sharply-ground blade
with the other. Thurstane, an infantryman, and only a fair equestrian, would
not have been half so effective in this combat of caballeros.

Coronado's first bullet knocked a villainous-looking tatterdemalion clean into
the happy hunting grounds. Then came a lance thrust; he parried it with his
sabre and plunged within range of the point; there was a sharp, snake-like hiss
of the light, curved blade; down went Apache number two. At this rate, providing
there were no interruptions, he could finish the whole twenty. He went
at his job with a handy adroitness which was almost scientific, it was so much
like surgery, like dissection. His mind was bent, with a sort of preternatural
calmness and cleverness, upon the business of parrying lance thrusts, aiming his
revolver, and delivering sabre cuts. It was a species of fighting intellection, at
once prudent and destructive. It was not the headlong, reckless, pugnacious
rage of the old Anglo-Saxon and Scandinavian berserker. It was the practical,
ready, rational furor of the Latin race.

Presently he saw that two of his rancheros had been lanced, and that there
were but four left. A thrill of alarm, a commencement of panic, a desire to save
himself at all hazards, crisped his heart and half paralyzed his energy. Remembering
with perfect distinctness that four of his barrels were empty, he would
perhaps have tried to retreat at the risk of being speared in the back, had he not
at this critical moment been joined by Texas Smith.

That instinctive, ferocious, and tireless fighter, while seeming to be merely
circling and curveting among his assailants, contrived to recharge two barrels
of his revolver, and was once more ready for business, Down went one Apache;
then the horse of another fell to reeling and crouching in a sickly way; then a
charge of half a dozen broke to right and left in irresolute prancings. At sight
of this friendly work Coronado drew a fresh breath of courage, and executed his
greatest feat yet of horsemanship and swordsmanship. Spurring after and then
past one of the wheeling braves, he swept his sabre across the fellow's bare
throat with a drawing stroke, and half detached the scowling, furious, frightened
head from the body.

There was a wide space of open ground before him immediately. The
Apaches know nothing of sabre work; not one of those present had ever before
seen such a blow or such an effect; they were not only panic-stricken, but

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

horror-stricken. For one moment, right between the staring antagonists, a bloody
corpse sat upright on a rearing horse, with its head fallen on one shoulder and
hanging by a gory muscle. The next moment it wilted, rolled downward with
outstreched arms, and collapsed upon the gravel, an inert mass.

Texas Smith uttered a loud scream of tigerish delight. He had never, in all
his pugnacious and sanguinary life, looked upon anything so fascinating. It
seemed to him as if his heaven—the savage Walhalla of his Saxon or Danish
berserker race—were opened before him. In his ecstasy he waved his dirty, long
fingers toward Coronado, and shouted, “Bully for you, old hoss!”

But he had self-possession enough, now that his hand was free for an instant
from close battle, to reload his rifle and revolver. The four rancheros who still
retained their saddles mechanically and hurriedly followed his example. The
contest here was over; the Apaches knew that bullets would soon be humming
about their ears, and they dreaded them; there was a retreat, and this retreat
was a run of an eighth of a mile.

“Hurrah for the waggins!” shouted Texas, and dashed away toward the
train. Coronado stared; his heart sank within him; the train was surrounded
by a mob of prancing savages; there was more fighting to be done when he had
already done his best. But not knowing where else to go, he followed his leader
toward this new battle, loading his revolver as he rode, and wishing that he were
in Santa Fé, or anywhere in peace.

We must go back a little. As already stated, the main body of the Apaches
had perceived the error of the emigrants in separating, and had promptly availed
themselves of it to charge upon the train. To attack it there were seventy ferocious
and skilful warriors; to defend it there were twelve timorous muleteers
and drivers, four soldiers, and Ralph.

“Fall back!” shouted the Lieutenant to his regulars when he saw the equestrian
avalanche coming. “Each man take a wagon and hold it.”

The order was obeyed in a hurry. The Apaches, heartened by what they
supposed to be a panic, swarmed along at increased speed, and gave out their
most diabolical screeches, hoping no doubt to scare men into helplessness, and
beasts into a stampede. But the train was an immovable fortress, and the fortress
was well garrisoned. Although the mules winced and plunged a good deal,
the drivers succeeded in holding them to their places, and the double column of
carriages, three in each rank, preserved its formation. In every vehicle there
was a muleteer, with hands free for fighting, bearing something or other in the
shape of a firelock, and inspired with what courage there is in desperation. The
four flankers, necessarily the most exposed to assault, had each a United States
regular, with musket, bayonet, and forty rounds of buck and ball. In front of
the phalanx, directly before the wagon which contained the two ladies, sat
as brave an officer as there was in the American army.

The Apaches had also committed their tactical blunder. They should all
have followed Coronado, made sure of destroying him and his Mexicans, and
then attacked the train. But either there was no sagacious military spirit among
them, or the love of plunder was too much for judgment and authority, and so
down they came on the wagons.

As the swarthy swarm approached, it spread out until it covered the front of
the train and overlapped its flanks, ready to sweep completely around it and
fasten upon any point which should seem feebly or timorously defended. The
first man endangered was the lonely officer who sat his horse in front of the line
of kicking and plunging mules. Fortunately for him, he now had a weapon of

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

longer range than his revolver; he had remembered that in one of the wagons
was stored a peculiar rifle belonging to Coronado; he had just had time to drag
it out and strap its cartridge-box around his waist.

He levelled at the centre of the clattering, yelling column. It fluctuated; the
warriors who were there did not like to be aimed at; they began to zigzag, caracole,
and diverge to right or left; several halted and commenced using their
bows. At one of these archers, whose arrow already trembled on the string,
Thurstane let fly, sending him out of the saddle. Then he felt a quick, sharp
pain in his left arm, and perceived that a shaft had passed clean through it.

There is this good thing about the arrow, that it has not weight enough to
break bones, nor tearing power enough to necessarily paralyze muscle. Thurstane
could still manage a revolver with his wounded arm, while his right was
good for almost any amount of slashing work. Letting the rifle drop and swing
from the pommel, he met the charge of two grinning and scowling lancers. One
thrust he parried with his sabre; from the other he saved his neck by stooping;
but it drove through his coat collar, and nearly unseated him. For a moment
our bleeding and hampered young gladiator seemed to be in a bad way. But he
was strong; he braced himself in his stirrups, and he made use of both his
hands. The Indian whose spear was still free caught a bullet through the
shoulder, dropped his weapon, and circled away yelling. Then Thurstane
plunged at the other, reared his tall horse over him, broke the lance-shaft with a
violent twist, and swung his long cavalry sabre. It was in vain that the Apache
crouched, spurred, and skedaddled; he got away alive, but it was with a long
bloody gash down his naked back; the last seen of him he was going at full
speed, holding by his pony's mane. The Lieutenant remained master of the
whole front of the caravan.

Meantime there was a busy popping along the flankers and through the
hinder openings in the second line of wagons. The Indians skurried, wheeled,
pranced, and yelled, let fly their arrows from a distance, dashed up here and there
with their lances, and as quickly retreated before the threatening muzzles. The
muleteers, encouraged by the presence of the soldiers, behaved with respectable
firmness and blazed away rapidly, though not effectively. The regulars reserved
their fire for close quarters, and then delivered it to bloody purpose.

Around Sweeney, who garrisoned the left-hand wagon of the rearmost line,
the fight was particularly noisy. The Apaches saw that he was little, and perhaps
they saw that he was afraid of his gun. They went for him; they were
after him with their sharpest sticks; they counted on Sweeney. The speck of a
man sat on the front seat of the wagon, outside of the driver, and fully exposed
to the tribulation. He was in a state of the highest Paddy excitement. He
grinned and bounced like a caravan of monkeys. But he was not much scared;
he was mainly in a furious rage. Pointing his musket first at one and then at
another, he returned yell for yell, and was in fact abusive.

“Oh, fire yer bow-arreys!” he screamed. “Ye can't hit the side av a waggin.
Ah, ye bloody, murtherin' nagers! go 'way wid yer long poles. I'd fight a
hundred av the loikes av ye wid ownly a shillelah.”

One audacious thrust of a lance he parried very dexterously with his bayonet,
at the same time screeching defiantly and scornfully in the face of his hideous
assailant. But this fellow's impudent approach was too much to be endured, and
Sweeney proceeded at once to teach him to keep at a more civil distance.

“Oh, ye pokin' blaggard!” he shouted, and actually let drive with his musket.
The ball missed, but by pure blundering one of the buck-shot took effect.

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

and the brave retreated out of the mélée with a sensation as if his head had been
split. Some time later he was discovered sitting up doggedly on a rock, while a
comrade was trying to dig the buckshot out of his thick skull with an arrowpoint.

“I'll tache 'em to moind their bizniss,” grinned Sweeney triumphantly, as he
reloaded. “The nasty, hootin' nagers! They've no rights near a white man,
anyhow.”

On the whole, the attack lingered. The Apaches had done some damage.
One driver had been lanced mortally. One muleteer had been shot through the
heart with an arrow. Another arrow had scraped Shubert's ankle. Another,
directed by the whimsical genius of accident, had gone clean through the drooping
cartilage of Phineas Glover's long nose, as if to prepare him for the sporting
of jewelled decorations. Two mules were dead, and several wounded. The
sides of the wagons bristled with shafts, and their canvas tops were pierced
with fine holes. But, on the other hand, the Apaches had lost a dozen horses,
three or four warriors killed, and seven or eight wounded.

Such was the condition of affairs around the train when Coronado, Texas
Smith, and the four surviving herdsmen came storming back to it.

CHAPTER XII.

The Apaches were discouraged by the immovability of the train, and by the
steady and deadly resistance of its defenders. From first to last some twenty-five
or twenty-seven of their warriors had been hit, of whom probably one third
were killed or mortally wounded.

At the approach of Coronado those who were around the wagons swept away
in a panic, and never paused in their flight until they were a good half mile distant.
They carried off, however, every man, whether dead or injured, except
one alone. A few rods from the train lay a mere boy, certainly not over fifteen
years old, his forehead gashed by a bullet, and life apparently extinct. There
was nothing strange in the fact of so young a lad taking part in battle, for the
military age among the Indians is from twelve to thirty-six, and one third of
their fighters are children.

“What did they leave that fellow for?” said Coronado in surprise, riding up
to the senseless figure.

“I'll fix him,” volunteered Texas Smith, dismounting and drawing his hunting
knife. “Reckon he hain't been squarely finished.”

“Stop!” ordered Coronado. “He is not an Apache. He is some pueblo
Indian. See how much he is hurt.”

“Skull ain't broke,” replied Texas, fingering the wound as roughly as if it
had been in the flesh of a beast. “Reckon he'll flop round. May do mischief,
if we don't fix him.”

Anxious to stick his knife into the defenceless young throat, he nevertheless
controlled his sentiments and looked up for instructions. Since the splendid
decapitation which Coronado had performed, Texas respected him as he had
never heretofore hoped to respect a “greaser.”

“Perhaps we can get information out of him,” said Coronado. “Suppose
you lay him in a wagon.”

Meanwhile preparations had been made for an advance. The four dead or
badly wounded draft mules were disentangled from the harness, and their places
supplied with the four army mules, whose packs were thrown into the wagons.

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

These animals, by the way, had escaped injury, partly because they had been
tethered between the two lines of vehicles, and partly because they had been
well covered by their loads, which were plentifully stuck with arrows.

“We are ready to march,” said Thurstane to Coronado. “I am sorry we
can't try to recover your men back there.”

“No use,” commented Texas Smith. “The Patchies have been at 'em.
They're chuck full of spear holes by this time.”

Coronado shouted to the drivers to start. Commencing on the right, the
wagons filed off two by two toward the mouth of the cañon, while the Indians,
gathered in a group half a mile away, looked on without a yell or a movement.
The instant that the vehicle which contained the ladies had cleared itself of the
others, Thurstane and Coronado rode alongside of it.

“So! you are safe!” said the former. “By Heavens, if they had hurt
you!”

“And you?” asked Clara, very quickly and eagerly, while scanning him from
head to foot.

Coronado saw that look, anxious for Thurstane alone; and, master of dissimulation
though he was, his face showed both pain and anger.

“Ah—oh—oh dear!” groaned Mrs. Stanley, as she made her appearance in
the front of the vehicle. “Well! this is rather more than I can bear. This is
just as much as a woman can put up with. Dear me! what is the matter with
your arm, Lieutenant?”

“Just a pin prick,” said Thurstane.

Clara began to get out of the wagon, with the purpose of going to him, her
eyes staring and her face pale.

“Don't!” he protested, motioning her back. “It is nothing.”

And, although the lacerated arm hurt him and was not easy to manage, he
raised it over his head to show that the damage was trifling.

“Do get in here and let us take care of you,” begged Clara.

“Certainly!” echoed Aunt Maria, who was a compassionate woman at heart,
and who only lacked somewhat in quickness of sympathy, perhaps by reason of
her strong-minded notions.

“I will when I need it,” said Ralph, flattered and gratified. “The arm will
do without dressing till we reach camp. There are other wounded. Everybody
has fought. Mr. Coronado here has done deeds worthy of his ancestors.”

“Ah, Mr. Coronado!” smiled Aunt Maria, delighted that her favorite had
distinguished himself.

“Captain Glover, what's the matter with your nose?” was the lady's next
outcry.

“Wal, it's been bored,” replied Glover, tenderly fingering his sore proboscis.
“It's been, so to speak, eyelet-holed. I'm glad I hadn't but one. The more
noses a feller kerries in battle, the wuss for him. I hope the darned rip 'll heal
up. I've no 'casion to hev a line rove through it 'n' be towed, that I know of.”

“How did it feel when it went through?” asked Aunt Maria, full of curiosity
and awe.

“Felt 's though I'd got the dreadfullest influenzee thet ever snorted.
Twitched 'n' tickled like all possessed.”

“Was it an arrow?” inquired the still unsatisfied lady.

“Reckon 'twas. Never see it. But it kinder whished, 'n' I felt the feathers.
Darn 'em! When I felt the feathers, tell ye I was 'bout half scairt. Hed 'n idee'
f th' angel 'f death, 'n' so on.”

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

Of course Aunt Maria and Clara wanted to do much nursing immediately
but there were no conveniences and there was no time; and so benevolence was
postponed.

“So you are hurt?” said Thurstane to Texas Smith, noticing his torn and
bloody shirt.

“It's jest a scrape,” grunted the bushwhacker. “Mought 'a' been worse.”

“It was bad generalship trying to save you. We nearly paid high for it.”

“That's so. Cost four greasers, as 'twas. Well, I'm worth four greasers.”

“You're a devil of a fighter,” continued the Lieutenant, surveying the ferocious
face and sullen air of the cutthroat with a soldier's admiration for whatever
expresses pugnacity.

“Bet yer pile on it,” returned Texas, calmly conscious of his character. “So
be you.”

The savage black eyes and the imperious blue ones stared into each other
without the least flinching and with something like friendliness.

Coronado rode up to the pair and asked, “Is that boy alive yet?”

“It's about time for him to flop round,” replied Texas indifferently. “Reckon
you'll find him in the off hind wagon. I shoved him in thar.”

Coronado cantered to the off hind wagon, peeped through the rear opening
of its canvas cover, discovered the youth lying on a pile of luggage, addressed
him in Spanish, and learned his story. He belonged to a hacienda in Bernalillo,
a hundred miles or more west of Santa Fé. The Apaches had surprised the
hacienda and plundered it, carrying him off because, having formerly been a captive
among them, he could speak their language, manage the bow, etc.

For all this Coronado cared nothing; he wanted to know why the band had
left Bernalillo; also why it had attacked his train. The boy explained that the
raiders had been driven off the southern route by a party of United States cavalry,
and that, having lost a number of their braves in the fight, they had sworn
vengeance on Americans.

“Did you hear them say whose train this was?” demanded Coronado.

“No, Señor.”

“Do you think they knew?”

“Señor, I think not.”

“Whose band was this?”

“Manga Colorada's.”

“Where is Delgadito?”

“Delgadito went the other side of the mountain. They were both going to
fight the Moquis.”

“So we shall find Delgadito in the Moqui valley?”

“I think so, Señor.”

After a moment of reflection Coronado added, “You will stay with us and
take care of mules. I will do well by you.”

“Thanks, Señor. Many thanks.”

Coronado rejoined Thurstane and told his news. The officer looked grave;
there might be another combat in store for the train; it might be an affair with
both bands of the Apaches.

“Well,” he said, “we must keep our eyes open. Every one of us must do
his very utmost. On the whole, I can't believe they can beat us.”

“Nombre de Dios!” thought Coronado. “How will this accursed job end?
I wish I were out of it.”

They were now traversing the cañon from which they had been so long

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

debarred. It was a peaceful solitude; no life but their own stirred within its sandstone
ramparts; and its windings soon carried them out of sight of their late assailants.
For four hours they slowly threaded it, and when night came on they
were still in it, miles away from their expected camping ground. No water and
no grass; the animals were drooping with hunger, and all suffered with thirst;
the worst was that the hurts of the wounded could not be properly dressed.
But progress through this labyrinth of stones in the darkness was impossible,
and the weary, anxious, fevered travellers bivouacked as well as might be.

Starting at dawn, they finished the cañon in about an hour, traversed an uneven
plateau which stretched beyond its final sinuous branch gullies, and found
themselves on the brow of a lofty terrace, overlooking a sublime panorama.
There was an immense valley, not smooth and verdurous, but a gigantic nest of
savage buttes and crags and hills, only to be called a valley because it was enclosed
by what seemed a continuous line of eminences. On the north and east
rose long ranges and elevated table-lands; on the west, the savage rolls and
precipices of the Sierra del Carrizo; and on the south, a more distant bordering
of hazy mountains, closing to the southwest, a hundred miles away, in the noble
snowy peaks of Monte San Francisco.

With his field-glass, Thurstane examined one after another of the mesas and
buttes which diversified this enormous depression. At last his attention settled
on an isolated bluff or mound, with a flattened surface three or four miles in
length, the whole mass of which seemed to be solid and barren rock. On this
truncated pyramid he distinguished, or thought he distinguished, one or more of
the pueblos of the Moquis. He could not be quite sure, because the distance
was fifteen miles, and the walls of these villages are of the same stone with the
buttes upon which they stand.

“There is our goal, if I am not mistaken,” he said to Coronado. “When
we get there we can rest.”

The train pushed onward, slowly descending the terrace, or rather the succession
of terraces. After reaching a more level region, and while winding between
stony hills of a depressing sterility, it came suddenly, at the bottom of a
ravine, upon fresh green turf and thickets of willows, the environment of a small
spring of clear water. There was a halt; all hands fell to digging a trench
across the gully; when it had filled, the animals were allowed to drink; in an
hour more they had closely cropped all the grass. This was using up time perilously,
but it had to be done, for the beasts were tottering.

Moving again; five miles more traversed; another spring and patch of turf
discovered; a rough ravine through a low sandstone ridge threaded; at last they
were on one of the levels of the valley. Three of the Moqui towns were now
about eight miles distant, and with his glass Thurstane could distinguish
the horizontal lines of building. The trail made straight for the pueblos, but it
was almost impassable to wagons, and progress was very slow. It was all the
slower because of the weakness of the mules, which throughout all this hairbrained
journey had been severely worked, and of late had been poorly fed.

Presently the travellers turned the point of a naked ridge which projected
laterally into the valley. There they came suddenly upon a wide-spread sweep
of turf, contrasting so brilliantly with the bygone infertilities that it seemed to
them a paradise, and stretching clear on to the bluff of the pueblos.

There, too, with equal suddenness, they came upon peril. Just beyond the
nose of the sandstone promontory there was a bivouc of half-naked, darkskinned
horsemen, recognizable at a glance as Apaches. It was undoubtedly
the band of Delgadito.

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

The camp was half a mile distant. The Indians, evidently surprised at the
appearance of the train, were immediately in commotion. There was a rapid
mounting, and in five minutes they were all on horseback, curveting in circles,
and brandishing their lances, but without advancing.

“Manga Colorada hasn't reached here yet,” observed Thurstane.

“That's so,” assented Texas Smith. “They hain't heerd from the cuss, or
they'd a bushwhacked us somewhar. Seein' he dasn't follow our trail, he had
to make a big turn to git here. But he'll be droppin' along, an' then we'll hev a
fight. I reckon we'll hev one anyway. Them cusses ain't friendly. If they was,
they'd a piled in helter-skelter to hev a talk an' ask fur whiskey.”

“We must keep them at a distance,” said Thurstane.

“You bet! The first Injun that comes nigh us, I'll shute him. They mustn't
be 'lowed to git among us. First you know you'd hear a yell, an' find yourself
speared in the back. An' them that's speared right off is the lucky ones.”

“Not one of us must fall into their hands,” muttered the officer, thinking of
Clara.

“Cap, that's so,” returned Texas grimly. “When I fight Injuns, I never
empty my revolver. I keep one barl for myself. You'd better do the same.
Furthermore, thar oughter be somebody detailed to shute the women folks when
it comes to the last pinch. I say this as a friend.”

As a friend! It was the utmost stretch of Texas Smith's humanity and
sympathy. Obviously the fellow had a soft side to him.

The fact is that he had taken a fancy to Thurstane since he had learned his
fighting qualities, and would rather have done him a favor than murder him.
At all events his hatred to “Injuns” was such that he wanted the lieutenant to
kill a great many of them before his own turn came.

“So you think we'll have a tough job of it?” inferred Ralph.

“Cap, we ain't so many as we was. An' if Manga Colorada comes up, thar'll
be a pile of red-skins. It may be they'll outlast us; an' so I say as a friend,
save one shot; save it for yourself, Cap.”

But the Apaches did not advance. They watched the train steadily; they held
a long consultation which evidently referred to it; at last they seemed to decide
that it was in too good order to fall an easy prey; there was some wild capering
along its flanks, at a safe distance; and then, little by little, the gang resettled
in its bivouac. It was like a swarm of hornets, which should sally out to
reconnoitre an enemy, buzz about threateningly for a while, and sail back to
their nest.

The plain, usually dotted with flocks of sheep, was now a solitude. The
Moquis had evidently withdrawn their woolly wealth either to the summit of
the bluff, or to the partially sheltered pasturage around its base. The only objects
which varied the verdant level were scattered white rocks, probably gypsum
or oxide of manganese, which glistened surprisingly in the sunlight, reminding
one of pearls sown on a mantel of green velvet. But already the travellers
could see the peach orchards of the Moquis, and the sides of the lofty butte
laid out in gardens supported by terrace-walls of dressed stone, the whole mass
surmounted by the solid ramparts of the pueblos.

At this moment, while the train was still a little over two miles from the foot
of the bluff, and the Apache camp more than three miles to the rear, Texas
Smith shouted, “The cusses hev got the news.”

It was true; the foremost riders, or perhaps only the messengers, of Manga
Colorada had reached Delgadito; and a hundred warriors were swarming after
the train to avenge their fallen comrades.

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

Now ensued a race for life, the last pull of the mules being lashed out of
them, and the Indians riding at the topmost speed of their wiry ponies.

CHAPTER XIII.

When the race for life and death commenced between the emigrants and the
Apaches, it seemed as if the former would certainly be able to go two miles before
the latter could cover six.

But the mules were weak, and the soil of the plain was a thin loam into
which the wheels sank easily, so that the heavy wagons could not be hurried beyond
a trot, and before long were reduced to a walk. Thus, while the caravan
was still half a mile from its city of refuge, the foremost hornets of Delgadito's
swarm were already circling around it.

The chief could not charge at once, however, for the warriors whom he had
in hand numbered barely a score, and their horses, blown with a run of over five
miles, were unfit for sharp fighting work. For a few minutes nothing happened,
except that the caravan continued its silent, sullen retreat, while the pursuers
cantered yelling around it at a safe distance. Not a shot was fired by the emigrants;
not a brave dashed up to let fly his arrows. At last there were fifty
Apaches; then there was a hurried council; then a furious rush. Evidently the
savages were ashamed to let their enemies escape for lack of one audacious assault.

This charge was led by a child. A boy not more than fourteen years of age,
screaming like a little demon and discharging his arrows at full speed with
wicked dexterity, rode at the head of this savage hourra of the Cossacks of the
American desert. As the fierce child came on, Coronado saw him and recognized
him with a mixture of wonder, dread, and hate. Here was the son of the
false-hearted savage who had accepted his money, agreed to do his work, and
then turned against him. Should he kill him? It would open an account of
blood between himself and the father. Never mind; vengeance is sweet; moreover,
the youngster was dangerous.

Coronado raised his revolver, steadied it across his left arm, took a calm aim,
and fired. The handsome, headlong, terrible boy swayed forward, rolled slowly
over the pommel of his saddle, and fell to the ground motionless. In the next
moment there was a general rattle of firearms from the train, and the mass of
the charging column broke up into squads which went off in aimless caracolings.
Barring a short struggle by half a dozen braves to recover the young chief's
body, the contest was over; and in two minutes more the Apaches were half a
mile distant, looking on in sulky silence while the train crawled toward the protecting
bluff.

“Hurrah!” shouted Thurstane. “That was quick work. Delgadito doesn't
take his punishment well.”

“Reckon they see we had friends,” observed Captain Glover. “Jest look at
them critters pile down the mounting. Darned if they don't skip like nannygoats.”

Down the huge steep slope, springing along rocky, sinuous paths, or over the
walls of the terraces, came a hundred or a hundred and fifty men, running with
a speed which, considering the nature of the footing, was marvellous. Before
many in the train were aware of their approach, they were already among the
wagons, rushing up to the travellers with outstretched hands, the most cordial,

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

cheerful, kindly-eyed people that Thurstane had seen in New Mexico. Good
features, too; that is, they were handsomer than the usual Indian type; some
even had physiognomies which reminded one of Italians. Their hair was fine
and glossy for men of their race; and, stranger still, it bore an appearance of
careful combing. Nearly all wore loose cotton trousers or drawers reaching to
the knee, with a kind of blouse of woollen or cotton, and over the shoulders a
gay woollen blanket tied around the waist. In view of their tidy raiment and
their general air of cleanliness, it seemed a mistake to class them as Indians.
These were the Moquis, a remnant of one of the semi-civilizations of America,
perhaps a colony left behind by the Aztecs in their migrations, or possibly by
the temple-builders of Yucatan.

Impossible to converse with them. Not a person in the caravan spoke the
Moqui tongue, and not a Moqui spoke or understood a word of Spanish or English.
But it was evident from their faces and gestures that they were enthusiastically
friendly, and that they had rushed down from their fastness to aid the emigrants
against the Apaches. There was even a little sally into the plain, the
Moquis running a quarter of a mile with amazing agility, spreading out into a
loose skirmishing line of battle, brandishing their bows and defying the enemy to
battle. But this ended in nothing; the Apaches sullenly cantered away; the
others soon checked their pursuit.

Now came the question of encampment. To get the wagons up the bluff,
eight hundred feet or so in height, along a path which had been cut in the rock
or built up with stone, was obviously impossible. Would there be safety where
they were, just at the base of the noble slope? The Moquis assured them by
signs that the plundering horse-Indians never came so near the pueblos. Camp
then; the wagons were parked as usual in a hollow square; the half-starved animals
were unharnessed and allowed to fly at the abundant grass; the cramped
and wearied travellers threw themselves on the ground with delight.

“What a charming people these Monkeys are!” said Aunt Maria, surveying
the neat and smiling villagers with approval.

“Moquis,” Coronado corrected her, with a bow.

“Oh, Mo-kies,” repeated Aunt Maria, this time catching the sound exactly.
“Well, I propose to see as much of them as possible. Why shouldn't the
women and the wounded sleep in the city?”

“It is an excellent idea,” assented Coronado, although he thought with distaste
that this would bring Clara and Thurstane together, while he would be at
a distance.

“I suppose we shall get an idea from it of the ancient city of Mexico, as described
by Prescott,” continued the enthusiastic lady.

“You will discover a few deviations in the ground plan,” returned Coronado,
for once ironical.

Aunt Maria's suggestion with regard to the women and the wounded was
adopted. The Moquis seemed to urge it; so at least they were understood.
Within a couple of hours after the halt a procession of the feebler folk commenced
climbing the bluff, accompanied by a crowd of the hospitable Indians.
The winding and difficult path swarmed for a quarter of a mile with people in
the gayest of blankets, some ascending with the strangers and some coming
down to greet them.

“I should think we were going up to the Temple of the Sun to be sacrified,”
said Clara, who had also read Prescott.

“To be worshipped,” ventured Thurstane, giving her a look which made her
blush, the boldest look that he had yet ventured.

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

The terraces, as we have stated, were faced with partially dressed stone.
They were in many places quite broad, and were cultivated everywhere with admirable
care, presenting long green lines of corn fields or of peach orchards.
Half-way up the ascent was a platform of more than ordinary spaciousness which
contained a large reservoir, built of chipped stone strongly cemented, and brimming
with limpid water. From this cistern large earthen pipes led off in various
directions to irrigate the terraces below.

“It seems to me that we are discovering America,” exclaimed Aunt Maria,
her face scarlet with exercise and enthusiasm.

Presently she asked, in full faith that she was approaching a metropolis,
“What is the name of the city?”

“This must be Tegua,” replied Thurstane. “Tegua is the most eastern of
the Moqui pueblos. There are three on this bluff. Mooshaneh and two others
are on a butte to the west. Oraybe is further north.”

“What a powerful confederacy!” said Aunt Maria. “The United States of
the Moquis!”

After a breathless ascent of at least eight hundred feet, they reached the undulated,
barren, rocky surface of a plateau. Here the whole population of Tegua
had collected; and for the first time the visitors saw Moqui women and children.
Aunt Maria was particularly pleased with the specimens of her own sex;
she went into ecstasies over their gentle physiognomies and their well-combed,
carefully braided, glossy hair; she admired their long gowns of black woollen,
each with a yellow stripe around the waist and a border of the same at the bottom.

“Such a sensible costume!” she said. “So much more rational and convenient
than our fashionable fripperies!”

Another fact of great interest was that the Moquis were lighter complexioned
than Indians in general. And when she discovered a woman with fair skin,
blue eyes, and yellow hair—one of those albinos who are found among the inhabitants
of the pueblos—she went into an excitement which was nothing less
than ethnological.

“These are white people,” she cried, losing sight of all the brown faces.
“They are some European race which colonized America long before that modern
upstart, Columbus. They are undoubtedly the descendants of the Northmen
who built the old mill at Newport and sculptured the Dighton Rock.”

“There is a belief,” said Thurstane, “that some of these pueblo people, particularly
those of Zuni, are Welsh. A Welsh prince named Madoc, flying before
the Saxons, is said to have reached America. There are persons who hold
that the descendants of his followers built the mounds in the Mississippi Valley,
and that some of them became the white Mandans of the upper Missouri, and
that others founded this old Mexican civilization. Of course it is all guess-work.
There's nothing about it in the Regulations.”

“I consider it highly probable,” asserted Aunt Maria, forgetting her Scandinavian
hypothesis. “I don't see how you can doubt that that flaxen-haired girl
is a descendant of Medoc, Prince of Wales.”

“Madoc,” corrected Thurstane.

“Well, Madoc then,” replied Aunt Maria rather pettishly, for she was dreadfully
tired, and moreover she didn't like Thurstane.

A few minutes' walk brought them to the rampart which surrounded the pueblo.
Its foundation was a solid blind wall, fifteen feet or so in height, and built
of hewn stone laid in clay cement. Above was a second wall, rising from the

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

first as one terrace rises from another, and surmounted by a third, which was
also in terrace fashion. The ground tier of this stair-like structure contained
the storerooms of the Moquis, while the upper tiers were composed of their twostory
houses, the entire mass of masonry being upward of thirty feet high, and
forming a continuous line of fortification. This rampart of dwellings was in the
shape of a rectangle, and enclosed a large square or plaza containing a noble
reservoir. Compact and populous, at once a castle and a city, the place could
defy all the horse Indians of North America.

“Bless me! this is sublime but dreadful,” said Aunt Maria when she
learned that she must ascend to the landing of the lower wall by a ladder. “No
gate? Isn't there a window somewhere that I could crawl through? Well,
well! Dear me! But it's delightful to see how safe these excellent people have
made themselves.”

So with many tremblings, and with the aid of a lariat fastened around her
waist and vigorously pulled from above by two Moquis, Aunt Maria clutched
and scraped her way to the top of the foundation terrace.

“I shall never go down in the world,” she remarked with a shuddering glance
backward. “I shall pass the rest of my days here.”

From the first platform the travellers were led to the second and third by
stone stairways. They were now upon the inside of the rectangle, and could see
two stories of doors facing the plaza and the reservoir in its centre, the whole
scene cheerful with the gay garments and smiling faces of the Moquis.

“Beautiful!” said Aunt Maria. “That court is absolutely swept and
dusted. One might give a ball there. I should like to hear Lucretia Mott speak
in it.”

Her reflections were interrupted by the courteous gestures of a middle-aged,
dignified Moqui, who was apparently inviting the party to enter one of the
dwellings.

Pepita and the other two Indian women, with the wounded muleteers, were
taken to another house. Aunt Maria, Clara, Thurstane, and Phineas Glover
entered the residence of the chief, and found themselves in a room six or seven
feet high, fifteen feet in length and ten in breadth. The floor was solid, polished
clay; the walls were built of the large, sunbaked bricks called adobes; the ceilings
were of beams, covered by short sticks, with adobes over all. Skins, bows
and arrows, quivers, antlers, blankets, articles of clothing, and various simple ornaments
hung on pegs driven into the walls or lay packed upon shelves.

“They are a musical race, I see,” observed Aunt Maria, pointing to a pair of
painted drumsticks tipped with gay feathers, and a reed wind-instrument with a
bell-shaped mouth like a clarionet. “Of course they are. The Welsh were always
famous for their bards and their harpers. Does anybody in our party
speak Welsh? What a pity we are such ignoramuses! We might have an interesting
conversation with these people. I should so like to hear their traditions
about the voyage across the Atlantic and the old mill at Newport.”

Her remarks were interrupted by a short speech from the chief, whom she at
first understood as relating the adventures of his ancestors, but who finally made
it clear that he was asking them to take seats. After they were arranged on a
row of skins spread along the wall, a shy, meek, and pretty Moqui woman
passed around a vase of water for drinking and a tray which contained something
not unlike a bundle of blue wrapping paper.

“Is this to wipe our hands on?” inquired Aunt Maria, bringing her spectatles
to bear on the contents of the tray.

“It smells like corn bread,” said Clara.

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

So it was. The corn of the Moquis is blue, and grinding does not destroy
the color. The meal is stirred into a thin gruel and cooked by pouring over
smooth, flat, heated stones, the light shining tissues being rapidly taken off and
folded, and subsequently made up in bundles.

The party made a fair meal off the blue wrapping paper. Then the meek-eyed
woman reappeared, removed the dishes, returned once more, and looked
fixedly at Thurstane's bloody sleeve.

“Certainly!” said Aunt Maria. “Let her dress your arm. I have no doubt
that unpretending woman knows more about surgery than all the men doctors in
New York city. Let her dress it.”

Thurstane partially threw off his coat and rolled up his shirt sleeve. Clara
gave one glance at the huge white arm with the small crimson hole in it, and
turned away with a thrill which was new to her. The Moqui woman washed the
wound, applied a dressing which looked like chewed leaves, and put on a light
bandage.

“Does it feel any better?” asked Aunt Maria eagerly.

“It feels cooler,” said Thurstane.

Aunt Maria looked as if she thought him very ungrateful for not saying that
he was entirely well.

“An' my nose,” suggested Glover, turning up his lacerated proboscis.

“Yes, certainly; your poor nose,” assented Aunt Maria. “Let the lady cure
it.”

The female surgeon fastened a poultice upon the tattered cartilage by passing
a bandage around the skipper's sandy and bristly head.

“Works like a charm 'n' smells like peach leaves,” snuffled the patient.
“It's where it's handy to sniff at—that's a comfort.”

After much dumb show, arrangements were made for the night. One of the
inner rooms was assigned to Mrs. Stanley and Clara, and another to Thurstane
and Glover. Bedding, provisions, and some small articles as presents for the
Moquis were sent up from the train by Coronado.

But would the wagons, the animals, and the human members of the party below
be safe during the night? Young as he was, and wounded as he was, Thurstane
was so badgered by his army habit of incessant responsibility that he could
not lie down to rest until he had visited the camp and examined personally into
probabilities of attack and means of defence. As he descended the stony path
which scored the side of the butte, his anxiety was greatly increased by the appearance
of a party of armed Moquis rushing like deer down the steep slope, as
if to repel an attack.

-- --

CHAPTER XIV.

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

Thurstane found the caravan in excellent condition, the mules being tethered
at the reservoir half-way up the acclivity, and the wagons parked and guarded
as usual, with Weber for officer of the night.

“We are in no tanger, Leftenant,” said the sergeant. “A large barty of these
bueplo beeble has shust gone to the vront. They haf daken atfandage of our
bresence to regover a bortion of the blain. I haf sent Kelly along to look after
them a leetle und make them keep a goot watch. We are shust as safe as bossible.
Und to-morrow we will basture the animals. It is a goot blace for a
gamp, Leftenant, und we shall pe all right in a tay or two.”

“Does Shubert's leg need attention?”

“No. It is shust nothing. Shupert is for tuty.”

“And you feel perfectly able to take care of yourselves here?”

“Berfectly, Leftenant.”

“Forty rounds apiece!”

“They are issued, Leftenant.”

“If you are attacked, fire heavily; and if the attack is sharp, retreat to the
bluff. Never mind the wagons; they can be recovered.”

“I will opey your instructions, Leftenant.”

Thurstane was feverish and exhausted; he knew that Weber was as good a
soldier as himself; and still he went back to the village with an anxious heart;
such is the tenderness of the military conscience as to duty.

By the time he reached the upper landing of the wall of the pueblo it was
sunset, and he paused to gaze at a magnificent landscape, the replica of the one
which he had seen at sunrise. There were buttes, valleys, and cañons, the vast
and lofty plateaus of the north, the ranges of the Navajo country, the Sierra del
Carrizo, and the ice peaks of Monte San Francisco. It was sublime, savage,
beautiful, horrible. It seemed a revelation from some other world. It was a
nightmare of nature.

Clara met him on the landing with the smile which she now often gave him.
“I was anxious about you,” she said. “You were too weak to go down there.
You look very tired. Do come and eat, and then rest. You will make yourself
sick. I was quite anxious about you.”

It was a delightful repetition. How his heart and his eyes thanked her for
being troubled for his sake! He was so cheered that in a moment he did not
seem to be tired at all. He could have watched all that night, if it had been necessary
for her safety, or even for her comfort. The soul certainly has a great
deal to do with the body.

While our travellers sleep, let us glance at the singular people among whom
they have found refuge.

It is said hesitatingly, by scholars who have not yet made comparative studies
of languages, that the Moquis are not red men, like the Algonquins, the
Iroquois, the Lenni Lenape, the Sioux, and in general those whom we know as
Indians. It is said, moreover, that they are of the same generic stock with the
Aztecs of Mexico, the ancient Peruvians, and all the other city-building peoples
of both North and South America.

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

It was an evil day for the brown race of New Mexico when horses strayed
from the Spanish settlements into the desert, and the savage red tribes became
cavalry. This feeble civilization then received a more cruel shock than that
which had been dealt it by the storming columns of the conquistadors. The
horse transformed the Utes, Apaches, Comanches, and Navajos from snappingturtles
into condors. Thenceforward, instead of crawling in slow and feeble
bands to tease the dense populations of the pueblos, they could come like a tornado,
and come in a swarm. At no time were the Moquis and their fellow agriculturists
and herdsmen safe from robbery and slaughter. Such villages as
did not stand upon buttes inaccessible to horsemen, and such as did not possess
fertile lands immediately under the shelter of their walls, were either abandoned
or depopulated by slow starvation.

It is thus that we may account for many of the desolate cities which are now
found in Arizona, New Mexico, and Utah. Not of course for all; some, we
know, were destroyed by the early Spaniards; others may have been forsaken
because their tillable lands became exhausted; others doubtless fell during wars
between different tribes of the brown race. But the cavalry of the desert must
necessarily have been a potent instrument of destruction.

It is a pathetic spectacle, this civilization which has perished, or is perishing,
without the poor consolation of a history to record its sufferings. It comes near
to being a repetition of the silent death of the flint and bronze races, the moundraisers,
and cave-diggers, and cromlech-builders of Europe.

Captain Phineas Glover, rising at an early hour in the morning, and having
had his nosebag of medicament refilled and refitted, set off on an appetizer
around the ramparts of the pueblo, and came back marvelling.

“Been out to shake hands with these clever critters,” he said. “Best behavin''
n' meekest lookin' Injuns I ever see. Put me in mind o' cows 'n' lambs.
An' neat! 'Most equal to Amsterdam Dutch. Seen a woman sweepin' up her
husband's tobacco ashes 'n' carryin' 'em out to throw over the wall. Jest what
they do in Broek. Ever been in Broek? Tell ye 'bout it some time. But how
d'ye s'pose this town was built? I didn't see no stun up here that was fit for
quarryin'. So I put it to a lot of fellers where they got their buildin' m'ter'ls.
Wal, after figurin' round a spell, 'n' makin' signs by the schuner load, found out
the hull thing. Every stun in this place was whittled out 'f the ruff-scuff at the
bottom of the mounting, 'n' fetched up here in blankets on men's shoulders. All
the mud, too, to make their bricks, was backed up in the same way. Feller off
with his blanket 'n' showed me how they did it. Beats all. Wust of it was,
couldn't find out how long it took 'em, nor how the job was lotted out to each
one.”

“I suppose they made their women do it,” said Aunt Maria grimly. “Men
usually put all the hard work on women.”

“Wal, women folks do a heap,” admitted Glover, who never contradicted
anybody. “But there's reason to entertain a hope that they didn't take the
brunt of it here. I looked over into the gardens down b'low the town, 'n' see
men plantin' corn, 'n' tendin' peach trees, but didn't see no women at it. The
women was all in the houses, spinnin', weavin', sewin', 'n' fixin' up ginerally.”

“Remarkable people!” exclaimed Aunt Maria. “They are at least as civilized
as we. Very probably more so. Of course they are. I must learn whether
the women vote, or in any way take part in the government. If so, these Indians
are vastly our superiors, and we must sit humbly at their feet.”

During this talk the worn and wounded Thurstane had been lying asleep.

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

He now appeared from his dormitory, nodded a hasty good-morning, and pushed
for the door.

“Train's all right,” said Glover. “Jest took a squint at it. Peaceful 's a
ship becalmed. Not a darned Apache in sight.”

“You are sure?” demanded the young officer.

“Better get some more peach-leaf pain-killer on your arm 'n' set straight
down to breakfast.”

“If the Apaches have vamosed, Coronado might join us,” suggested Thurstane.

“Never!” answered Mrs. Stanley with solemnity. “His ancestor stormed
Cibola and ravaged this whole country. If these people should hear his name
pronounced, and suspect his relationship to their oppressor, they might massacre
him.”

“That was three hundred years ago,” smiled the wretch of a lieutenant.

“It doesn't matter,” decided Mrs. Stanley.

And so Coronado, thanks to one of his splendid inventions, was not invited
up to the pueblo.

The travellers spent the day in resting, in receiving a succession of pleasant,
tidy visitors, and in watching the ways of the little community. The weather was
perfect, for while the season was the middle of May, and the latitude that of Algeria
and Tunis, they were nearly six thousand feet above the level of the sea, and the
isolated butte was wreathed with breezes. It was delightful, to sit or stroll on
the landings of the ramparts, and overlook the flourishing landscape near at
hand, and the peaceful industry which caused it to bloom.

Along the hillside, amid the terraced gardens of corn, pumpkins, guavas, and
peaches, many men and children were at work, with here and there a woman.

The scene had not only its charms, but its marvels. Besides the grand environment
of plateaus and mountains in the distance, there were near at hand
freaks of nature such as one might look for in the moon. Nowhere perhaps has
the great water erosion of bygone æons wrought more grotesquely and fantastically
than in the Moqui basin. To the west rose a series of detached buttes,
presenting forms of castles, towers, and minarets, which looked more like the
handiwork of man than the pueblo itself. There were piles of variegated sandstone,
some of them four hundred feet in height, crowned by a hundred feet of
sombre trap. Internal fire had found vent here; its outflowings had crystallized
into columnar trap; the trap had protected the underlying sandstone from cycles
of water-flow; thus had been fashioned these sublime donjons and pinnacles.

They were not only sublime but beautiful. The sandstone, reduced by ages
to a crumbling marl, was of all colors. There were layers of green, reddishbrown,
drab, purple, red, yellow, pinkish, slate, light-brown, orange, white, and
banded. Nature, not contented with building enchanted palaces, had frescoed
them. At this distance, indeed, the separate tints of the strata could not be discerned,
but their general effect of variegation was distinctly visible, and the result
was a landscape of the Thousand and One Nights.

To the south were groups of crested mounds, some of them resembling the
spreading stumps of trees, and others broad-mouthed bells, all of vast magnitude.
These were of sandstone marl, the caps consisting of hard red and green shales,
while the swelling boles, colored by gypsum, were as white as loaf-sugar. It was
another specimen of the handiwork of deluges which no man can number.

Far away to the southwest, and yet faintly seen through the crystalline atmosphere,
were the many-colored knolls and rolls and cliffs of the Painted Desert.

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

Marls, shales, and sandstones, of all tints, were strewn and piled into a variegated
vista of sterile splendor. Here surely enchantment and glamour had made
undisputed abode.

All day the wounded and the women reposed, gazing a good deal, but sleeping
more. During the afternoon, however, our wonder-loving Mrs. Stanley
roused herself from her lethargy and rushed into an adventure such as only she
knew how to find. In the morning she had noticed, at the other end of the pueblo
from her quarters, a large room which was frequented by men alone. It might
be a temple; it might be a hall for the transaction of public business; such
were the diverse guesses of the travellers. Into the mysteries of this apartment
Aunt Maria resolved to poke.

She reached it; nobody was in it; suspicious circumstance! Aunt Maria
put an end to this state of questionable solitude by entering. A dark room; no
light except from a trap door; a very proper place for improper doings. At one
end rose a large, square block of red sandstone, on which was carved a round
face environed by rays, probably representing the sun. Aunt Maria remembered
the sacrificial altars of the Aztecs, and judged that the old sanguinary religion of
Tenochtitlan was not yet extinct. She became more convinced of this terrific
fact when she discovered that the red tint of the stone was deepened in various
places by stains which resembled blood.

Three or four horrible suggestions arose in succession to jerk at her heartstrings.
Were these Moquis still in the habit of offering human sacrifices?
Would a woman answer their purpose, and particularly a white woman? If they
should catch her there, in the presence of their deity, would they consider it a
leading of Providence? Aunt Maria, notwithstanding her curiosity and courage,
began to feel a desire to retreat.

Her reflections were interrupted and her emotions accelerated by darkness.
Evidently the door had been shut; then she heard a rustling of approaching feet
and an awful whispering; then projected hands impeded her gropings toward
safety. While she stood still, too completely blinded to fly and too frightened to
scream, a light gleamed from behind the altar and presently rose into a flame.
The sacred fire!—she knew it as soon as she saw it; she remembered Prescott,
and recognized it at a glance.

By its flickering rays she perceived that the apartment was full of men, all
robed in blankets of ebony blackness, and all gazing at her in solemn silence.
Two of them, venerable elders with long white hair, stood in front of the others,
making genuflexions and signs of adoration toward the carved face on the altar.
Presently they advanced to her, one of them suddenly seizing her by the shoulders
and pinioning her arms behind her, while the other drew from beneath his
robe a long sharp knife of the glassy flint known as obsidian.

At this point the horrified Aunt Maria found her voice, and uttered a piercing
scream.

At the close of her scream she by a supreme effort turned on her side, raised
her hands to her face, rubbed her eyes open, stared at Clara, who was lying near
her, and mumbled, “I've had an awful nightmare.”

That was it. There was no altar, nor holy fire, nor high priest, nor flint
lancet. She hadn't been anywhere, and she hadn't even screamed, except in
imagination. She was on her blanket, alongside of her niece, in the house of
the Moqui chief, and as safe as need be.

-- 077 --

CHAPTER XV.

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

But the visionary terror had scarcely gone when a real one came. Coronado
appeared—Coronado, the descendant of the great Vasquez—Coronado, whom the
Moquis would destroy if they heard his name—of whom they would not leave
two limbs or two fingers together. From her dormitory she saw him walk into
the main room of the house in his airiest and cheeriest manner, bowing and
smiling to right, bowing and smiling to left, winning Moqui hearts in a moment,
a charmer of a Coronado. He shook hands with the chief; he shook hands
with all the head men; next a hand to Thurstane and another to Glover. Mrs.
Stanley heard him addressed as Coronado; she looked to see him scattered in
rags on the floor; she tried to muster courage to rush to his rescue.

There was no outcry of rage at the sound of the fatal name, and she could
not perceive that a Moqui countenance smiled the less for it.

Coronado produced a pipe, filled it, lighted it, and handed it to the chief.
That dignitary took it, bowed gravely to each of the four points of the compass,
exhaled a few whiffs, and passed it to his next blanketed neighbor, who likewise
saluted the four cardinal points, smoked a little, and sent it on. Mrs. Stanley
drew a sigh of relief; the pipe of peace had been used, and there would be no
bloodshed; she saw the whole bearing of her favorite's audacious manœuvre at a
glance.

Coronado now glided into the obscure room where she and Clara were sitting
on their blankets and skins. He kissed his hand to the one and the other, and
rolled out some melodious congratulations.

“You reckless creature!” whispered Aunt Maria. “How dared you come
up here?”

“Why so?” asked the Mexican, for once puzzled.

“Your name! Your ancestor!”

“Ah!!” and Coronado smiled mysteriously. “There is no danger. We
are under the protection of the American eagle. Moreover, hospitalities have
been interchanged.”

Next the experiences of the last twenty-four hours, first Mrs. Stanley's version
and then Coronado's, were related. He had little to tell: there had been
a quiet night and much slumber; the Moquis had stood guard and been every
way friendly; the Apaches had left the valley and gone to parts unknown.

The truth is that he had slept more than half of the time. Journeying, fighting,
watching, and anxiety had exhausted him as well as every one else, and enabled
him to plunge into slumber with a delicious consciousness of it as a
restorative and a luxury.

Now that he was himself again, he wondered at what he had been. For two
days he had faced death, fighting like a legionary or a knight-errant, and in
short playing the hero. What was there in his nature, or what had there been
in his selfish and lazy life, that was akin to such fine frenzies? As he remembered
it all, he hardly knew himself for the same old Coronado.

Well, being safe again, he was a devoted lover again, and he must get on
with his courtship. Considering that Clara and Thurstane, if left much together
here in the pueblo, might lead each other into the temptation of a betrothal, he
decided that he must be at hand to prevent such a catastrophe, and so here he
was. Presently he began to talk to the girl in Spanish; then he begged the
aunt's pardon for speaking what was to her an unknown tongue; but he had, he

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

said, some family matters for his cousin's ear; would Mrs. Stanley be so good
as to excuse him?

“Certainly,” returned that far-sighted woman, guessing what the family matters
might be, and approving them. “By the way, I have something to do,”
she added. “I must attend to it immediately.”

By this time she remembered all about her nightmare, and she was in a state
of inflammation as to the Moqui religion. If the dream were true, if the Moquis
were in the habit of sacrificing strong-minded women or any kind of women,
she must know it and put a stop to it. Stepping into the central room, where
Thurstane and Glover were smoking with a number of Indians, she said in her
prompt, positive way, “I must look into these people's religion. Does anybody
know whether they have any?”

The Lieutenant had a spark or two of information on the subject. Through
the medium of a Navajo who had strolled into the pueblo, and who spoke a little
Spanish and a good deal of Moqui, he had been catechising the chief as to
manners, customs, etc.

“I understand,” he said, “that they have a sacred fire which they never suffer
to go out. They are believed to worship the sun, like the ancient Aztecs.
The sacred fire seems to confirm the suspicion.”

“Sacred fire! vestal virgins, too, I suppose! can they be Romans?” reasoned
Aunt Maria, beginning to doubt Prince Madoc.

“The vestal virgins here are old men,” replied Ralph, wickedly pleased to
get a joke on the lady.

“Oh! The Moquis are not Romans,” decided Mrs Stanley. “Well, what
do these old men do?”

“Keep the fire burning.”

“What if it should go out? What would happen?”

“I don't know,” responded the sub-acid Thurstane.

“I didn't suppose you did,” said Aunt Maria pettishly. “Captain Glover, I
want you to come with me.”

Followed by the subservient skipper, she marched to the other end of the
pueblo. There was the mysterious apartment; it was not really a temple, but
a sort of public hall and general lounging place; such rooms exist in the Spanish-speaking
pueblos of Zuni and Laguna, and are there called estufas. The explorers
soon discovered that the only entrance into the estufa was by a trap-door
and a ladder. Now Aunt Maria hated ladders: they were awkward for
skirts, and moreover they made her giddy; so she simply got on her knees and
peeped through the trap-door. But there was a fire directly below, and there
was also a pretty strong smell of pipes of tobacco, so that she saw nothing and
was stifled and disgusted. She sent Glover down, as people lower a dog into a
mine where gases are suspected. After a brief absence the skipper returned and
reported.

“Pooty sizable room. Dark 's a pocket 'n' hot 's a footstove. Three or
four Injuns talkin' 'n' smokin'. Scrap 'f a fire smoulderin' in a kind 'f standee
fireplace without any top.”

“That's the sacred fire,” said Aunt Maria. “How many old men were
watching it?”

“Didn't see any.

“They must have been there. Did you put the fire out?”

“No water handy,” explained the prudent Glover.

“You might have—expectorated on it.”

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

“Reckon I didn't miss it,” said the skipper, who was a chewer of tobacco
and a dead shot with his juice.

“Of course nothing happened.”

“Nary.”

“I knew there wouldn't,” declared the lady triumphantly. “Well, now let
us go back. We know something about the religion of these people. It is certainly
a very interesting study.”

“Didn't appear to me much l'k a temple,” ventured Glover. “Sh'd say t'was
a kind 'f gineral smokin' room 'n' jawin' place. Git together there 'n' talk crops'
n' 'lections 'n' the like.”

“You must be mistaken,” decided Aunt Maria. “There was the sacred
fire.”

She now led the willing captain (for he was as inquisitive as a monkey) on a
round of visits to the houses of the Moquis. She poked smiling through their
kitchens and bedrooms, and gained more information than might have been expected
concerning their spinning and weaving, cheerfully spending ten minutes
in signs to obtain a single idea.

“Never shear their sheep till they are dead!” she exclaimed when that fact
had been gestured into her understanding. “Absurd! There's another specimen
of masculine stupidity. I'll warrant you, if the women had the management
of things, the good-for-nothing brutes would be sheared every day.”

“Jest as they be to hum,” slily suggested Glover, who knew better.

“Certainly,” said Aunt Maria, aware that cows were milked daily.

The Moquis were very hospitable; they absolutely petted the strangers. At
nearly every house presents were offered, such as gourds full of corn, strings of
dried peaches, guavas as big as pomegranates, or bundles of the edible wrapping
paper, all of which Aunt Maria declined with magnanimous waves of the
hand and copious smiles. Curious and amiable faces peeped at the visitors
from the landings and doorways.

“How mild and good they all look!” said Aunt Maria. “They put me in
mind somehow of Shenstone's pastorals. How humanizing a pastoral life is, to
be sure! On the whole, I admire their way of not shearing their sheep alive.
It isn't stupidity, but goodness of heart. A most amiable people!”

“Jest so,” assented Glover. “How it must go ag'in the grain with 'em to
take a skelp when it comes in the way of dooty! A man oughter feel willin' to
be skelped by sech tender-hearted critters.”

“Pshaw!” said Aunt Maria. “I don't believe they ever scalp anybody—unless
it is in self-defence.”

“Dessay. Them fellers that went down to fight the Apaches was painted
up 's savage 's meat-axes. Probably though 'twas to use up some 'f their paint
that was a wastin'. Equinomical, I sh'd say.”

Mrs. Stanley did not see her way clear to comment either upon the fact or
the inference. There were times when she did not understand Glover, and this
was one of the times. He had queer twistical ways of reasoning which often
proved the contrary of what he seemed to want to prove; and she had concluded
that he was a dark-minded man who did not always know what he was
driving at; at all events, a man not invariably comprehensible by clear intellects.

Her attention was presently engaged by a stir in the pueblo. Great things
were evidently at hand; some spectacle was on the point of presentation; what
was it? Aunt Maria guessed marriage, and Captain Glover guessed a war-dance;
but they had no argument, for the skipper gave in. Meantime the Moquis, men,

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

women, and children, all dressed in their gayest raiment, were gathering in groups
on the landings and in the square. Presently there was a crowd, a thousand or
fifteen hundred strong; at last appeared the victims, the performers, or whatever
they were.

“Dear me!” murmured Aunt Maria. “Twenty weddings at once! I hope
divorce is frequent.”

Twenty men and twenty women advanced to the centre of the plaza in double
file and faced each other.

The dance began; the performers furnished their own music; each rolled
out a deep aw aw aw under his visor.

“Sounds like a swarm of the biggest kind of blue-bottle flies inside 'f the
biggest kind 'f a sugar hogset,” was Glover's description.

The movement was as monotonous as the melody. The men and women
faced each other without changing positions; there was an alternate lifting of
the feet, in time with the aw aw and the rattling of the gourds; now and then
there was a simultaneous about face.

After a while, open ranks; then rugs and blankets were brought; the maidens
sat down and the men danced at them; trot trot, aw aw, and rattle rattle.

Every third girl now received a large empty gourd, a grooved board, and
the dry shoulder-bone of a sheep. Laying the board on the gourd, she drew the
bone sharply across the edges of the wood, thus producing a sound like a watchman's
rattle.

They danced once on each side of the square; then retired to a house and
rested fifteen minutes; then recommenced their trot. Meanwhile maidens with
large baskets ran about among the spectators, distributing meat, roasted ears of
corn, sheets of bread, and guavas.

So the gayety went on until the sun and the visitors alike withdrew.

“After all, I think it is more interesting than our marriages,” declared Aunt
Maria. “I wonder if we ought to make presents to the wedded couples. There
are a good many of them.”

She was quite amazed when she learned that this was not a wedding, but a
rain-dance, and that the maidens whom she had admired were boys dressed up
in female raiment, the customs of the Moquis not allowing women to take part
in public spectacles.

“What exquisite delicacy!” was her consolatory comment. “Well, well, this
is the golden age, truly.”

When further informed that in marriage among the Moquis it is woman who
takes the initiative, the girl pointing out the young man of her heart and the
girl's father making the offer, which is never refused, Mrs. Stanley almost shed
tears of gratification. Here was something like woman's rights; here was a flash
of the glorious dawn of equality between the sexes; for when she talked of equality
she meant female preëminence.

“And divorces?” she eagerly asked.

“They are at the pleasure of the parties,” explained Thurstane, who had
been catechising the chief at great length through his Navajo.

“And who, in case of a divorce, cares for the children?”

“The grandparents.”

Aunt Maria came near clapping her hands. This was better than Connecticut
or Indiana. A woman here might successively marry all the men whom she
might successively fancy, and thus enjoy a perpetual gush of the affections and
an unruffled current of happiness.

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

To such extreme views had this excellent creature been led by brooding over
what she called the wrongs of her sex and the legal tyranny of the other.

But we must return to Coronado and Clara. The man had come up to the
pueblo on purpose to have a plain talk with the girl and learn exactly what she
meant to do with him. It was now more than a week since he had offered himself,
and in that time she had made no sign which indicated her purpose. He
had looked at her and sighed at her without getting a response of any sort.
This could not go on; he must know how she felt towards him; he must know
how much she cared for Thurstane. How else could he decide what to do with
her and with him?

Thus, while the other members of the party were watching the Moqui dances,
Coronado and Clara were talking matters of the heart, and were deciding, unawares
to her, questions of life and death.

CHAPTER XVI.

It must be remembered that when Mrs. Stanley carried off skipper Glover
to help her investigate the religion of the Moquis, she left Coronado alone with
Clara in one of the interior rooms of the chief's house.

Thurstane, to be sure, was in the next room and in sight; but he had with
him the chief, two other leading Moquis, and his chance Navajo interpreter;
they were making a map of the San Juan country by scratching with an arrowpoint
on the clay floor; everybody was interested in the matter, and there was
a pretty smart jabbering. Thus Coronado could say his say without being overheard
or interrupted.

For a little while he babbled commonplaces. The truth is that the sight of
the girl had unsettled his resolutions a little. While he was away from her, he
could figure to himself how he would push her into taking him at once, or how,
if she refused him, he would let loose upon her the dogs of fate. But once face
to face with her, he found that his resolutions had dispersed like a globule of
mercury under a hammer, and that he needed a few moments to scrape them together
again. So he prattled nothings while he meditated; and you would have
thought that he cared for the nothings. He had that faculty; he could mentally
ride two horses at once; he would have made a good diplomatist.

His mind glanced at the past while it peered into the future. What a sinuous
underground plot the superficial incidents of this journey covered! To
his fellow-travellers it was a straight line; to him it was a complicated and endless
labyrinth. How much more he had to think of than they! Only he knew
that Pedro Muñoz was dead, that Clara Van Dieman was an heiress, that she
was in danger of being abandoned to the desert, that Thurstane was in danger
of assassination. Nothing that he had set out to do was yet done, and some of
it he must absolutely accomplish, and that shortly. How much? That depended
upon this girl. If she accepted him, his course would be simple, and he
would be spared the perils of crime.

Meantime, he looked at Clara even more frankly and calmly than she looked
at him. He showed no guilt or remorse in his face, because he felt none in his
heart. It must be understood distinctly that the man was almost as destitute
of a conscience as it is possible for a member of civilized society to be. He
knew what the world called right and wrong; but the mere opinion of the world

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

had no weight with him; that is, none as against his own opinion. His rule of
life was to do what he wanted to do, providing he could accomplish it without
receiving a damage. You can hardly imagine a being whose interior existence
was more devoid of complexity and of mixed motives than was Coronado's.
Thus he was quite able to contemplate the possible death of Clara, and still look
her calmly in the face and tell her that he loved her.

The girl returned his gaze tranquilly, because she had no suspicions of his
profound wickedness. By nature confiding and reverential, she trusted those
who professed friendship, and respected those who were her elders, especially
if they belonged in any manner to her own family. Considering herself under
obligations to Coronado, and not guessing that he was capable of doing her a
harm, she was truly grateful to him and wished him well with all her heart. If
her eye now and then dropped under his, it was because she feared a repetition
of his offer of marriage, and hated to pain him with a refusal.

The commonplaces lasted longer than the man had meant, for he could not bring
himself promptly to take the leap of fate. But at last came the dance; the chief
and his comrades led Thurstane away to look at it; now was the time to talk of
this fateful betrothal.

“Something is passing outside,” observed Clara. “Shall we go to see?”

“I am entirely at your command,” replied Coronado, with his charming air
of gentle respect. “But if you can give me a few minutes of your time, I shall
be very grateful.”

Clara's heart beat violently, and her cheeks and neck flushed with spots
of red, as she sank back upon her seat. She guessed what was coming; she
had been a good deal afraid of it all the time; it was her only cause of dreading
Coronado.

“I venture to hope that you have been good enough to think of what I said
to you a week ago,” he went on. “Yes, it was a week ago. It seems to me a
year.”

“It seems a long time,” stammered Clara. So it did, for the days since had
been crammed with emotions and events, and they gave her young mind an impression
of a long period passed.

“I have been so full of anxiety!” continued Coronado. “Not about our
dangers,” he asserted with a little bravado. “Or, rather, not about mine. For
you I have been fearful. The possibility that you might fall into the hands of
the Apaches was a horror to me. But, after all, my chief anxiety was to know
what would be your final answer to me. Yes, my beautiful and very dear cousin,
strange as it may seem under our circumstances, this thought has always outweighed
with me all our dangers.”

Coronado, as we have already declared, was really in love with Clara. It
seems incredible, at first glance, that a man who had no conscience could have
a heart. But the assertion is not a fairy story; it is founded in solid philosophy.
It is true that Coronado's moral education had been neglected or misdirected;
that he was either born indifferent to the idea of duty, or had become
indifferent to it; and that he was an egotist of the first water, bent solely upon
favoring and gratifying himself. But while his nature was somewhat chilled by
these things, he had the hottest of blood in his veins, he possessed a keen perception
of the beautiful, and so he could desire with fury. His love could not
be otherwise than selfish; but it was none the less capable of ruling him
tyrannically.

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

Just at this moment his intensity of feeling made him physically imposing and
almost fascinating. It seemed to remove a veil from his usually filmy black eyes,
and give him power for once to throw out all of truth that there was in his soul.
It communicated to his voice a tremor which made it eloquent. He exhaled, as
it were, an aroma of puissant emotion which was intoxicating, and which could
hardly fail to act upon the sensitive nature of woman. Clara was so agitated by
this influence, that for the moment she seemed to herself to know no man in
the world but Coronado. Even while she tried to remember Thurstane, he
vanished as if expelled by some enchantment, and left her alone in life with her
tempter. Still she could not or would not answer; though she trembled, she
remained speechless.

“I have asked you to be my wife,” resumed Coronado, seeing that he must
urge her. “I venture now to ask you again. I implore you not to refuse me.
I cannot be refused. It would make me utterly wretched. It might perhaps
bring wretchedness upon you. I hope not. I could not wish you a pain, though
you should give me many. My very dear Clara, I offer you the only love of my
life, and the only love that I shall ever offer to any one. Will you take it?”

Clara was greatly moved. She could not doubt his sincerity; no one who
heard him could have doubted it; he was sincere. To her, young, tender-hearted,
capable of loving earnestly, beginning already to know what love is, it
seemed a horrible thing to spurn affection. If it had not been for Thurstane,
she would have taken Coronado for pity.

“Oh, my cousin!” she sighed, and stopped there.

Coronado drew courage from the kindly title of relationship, and, leaning
gently towards her, attempted to take her hand. It was a mistake; she was
strangely shocked by his touch; she perceived that she did not like him, and
she drew away from him.

“Thank you for that word,” he whispered. “Is it the kindest that you can
give me? Is there—?”

“Coronado!” she interrupted. “This is all an error. See here. I am not
an independent creature. I am a young girl. I owe some duty somewhere.
My father and mother are gone, but I have a grandfather. Coronado, he is the
head of my family, and I ought not to marry without his permission. Why can
you not wait until we are with Muñoz?”

There she suddenly dropped her head between the palms of her hands. It
struck her that she was hypocritical; that even with the consent of Muñoz she
would not marry Coronado; that it was her duty to tell him so.

“My cousin, I have not told the whole truth,” she added, after a terrible
struggle. “I would not marry any one without first laying the case before my
grandfather. But that is not all. Coronado, I cannot—no, I cannot marry you.”

The man without a conscience, the man who was capable of planning and ordering
murder, turned pale under this announcement.

Notwithstanding its commonness, notwithstanding that it has been described
until the subject is hackneyed, notwithstanding that it has become a laughing-stock
for many, even including poets and novelists, there is probably no heart-pain
keener than disappointment in love. The shock of it is like a deep stab;
it not merely tortures, but it instantly sickens; the anguish is much, but the
sense of helplessness is more; the lover who is refused feels not unlike the soldier
who is wounded to death.

This sorrow compares in dignity and terror with the most sublime sorrows

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

of which humanity is capable. The death of a parent or child, though rendered
more imposing to the spectator by the ceremonies of the sepulchre, does not
chill the heart more deeply than the death of love. It lasts also; many a human
being has carried the marks of it for life; and surely duration of effect is
proof of power. We are serious in making these declarations, strange as they
may seem to a satirical age. What we have said is strictly true, notwithstanding
the mockery of those who have never loved, or the incredulity of those who,
having loved, have never lost. But probably only the wretchedly initiated will
believe.

Coronado, though selfish, infamous, and atrocious, was so far susceptible of
affection that he was susceptible of suffering. The simple fact of pallor in that
hardened face was sufficient proof of torture.

However, it stood him in hand to recover his self-possession and plead his
suit. There was too much at stake in this cause for him to let it go without a
struggle and a vehement one. Although he had seen at once that the girl was
in earnest, he tried to believe that she was not so, and that he could move her.

“My dear cousin!” he implored in a voice that was mellow with agitation,
“don't decide against me at once and forever. I must have some hope. Pity
me.”

“Ah, Coronado! Why will you?” urged Clara, in great trouble.

“I must! You must not stop me!” he persisted eagerly. “My life is in
it. I love you so that I don't know how I shall end if you will not hearken to
me. I shall be driven to desperation. Why do you turn away from me? Is it
my fault that I care for you? It is your own. You are so beautiful!”

“Coronado, I wish I were very ugly,” murmured Clara, for the moment
sincere in so wishing.

“Is there anything you dislike in me? I have been as kind as I knew how
to be.”

“It is true, Coronado. You have overwhelmed me with your goodness. I
could go on my knees to thank you.”

“Then—why?”

“Ah! why will you force me to say hard things? Don't you see that it tortures
me to refuse you?”

“Then why refuse me? Why torture us both?”

“Better a little pain now than much through life.”

“Do you mean to say that you never can—?” He could not finish the
question.

“It is so, Coronado. I never could have said it myself. But you have said
it. I never shall love you.”

Once more the man felt a cutting and sickening wound, as of a bullet penetrating
a vital part. Unable for the moment to say another word, he rose and
walked the room in silence.

“Coronado, you don't know how sorry I am to grieve you so,” cried the girl,
almost sobbing. “It seems, too, as if I were ungrateful. I can only beg your
pardon for it, and pray that Heaven will reward you.”

“Heaven!” he returned impatiently. “You are my heaven. You are the
only heaven that I know.”

“Oh, Coronado! Don't say that. I am a poor, sinful, unworthy creature.
Perhaps I could not make any one happy long. Believe me, Coronado, I am not
worthy to be loved as you love me.”

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

“You are!” he said, turning on her passionately and advancing close to her.
“You are worthy of my life-long love, and you shall have it. You shall have it,
whether you wish it or not. You shall not escape it. I will pursue you with it
wherever you go and as long as you live.”

“Oh! You frighten me. Coronado, I beg of you not to talk to me in that
way. I am afraid of you.”

“What is the cause of this?” he demanded, hoping to daunt her into submission.
“There is something in my way. What is it? Who is it?”

Clara's paleness turned in an instant to scarlet.

“Who is it?” he went on, his voice suddenly becoming hoarse with excitement.
“It is some one. Is it this American? This boy of a lieutenant?”

Clara, trembling with an agitation which was only in part dismay, remained
speechless.

“Is it?” he persisted, attempting to seize her hands and looking her fiercely
in the eyes. “Is it?”

“Coronado, stand back!” said Clara. “Don't you try to take my hands!”

She was erect, her eyes flashing, her cheeks spotted with crimson, her expression
strangely imposing.

The man's courage drooped the moment he saw that she had turned at bay.
He walked to the other side of the room, pressed his temples between his palms
to quiet their throbbing, and made an effort to recover his self-possession.
When he returned to her, after nearly a minute of silence, he spoke quite in his
natural manner.

“This must pass for the present,” he said. “I see that it is useless to talk
to you of it now.”

“I hope you are not angry with me, Coronado.”

“Let it go,” he replied, waving his hand. “I can't speak more of it now.”

She wanted to say, “Try never to speak of it again;” but she did not dare
to anger him further, and she remained silent.

“Shall we go to see the dance?” he asked.

“I will, if you wish it.”

“But you would rather stay alone?”

“If you please, Coronado.”

Bowing with an air of profound respect, he went his way alone, glanced at
the games of the Moquis, and hurried back to camp, meditating as he went.

What now should be done? He was in a state of fury, full of plottings of
desperation, swearing to himself that he would show no mercy. Thurstane must
die at the first opportunity, no matter if his death should kill Clara. And she?
There he hesitated; he could not yet decide what to do with her; could not resolve
to abandon her to the wilderness.

But to bring about any part of his projects he must plunge still deeper into
the untraversed. To him, by the way, as to many others who have had murder
at heart, it seemed as if the proper time and place for it would never be found.
Not now, but by and by; not here, but further on. Yes, it must be further on;
they must set out as soon as possible for the San Juan country; they must get
into wilds never traversed by civilized man.

To go thither in wagons he had already learned was impossible. The region
was a mass of mountains and rocky plateaux, almost entirely destitute of
water and forage, and probably forever impassable by wheels. The vehicles
must be left here; the whole party must take saddle for the northern desert;
and then must come death—or deaths.

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

But while Coronado was thus planning destruction for others, a noiseless,
patient, and ferocious enmity was setting its ambush for him.

CHAPTER XVII.

Shortly after the safe arrival of the train at the base of the Moqui bluff,
and while the repulsed and retreating warriors of Delgadito were still in sight
two strange Indians cantered up to the park of wagons.

They were fine-looking fellows, with high aquiline features, the prominent
cheek-bones and copper complexion of the red race, and a bold, martial, trooper-like
expression, which was not without its wild good-humor and gayety. One
was dressed in a white woollen hunting-shirt belted around the waist, white
woollen trousers or drawers reaching to the knee, and deerskin leggins and moccasins.
The other had the same costume, except that his drawers were brown
and his hunting-shirt blue, while a blanket of red and black stripes drooped from
his shoulders to his heels. Their coarse black hair was done up behind in thick
braids, and kept out of their faces by a broad band around the temples. Each
had a lance eight or ten feet long in his hand, and a bow and quiver slung at his
waist-belt. These men were Navajos (Na-va-hos).

Two jolly and impudent braves were these visitors. They ate, smoked,
lounged about, cracked jokes, and asked for liquor as independently as if the
camp were a tavern. Rebuffs only made them grin, and favors only led to further
demands. It was hard to say whether they were most wonderful for good-nature
or impertinence.

Coronado was civil to them. The Navajos abide or migrate on the south,
the north, and the west of the Moqui pueblas. He was in a manner within their
country, and it was still necessary for him to traverse a broad stretch of it, especially
if he should attempt to reach the San Juan. Besides, he wanted them to
warn the Apaches out of the neighborhood and thus avert from his head the vengeance
of Manga Colorada. Accordingly he gave this pair of roystering troopers
a plentiful dinner and a taste of aguardiente. Toward sunset they departed
in high good-humor, promising to turn back the hoofs of the Apache horses;
and when in the morning Coronado saw no Indians on the plain, he joyously
trusted that his visitors had fulfilled their agreement.

Somewhere or other, within the next day or two, there was a grand council
of the two tribes. We know little of it; we can guess that Manga Colorada
must have made great concessions or splendid promises to the Navajos; but it
is only certain that he obtained leave to traverse their country. Having secured
this privilege, he posted himself fifteen or twenty miles to the southwest of Tegua,
behind a butte which was extensive enough to conceal his wild cavalry,
even in its grazings. He undoubtedly supposed that, when the train should quit
its shelter, it would go to the west or to the south. In either case he was in a
position to fall upon it.

Did the savage know anything about Coronado? Had he attacked his wagons
without being aware that they belonged to the man who had paid him five
hundred dollars and sent him to harry Bernalillo? Or had he attacked in full
knowledge of this fact, because he had been beaten off the southern trail, and
believed that he had been lured thither to be beaten? Had he learned, either
from Apaches or Navajos, whose hand it was that slew his boy? We can only
ask these questions.

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

One thing alone is positive: there was a debt of blood to be paid. An Indian
war is often the result of a private vendetta. The brave is bound, not only
by natural affection and family pride, but still more powerfully by sense of honor
and by public opinion, to avenge the slaughter of a relative. Whether he wishes
it or not, and frequently no doubt when he does not wish it, he must black his
face, sing his death-song, set out alone if need be, encounter labors, hardships,
and dangers, and never rest until his sanguinary account is settled. The tyranny
of Mrs. Grundy in civilized cities and villages is nothing to the despotism
which she exercises among those slaves of custom, the red men of the American
wildernesses. Manga Colorada, bereaved and with blackened face, lay in wait
for the first step of the emigrants outside of their city of refuge.

We must return to Coronado. Although Clara's rejection of his suit left him
vindictively and desperately eager for a catastrophe of some sort, a week elapsed
before he dared take his mad plunge into the northern desert. It was a hundred
miles to the San Juan; the intervening country was a waste of rocks, almost
entirely destitute of grass and water; the mules and horses must recruit
their full strength before they could undertake such a journey. They must not
only be strong enough to go, but they must have vital force left to return.

It is astonishing what labors and dangers the man was willing to face in his
vain search for a spot where he might commit a crime in safety. Such a spot is
as difficult to discover as the Fountain of Youth or the Terrestrial Paradise.
More than once Coronado sickened of his seemingly hopeless and ever lengthening
pilgrimage of sin. Not because it was sinful—he had little or no conscience,
remember—only because it was perplexing and perilous.

It was in vain that Thurstane protested against the crazy trip northward.
Coronado sometimes argued for his plan; said the route improved as it approached
the river; hoped the party would not be broken up in this manner;
declared that he could not spare his dear friend the lieutenant. Another time
he calmly smoked his cigarito, looked at Thurstane with filmy, expressionless
eyes, and said, “Of course you are not obliged to accompany us.”

“I have not the least intention of quitting you,” was the rather indignant reply
of the young fellow.

At this declaration Coronado's long black eyebrows twitched, and his lips
curled with the smile of a puma, showing his teeth disagreeably.

“My dear lieutenant, that is so like you!” he said. “I own that I expected
it. Many thanks.”

Thurstane's blue-black eyes studied this enigmatic being steadily and almost
angrily. He could not at all comprehend the fellow's bland obstinacy and recklessness.

“Very well,” he said sullenly. “Let us start on our wild-goose chase.
What I object to is taking the women with us. As for myself, I am anxious to
reach the San Juan and get something to report about it.”

“The ladies will have a day or two of discomfort,” returned Coronado; “but
you and I will see that they run no danger.”

Nine days after the arrival of the emigrants at Tegua they set out for the
San Juan. The wagons were left parked at the base of the butte under the care
of the Moquis. The expedition was reorganized as follows: On horseback,
Clara, Coronado, Thurstane, Texas Smith, and four Mexicans; on mules, Mrs.
Stanley, Glover, the three Indian women, the four soldiers, and the ten drivers
and muleteers. There were besides eighteen burden mules loaded with

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

provisions and other baggage. In all, five women, twenty-two men, and forty-five animals.

The Moquis, to whom some stores and small presents were distributed, overflowed
with hospitable offices. The chief had a couple of sheep slaughtered for
the travellers, and scores of women brought little baskets of meal, corn, guavas,
etc. As the strangers left the pueblo both sexes and all ages gathered on the
landings, grouped about the stairways and ladders which led down the rampart,
and followed for some distance along the declivity of the butte holding out their
simple offerings and urging acceptance. Aunt Maria was more than ever in raptures
with Moquis and women.

The chief and several others accompanied the cavalcade for eight or ten
miles in order to set it on the right trail for the river. But not one would volunteer
as a guide; all shook their heads at the suggestion. “Navajos! Apaches!
Comanches!”

They had from the first advised against the expedition, and they now renewed
their expostulations. Scarcely any grass; no water except at long distances; a
barren, difficult, dangerous country: such was the meaning of their dumb show.
On the summit of a lofty bluff which commanded a vast view toward the north,
they took their leave of the party, struck off in a rapid trot toward the pueblo,
and never relaxed their speed until they were out of sight.

The adventurers now had under their eyes a large part of the region which
they were about to traverse. For several miles the landscape was rolling; then
came elevated plateaux rising in successive steps, the most remote being apparently
sixty miles away; and the colossal scene was bounded by isolated peaks,
at a distance which could not be estimated with anything like accuracy. Ranges,
buttes, pinnacles, monumental crags, gullies, shadowy chasms, the beds of perished
rivers, the stony wrecks left by unrecorded deluges, diversified this monstrous,
sublime, and savage picture. Only here and there, separated by vast intervals
of barrenness, could be seen minute streaks of verdure. In general the
landscape was one of inhospitable sterility. It could not be imagined by men
accustomed only to fertile regions. It seemed to have been taken from some
planet not yet prepared for human, nor even for beastly habitation. The emotion
which it aroused was not that which usually springs from the contemplation
of the larger aspects of nature. It was not enthusiasm; it was aversion
and despair.

Clara gave one look, and then drew her hat over her eyes with a shudder, not
wishing to see more. Aunt Maria, heroic and constant as she was or tried to
be, almost lost faith in Coronado and glanced at him suspiciously. Thurstane,
sitting bolt upright in his saddle, stared straight before him with a grim frown,
meanwhile thinking of Clara. Coronado's eyes were filmy and incomprehensible;
he was planning, querying, fearing, almost trembling; when he gave the
word to advance, it was without looking up. There was a general feeling that
here before them lay a fate which could only be met blindfold.

Now came a long descent, avoiding precipices and impracticable slopes,
winding from one stony foot-hill to another, until the party reached what had
seemed a plain. It was a plain because it was amid mountains; a plain consisting
of rolls, ridges, ravines, and gullies; a plain with hardly an acre of level
land. All day they journeyed through its savage interstices and struggled with
its monstrosities of trap and sandstone. Twice they halted in narrow valleys,
where a little loam had collected and a little moisture had been retained,

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

affording meagre sustenance to some thin grass and scattered bushes. The animals
browsed, but there was nothing for them to drink, and all began to suffer with
thirst.

It was seven in the evening, and the sun had already gone down behind the
sullen barrier of a gigantic plateau, when they reached the mouth of the cañon
which had once contained a river, and discovered by the merest accident that it
still treasured a shallow pool of stagnant water. The fevered mules plunged in
headlong and drank greedily; the riders were perforce obliged to slake their
thirst after them. There was a hastily eaten supper, and then came the only
luxury or even comfort of the day, the sound and delicious sleep of great weariness.

Repose, however, was not for all, inasmuch as Thurstane had reorganized
his system of guard duty, and seven of the party had to stand sentry. It was
Coronado's tour; he had chosen to take his watch at the start; there would be
three nights on this stretch, and the first would be the easiest. He was tired,
for he had been fourteen hours in the saddle, although the distance covered was
only forty miles. But much as he craved rest, he kept awake until midnight,
now walking up and down, and now smoking his eternal cigarito.

There was a vast deal to remember, to plan, to hope for, to dread, and to
hate. Once he sat down beside the unconscious Thurstane, and meditated
shooting him through the head as he lay, and so making an end of that obstacle.
But he immediately put this idea aside as a frenzy, generated by the fever of
fatigue and sleeplessness. A dozen times he was assaulted by a lazy or cowardly
temptation to give up the chances of the desert, push back to the Bernalillo
route, leave everything to fortune, and take disappointment meekly if it should
come. When the noon of night arrived, he had decided upon nothing but to
blunder ahead by sheer force of momentum, as if he had been a rolling bowlder
instead of a clever, resolute Garcia Coronado.

The truth is, that his circumstances were too mighty for him. He had
launched them, but he could not steer them as he would, and they were carrying
him he knew not whither. At one o'clock he awoke Texas Smith, who was
now his sergeant of the guard; but instead of enjoining some instant atrocity
upon him, as he had more than once that night purposed, he merely passed the
ordinary instructions of the watch; then, rolling himself in his blankets, he fell
asleep as quickly and calmly as an infant.

At daybreak commenced another struggle with the desert. It was still sixty
miles to the San Juan, over a series of savage sandstone plateaux, said to be entirely
destitute of water. If the animals could not accomplish the distance in
two days, it seemed as if the party must perish. Coronado went at his work, so
to speak, head foremost and with his hat over his eyes. Nevertheless, when it
came to the details of his mad enterprise, he managed them admirably. He was
energetic, indefatigable, courageous, cheerful. All day he was hurrying the
cavalcade, and yet watching its ability to endure. His “Forward, forward,” alternated
with his “Carefully, carefully.” Now “Adelante,” and now “Con
juicio.

About two in the afternoon they reached a little nook of sparse grass, which
the beasts gnawed perfectly bare in half an hour. No water; the horses were
uselessly jaded in searching for it; beds of trap and gullies of ancient rivers
were explored in vain; the horrible rocky wilderness was as dry as a bone.
Meanwhile, the fatigue of scrambling and stumbling thus far had been enormous.

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

It had been necessary to ascend plateau after plateau by sinuous and crumbling
ledges, which at a distance looked impracticable to goats. More than once, in
face of some beetling precipice, or on the brink of some gaping chasm, it seemed
as if the journey had come to an end. Long detours had to be made in order to
connect points which were only separated by slight intervals. The whole region
was seamed by the jagged zigzags of cañons worn by rivers which had flowed
for thousands of years, and then for thousands of years more had been non-existent.
If, at the commencement of one of these mighty grooves, you took the
wrong side, you could not regain the trail without returning to the point of error,
for crossing was impossible.

A trail there was. It is by this route that the Utes and Payoches of the
Colorado come to trade with the Moquis or to plunder them. But, as may be
supposed, it is a journey which is not often made even by savages; and the
cavalcade, throughout the whole of its desperate push, did not meet a human
being. Amid the monstrous expanse of uninhabited rock it seemed lost beyond
assistance, forsaken and cast out by mankind, doomed to a death which was to
have no spectator. Could you have seen it, you would have thought of a train of
ants endeavoring to cross a quarry; and you would have judged that the struggle
could only end in starvation, or in some swifter destruction.

The most desperate venture of the travellers was amid the wrecks of an extinct
volcano. It seemed here as if the genius of fire had striven to outdo the
grotesque extravagances of the genii of the waters. Crags, towers, and pinnacles
of porphyry were mingled with huge convoluted masses of light brown
trachyte, of tufa either pure white or white veined with crimson, of black and
gray columnar basalts, of red, orange, green, and black scoria, with adornments
of obsidian, amygdaloids, rosettes of quartz crystal and opalescent chalcedony.
A thousand stony needles lifted their ragged points as if to defy the lightning.
The only vegetation was a spiny cactus, clinging closely to the rocks, wearing
their grayish and yellowish colors, lending no verdure to the scene, and harmonizing
with its thorny inhospitality.

As the travellers gazed on this wilderness of scorched summits, glittering in
the blazing sunlight, and yet drawing from it no life—as stark, still, unsympathizing,
and cruel as death—they seemed to themselves to be out of the sweet world
of God, and to be in the power of malignant genii and demons. The imagination
cannot realize the feeling of depression which comes upon one who finds
himself imprisoned in such a landscape. Like uttermost pain, or like the extremity
of despair, it must be felt in order to be known.

“It seems as if Satan had chosen this land for himself,” was the perfectly
serious and natural remark of Thurstane.

Clara shuddered; the same impression was upon her mind; only she felt it
more deeply than he. Gentle, somewhat timorous, and very impressionable, she
was almost overwhelmed by the terrific revelations of a nature which seemed
to have no pity, or rather seemed full of malignity. Many times that day she
had prayed in her heart that God would help them. Apparently detached from
earth, she was seeking nearness to heaven. Her look at this moment was so
awe-struck and piteous, that the soul of the man who loved her yearned to give
her courage.

“Miss Van Diemen, it shall all turn out well,” he said, striking his fist on
the pommel of his saddle.

“Oh! why did we come here?” she groaned.

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

“I ought to have prevented it,” he replied, angry with himself. “But never
mind. Don't be troubled. It shall all be right. I pledge my life to bring it all
to a good end.”

She gave him a look of gratitude which would have repaid him for immediate
death. This is not extravagant; in his love for her he did not value himself;
he had the sublime devotion of immense adoration.

That night another loamy nook was found, clothed with a little thin grass,
but waterless. Some of the animals suffered so with thirst that they could not
graze, and uttered doleful whinneys of distress. As it was the Lieutenant's tour
on guard, he had plenty of time to study the chances of the morrow.

“Kelly, what do you think of the beasts?” he said to the old soldier who
acted as his sergeant.

“One more day will finish them, Leftenant.”

“We have been fifteen hours in the saddle. We have made about thirty-five
miles. There are twenty-five miles more to the river. Do you think we
can crawl through?”

“I should say, Leftenant, we could just do it.”

At daybreak the wretched animals resumed their hideous struggle. There
was a plateau for them to climb at the start, and by the time this labor was accomplished
they were staggering with weakness, so that a halt had to be ordered
on the windy brink of the acclivity. Thurstane, according to his custom,
scanned the landscape with his field-glass, and jotted down topographical notes
in his journal. Suddenly he beckoned to Coronado, quietly put the glass in his
hands, nodded toward the desert which lay to the rear, and whispered, “Look.”

Coronado looked, turned slightly more yellow than his wont, and murmured
“Apaches!”

“How far off are they?”

“About ten miles,” judged Coronado, still gazing intently.

“so I should say. How do you know they are Apaches?”

“Who else would follow us?” asked the Mexican, remembering the son of
Manga Colorada.

“It is another race for life,” calmly pronounced Thurstane, facing about toward
the caravan and making a signal to mount.

CHAPTER XVIII.

Yes, it was a life and death race between the emigrants and the Apaches for
the San Juan. Positions of defence were all along the road, but not one of them
could be held for a day, all being destitute of grass and water.

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

“There is no need of telling the ladies at once,” said Thurstane to Coronado,
as they rode side by side in rear of the caravan. “Let them be quiet as long as
they can be. Their trouble will come soon enough.”

“How many were there, do you think?” was the reply of a man who was
much occupied with his own chances. “Were there a hundred?”

“It's hard to estimate a mere black line like that. Yes, there must be a hundred,
besides stragglers. Their beasts have suffered, of course, as well as ours.
They have come fast, and there must be a lot in the rear. Probably both bands
are along.”

“The devils!” muttered Coronado. “I hope to God they will all perish of
thirst and hunger. The stubborn, stupid devils! Why should they follow us
here?” he demanded, looking furiously around upon the accursed landscape.

“Indian revenge. We killed too many of them.”

“Yes,” said Coronado, remembering anew the son of the chief. “Damn
them! I wish we could have killed them all.”

“That is just what we must try to do,” returned Thurstane deliberately.

“The question is,” he resumed after a moment of business-like calculation
of chances—“the question is mainly this, whether we can go twenty-five miles
quicker than they can go thirty-five. We must be the first to reach the river.”

“We can spare a few beasts,” said Coronado. “We must leave the weakest
behind.”

“We must not give up provisions.”

“We can eat mules.”

“Not till the last moment. We shall need them to take us back.”

Coronado inwardly cursed himself for venturing into this inferno, the haunting
place of devils in human shape. Then his mind wandered to Saratoga, New
York, Newport, and the other earthly heavens that were known to him. He
hummed an air; it was the brindisi of Lucrezia Borgia; it reminded him of
pleasures which now seemed lost forever; he stopped in the middle of it. Between
the associations which it excited—the images of gayety and splendor, real
or feigned—a commingling of kid gloves, bouquets, velvet cloaks, and noble
names—between these glories which so attracted his hungry soul and the present
environment of hideous deserts and savage pursuers, what a contrast there
was! There, far away, was the success for which he longed; here, close at
hand, was the peril which must purchase it. At that moment he was willing to
deny his bargain with Garcia and the devil. His boldest desire was, “Oh that
I were in Santa Fé!”

By Coronado's side rode a man who had not a thought for himself. A person
who has not passed years in the army can hardly imagine the sense of responsibility
which is ground into the character of an officer. He is a despot,
but a despot who is constantly accountable for the welfare of his subjects, and

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

who never passes a day without many grave thoughts of the despots above him.
Superior officers are in a manner his deities, and the Army Regulations have
for him the weight of Scripture. He never forgets by what solemn rules of
duty and honor he will be judged if he falls short of his obligations. This professional
conscience becomes a destiny to him, and guides his life to an extent
inconceivable by most civilians. He acquires a habit of watching and caring for
others; he cannot help assuming a charge which falls in his way. When he is
not governed by the rule of obedience, he is governed by the rule of responsibility.
The two make up his duty, and to do his duty is his existence.

At this moment our young West Pointer, only twenty-three or four years
old, was gravely and grimly anxious for his four soldiers, for all these people
whom circumstance had placed under his protection, and even for his army
mules, provisions, and ammunition. His only other sentiment was a passionate
desire to prevent harm or even fear from approaching Clara Van Diemen.
These two sentiments might be said to make up for the present his entire character.
As we have already observed, he had not a thought for himself.

Presently it occurred to the youngster that he ought to cheer on his fellow-travellers.

Trotting up with a smile to Mrs. Stanley and Clara, he asked, “How do you
bear it?”

“Oh, I am almost dead,” groaned Aunt Maria. “I shall have to be tied on
before long.”

The poor woman, no longer youthful, it must be remembered, was indeed
badly jaded. Her face was haggard; her general get-up was in something like
scarecrow disorder; she didn't even care how she looked. So fagged was she
that she had once or twice dozed in the saddle and come near falling.

“It was outrageous to bring us here,” she went on pettishly. “Ladies
shouldn't be dragged into such hardships.”

Thurstane wanted to say that he was not responsible for the journey; but he
would not, because it did not seem manly to shift all the blame upon Coronado.

“I am very, very sorry,” was his reply. “It is a frightful journey.”

“Oh, frightful, frightful!” sighed Aunt Maria, twisting her aching back.

“But it will soon be over,” added the officer. “Only twenty miles more to
the river.”

“The river! It seems to me that I could live if I could see a river. Oh,
this desert! These perpetual rocks! Not a green thing to cool one's eyes.
Not a drop of water. I seem to be drying up, like a worm in the sunshine.”

“Is there no water in the flasks?” asked Thurstane.

“Yes,” said Clara. “But my aunt is feverish with fatigue.”

“What I want is the sight of it—and rest,” almost whimpered the elder lady.

“Will our horses last?” asked Clara. “Mine seems to suffer a great deal.”

“They must last,” replied Thurstane, grinding his teeth quite privately.
“Oh, yes, they will last,” he immediately added. “Even if they don't, we have
mules enough.”

“But how they moan! It makes me cringe to hear them.”

“Twenty miles more,” said Thurstane. “Only six hours at the longest.
Only half a day.”

“It takes less than half a day for a woman to die,” muttered the nearly desperate
Aunt Maria.

“Yes, when she sets about it,” returned the officer. “But we haven't set
about it, Mrs. Stanley. And we are not going to.”

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

The weary lady had no response ready for words of cheer; she leaned heavily
over the pommel of her saddle and rode on in silence.

“Ain't the same man she was,” slyly observed Phineas Glover with a twist
of his queer physiognomy.

Thurstane, though not fond of Mrs. Stanley, would not now laugh at her expense,
and took no notice of the sarcasm. Glover, fearful lest he had offended,
doubled the gravity of his expression and tacked over to a fresh subject.

“Shouldn't know whether to feel proud 'f myself or not, 'f I'd made this
country, Capm. Depends on what 'twas meant for. If 'twas meant to live in,
it's the poorest outfit I ever did see. If 'twas meant to scare folks, it's jest up
to the mark. 'Nuff to frighten a crow into fits. Capm, it fairly seems more
than airthly; puts me in mind 'f things in the Pilgrim's Progress—only worse.
Sh'd say it was like five thousin' Valleys 'f the Shadow 'f Death tangled together.
Tell ye, believe Christian 'd 'a' backed out 'f he'd had to travel through
here. Think Mr. Coronado 's all right in his top hamper, Capm? Do, hey?
Wal, then I'm all wrong; guess I'm 's crazy 's a bedbug. Wouldn't 'a'ketched
me steerin' this course of my own free will 'n' foreknowledge. Jest look at the
land now. Don't it look like the bottomless pit blowed up 'n' gone to smash?
Tell ye, 'f the Old Boy himself sh'd ride up alongside, shouldn't be a mite
s'prised to see him. Sh'd reckon he had a much bigger right to be s'prised to
ketch me here.”

After some further riding, shaking his sandy head, staring about him and
whistling, he broke out again.

“Tell ye, Capm, this beats my imagination. Used to think I c'd yarn it
pooty consid'able. But never can tell this. Never can do no manner 'f jestice
to it. Look a there now. There's a nateral bridge, or 'n unnateral one.
There's a hole blowed through a forty foot rock 's clean 's though 'twas done
with Satan's own field-piece, sech 's Milton tells about. An' there's a steeple
higher 'n our big one in Fair Haven. An' there's a church, 'n' a haystack. If
the devil hain't done his biggest celebratin' 'n' carpenterin' 'n' farmin' round
here, d'no 's I know where he has done it. Beats me, Capm; cleans me out.
Can't do no jestice to it. Can't talk about it. Seems to me 's though I was a
fool.”

Yes, even Phineas Glover's small and sinewy soul (a psyche of the size, muscular
force, and agility of a flea) had been seized, oppressed, and in a manner
smashed by the hideous sublimity of this wilderness of sandstone, basalt, and
granite.

Two hours passed, during which, from the nature of the ground, the travellers
could neither see nor be seen by their pursuers. Then came a breathless
ascent up another of the monstrous sandstone terraces. Thurstane ordered
every man to dismount, so as to spare the beasts as much as possible. He
walked by the side of Clara, patting, coaxing, and cheering her suffering horse,
and occasionally giving a heave of his solid shoulder against the trembling
haunches.

“Let me walk,” the girl presently said. “I can't bear to see the poor beast
so worried.”

“It would be better, if you can do it,” he replied, remembering that she might
soon have to call upon the animal for speed.

She dismounted, clasped her hands over his arm, and clambered thus. From
time to time, when some rocky step was to be surmounted, he lifted her bodily
up it.

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

“How can you be so strong?” she said, looking at him wonderingly and
gratefully.

“Miss Van Diemen, you give me strength,” he could not help responding.

At last they were at the summit of the rugged slope. The animals were
trembling and covered with sweat; some of them uttered piteous whinnyings,
or rather bleatings, like distressed sheep; five or six lay down with hollow
moans and rumblings. It was absolutely necessary to take a short rest.

Looking ahead, Thurstane saw that they had reached the top of the table-land
which lies south of the San Juan, and that nothing was before them for the
rest of the day but a rolling plateau seamed with meandering fissures of undiscoverable
depth. Traversable as the country was, however, there was one reason
for extreme anxiety. If they should lose the trail, if they should get on the
wrong side of one of those profound and endless chasms, they might reach the
river at a point where descent to it would be impossible, and might die of thirst
within sight of water. For undoubtedly the San Juan flowed at the bottom of
one of those amazing cañons which gully this Mer de Glace in stone.

An error of direction once committed, the enemy would not give them time
to retrieve it, and they would be slaughtered like mad dogs with the foam on
their mouths.

Thurstane remembered that it would be his terrible duty in the last extremity
to send a bullet through the heart of the woman he worshipped, rather than let
her fall into the hands of brutes who would only grant her a death of torture and
dishonor. Even his steady soul failed for a moment, and tears of desperation
gathered in his eyes. For the first time in years he looked up to heaven and
prayed fervently.

From the unknown destiny ahead he turned to look for the fate which pursued.
Walking with Coronado to the brink of the colossal terrace, and sheltering
himself from the view of the rest of the party, he scanned the trail with his
glass. The dark line had now become a series of dark specks, more than a
hundred and fifty in number, creeping along the arid floor of the lower plateau,
and reminding him of venomous insects.

“They are not five miles from us,” shuddered the Mexican. “Cursed
beasts! Devils of hell!”

“They have this hill to climb,” said Thurstane, “and, if I am not mistaken,
they will have to halt here, as we have done. Their ponies must be pretty well
fagged by this time.”

“They will get a last canter out of them,” murmured Coronado. His soul
was giving way under his hardships, and it would have been a solace to him to
weep aloud. As it was, he relieved himself with a storm of blasphemies. Oaths
often serve to a man as tears do to a woman.

“We must trot now,” he said presently.

“Not yet. Not till they are within half a mile of us. We must spare our
wind up to the last minute.”

They were interrupted by a cry of surprise and alarm. Several of the muleteers
had strayed to the edge of the declivity, and had discovered with their unaided
eyesight the little cloud of death in the distance. Texas Smith approached,
looked from under his shading hand, muttered a single curse, walked
back to his horse, inspected his girths, and recapped his rifle. In a minute it
was known throughout the train that Apaches were in the rear. Without a word
of direction, and in a gloomy silence which showed the general despair, the
march was resumed. There was a disposition to force a trot, which was

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

promptly and sternly checked by Thurstane. His voice was loud and firm; he had instinctively
assumed responsibility and command; no one disputed him or
thought of it.

Three mules which could not rise were left where they lay, feebly struggling to
regain their feet and follow their comrades, but falling back with hollow groanings
and a kind of human despair in their faces. Mile after mile the retreat continued,
always at a walk, but without halting. It was long before the Apaches
were seen again, for the ascent of the plateau lost them a considerable space,
and after that they were hidden for a time by its undulations. But about four
in the afternoon, while the emigrants were still at least five miles from the river,
a group of savage horsemen rose on a knoll not more than three miles behind,
and uttered a yell of triumph. There was a brief panic, and another attempt to
push the animals, which Thurstane checked with levelled pistol.

The train had already entered a gully. As this gully advanced it rapidly
broadened and deepened into a cañon. It was the track of an extinct river
which had once flowed into the San Juan on its way to the distant Pacific. Its
windings hid the desired goal; the fugitives must plunge into it blindfold;
whatever fate it brought them, they must accept it. They were like men who
should enter the cavern of unknown goblins to escape from demons who were
following visibly on their footsteps.

From time to time they heard ferocious yells in their rear, and beheld their
fiendish pursuers, now also in the cañon. It was like Christian tracking the
Valley of the Shadow of Death, and listening to the screams and curses of devils.
At every reappearance of the Apaches they had diminished the distance between
themselves and their expected prey, and at last they were evidently not
more than a mile behind. But there in sight was the river; there, enclosed in
one of its bends, was an alluvial plain; rising from the extreme verge of the
plain, and overhanging the stream, was a bluff; and on this bluff was what seemed
to be a fortress.

Thurstane sent all the horsemen to the rear of the train, took post himself as
the rearmost man, measured once more with his eye the space between his
charge and the enemy, cast an anxious glance at the reeling beast which bore
Clara, and in a firm ringing voice commanded a trot.

The order and the movement which followed it were answered by the Indians
with a yell. The monstrous and precipitous walls of the cañon clamored back
a fiendish mockery of echoes which seemed to call for the prowlers of the air to
arrive quickly and devour their carrion.

CHAPTER XIX.

The scene was like one of Doré's most extravagant designs of abysses and
shadows. The gorge through which swept this silent flight and screaming chase
was not more than two hundred feet wide, while it was at least fifteen hundred
feet deep, with walls that were mainly sheer precipices.

As the fugitives broke into a trot, the pursuers quickened their pace to a slow
canter. No faster; they were too wise to rush within range of riflemen who
could neither be headed off nor flanked; and their hardy mustangs were nearly
at the last gasp with thirst and with the fatigue of this tremendous journey.
Four hundred yards apart the two parties emerged from the sublime portal of
the cañon and entered upon the little alluvial plain.

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

To the left glittered the river; but the trail did not turn in that direction; it
led straight at the bluff in the elbow of the current. The mules and horses followed
it in a pack, guided by their acute scent toward the nearest water, a still
invisible brooklet which ran at the base of the butte. Presently, while yet a
mile from the stream, they were seized by a mania. With a loud beastly cry
they broke simultaneously into a run, nostrils distended and quivering, eyes
bloodshot and protruding, heads thrust forward with fierce eagerness, ungovernably
mad after water. There was no checking the frantic stampede which from
this moment thundered with constantly increasing speed across the plain. No
order; the stronger jostled the weaker; loads were flung to the ground and
scattered; the riders could scarcely keep their seats. Spun out over a line of
twenty rods, the cavalcade was the image of senseless rout.

Of course Thurstane was furious at this seemingly fatal dispersion; and he
trumpeted forth angry shouts of “Steady there in front! Close up in the rear!”

But before long he guessed the truth—water! “They will rally at the drinking
place,” he thought. “Forward the mules!” he yelled. “Steady, you men
here! Hold in your horses. Keep in rear of the women. I'll shoot the man
who takes the lead.”

But even Spanish bits could do no more than detain the horses a rod or two
behind the beasts of burden, and the whole panting, snorting mob continued to
rush over the loamy level with astonishing swiftness.

Meanwhile the leading Apaches, not now more than fifty in number, were
swept along by the same whirlwind of brute instinct. They diverged a little
from the trail; their object apparently was to overlap the train and either head
it off or divide it; but their beasts were too frantic to be governed fully. Before
long there were two lines of straggling flight, running parallel with each other at
a distance of perhaps one hundred yards, and both storming toward the still unseen
rivulet. A few arrows were thrown; four or five unavailing shots were
fired in return; the hiss of shaft and ping of ball crossed each other in air; but
no serious and effective fight commenced or could commence. Both parties,
guided and mastered by their lolling beasts, almost without conflict and almost
without looking at each other, converged helplessly toward a verdant, shallow
depression, through the centre of which loitered a clear streamlet scarcely less
calm than the heaven above. Next they were all together, panting, plunging,
splashing, drinking, mules and horses, white men and red men, all with no other
thought than to quench their thirst.

The Apaches, who had probably made their cruel journey without flasks,
seemed for the moment insatiable and utterly reckless. Many of them rolled
off their tottering ponies into the rivulet, and plunging down their heads drank
like beasts. There were a few minutes of the strangest peace that ever was
seen. It was in vain that two or three of the hardier or fiercer chiefs and braves
shouted and gestured to their comrades, as if urging them to commence the attack.
Manga Colorada, absorbed by a thirst which was more burning than revenge,
did not at first see the slayer of his boy, and when he did could not move
toward him because of fevered mustangs, who would not budge from their drinking,
or who were staggering blind with hunger. Thurstane, keeping his horse
beside Clara's, watched the lean figure and restless, irritable face of Delgadito,
not ten yards distant. Mrs. Stanley had halted helplessly so near an Apache
boy that he might have thrust her through with his lance had he not been solely
intent upon water.

It was fortunate for the emigrants that they had reached the stream a few

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

seconds the sooner. Their thirst was first satiated; and then men and animals
began to draw away from their enemies; for even the mules of white men instinctively
dread and detest the red warriors. This movement was accelerated
by Thurstane, Coronado, Texas Smith, and Sergeant Meyer calling to one and
another in English and Spanish, “This way! this way!” There seemed to be
a chance of massing the party and getting it to some distance before the Indians
could turn their thoughts to blood.

But the manœuvre was only in part accomplished when battle commenced.
Little Sweeny, finding that his mule was being crowded by an Apache's horse
uttered some indignant yelps. “Och, ye bloody naygur! Get away wid yerself.
Get over there where ye b'long.”

This request not being heeded, he made a clumsy punch with his bayonet
and brought the blood. The warrior uttered a grunt of pain, cast a surprised
angry stare at the shaveling of a Paddy, and thrust with his lance. But he was
probably weak and faint; the weapon merely tore the uniform. Sweeny instantly
fired, and brought down another Apache, quite accidentally. Then, banging
his mule with his heels, he splashed up to Thurstane with the explanation,
“Liftinant, they're the same bloody naygurs. Wan av um made a poke at me,
Liftinant.”

“Load your beece!” ordered Sergeant Meyer sternly, “und face the enemy.”

By this time there was a fierce confusion of plungings and outcries. Then
came a hiss of arrows, followed instantaneously by the scream of a wounded
man, the report of several muskets, a pinging of balls, more yells of wounded,
and the splash of an Apache in the water. The little streamlet, lately all crystal
and sunshine, was now turbid and bloody. The giant portals of the cañon,
although more than a mile distant, sent back echoes of the musketry. Another
battle rendered more horrible the stark, eternal horror of the desert.

“This way!” Thurstane continued to shout. “Forward, you women; up
the hill with you. Steady, men. Face the enemy. Don't throw away a shot.
Steady with the firing. Steady!”

The hostile parties were already thirty or forty yards apart; and the emigrants,
drawing loosely up the slope, were increasing the distance. Manga Colorada
spurred to the front of his people, shaking his lance and yelling for a
charge. Only half a dozen followed him; his horse fell almost immediately under
a rifle ball; one of the braves picked up the chief and bore him away; the
rest dispersed, prancing and curveting. The opportunity for mingling with the
emigrants and destroying them in a series of single combats was lost.

Evidently the Apaches, and their mustangs still more, were unfit for fight.
The forty-eight hours of hunger and thirst, and the prodigious burst of one hundred
and twenty miles up and down rugged terraces, had nearly exhausted their
spirits as well as their strength, and left them incapable of the furious activity
necessary in a cavalry battle. The most remarkable proof of their physical and
moral debilitation was that in all this mélée not more than a dozen of them had
discharged an arrow.

If they would not attack they must retreat, and that speedily. At fifty yards'
range, armed only with bows and spears, they were at the mercy of riflemen and
could stand only to be slaughtered. There was a hasty flight, scurrying zigzag,
right and left, rearing and plunging, spurring the last caper out of their mustangs,
the whole troop spreading widely, a hundred marks and no good one.
Nevertheless Texas Smith's miraculous aim brought down first a warrior and
then a horse

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

By the time the Apaches were out of range the emigrants were well up the
slope of the hill which occupied the extreme elbow of the bend in the river. It
was a bluff or butte of limestone which innumerable years had converted into
marl, and for the most part into earth. A thin turf covered it; here and there
were thickets; more rarely trees. Presently some one remarked that the sides
were terraced. It was true; there were the narrow flats of soil which had once
been gardens; there too were the supporting walls, more or less ruinous. Curious
eyes now turned toward the seeming mound on the summit, querying
whether it might not be the remains of an antique pueblo.

At this instant Clara uttered a cry of anxiety, “Where is Pepita?'

The girl was gone; a hasty looking about showed that; but whither?
Alas! the only solution to this enigma must be the horrible word, “Apaches.”
It seemed the strangest thing conceivable; one moment with the party, and the
next vanished; one moment safe, and the next dead or doomed. Of course the
kidnapping must have been accomplished during the frenzied riot in the stream,
when the two bands were disentangling amid an uproar of plungings, yells, and
musket shots. The girl had probably been stunned by a blow, and then either
left to float down the brook or dragged off by some muscular warrior.

There was a halt, an eager and prolonged lookout over the plain, a scanning
of the now distant Indians through field glasses. Then slowly and sadly the
train resumed its march and mounted to the summit of the butte.

Here, in this land of marvels, there was a new marvel. Incredible as the
thing seemed, so incredible that they had not at first believed their eyes, they
were at the base of the walls of a fortress. A confused, general murmur broke
forth of “Ruins! Pueblos! Casas Grandes! Casas de Montezuma!”

The architecture, unlike that of Tegua, but similar to that of the ruins of the
Gila, was of adobes. Large cakes of mud, four or five feet long and two feet
thick, had been moulded in cases, dried in the sun, and laid in regular courses
to the height of twenty feet. Centuries (perhaps) of exposure to weather had so
cracked, guttered, and gnawed this destructible material, that at a distance the
pile looked not unlke the natural monuments which fire and water have builded
in this enchanted land, and had therefore not been recognized by the travellers
as human handiwork.

What they now saw was a rampart which ran along the brow of the bluff for
several hundred yards. Originally twenty feet high, it had been so fissured by
the rains and crumbled by the winds, that it resembled a series of peaks united
here and there in a plane surface. Some of the gaps reached nearly to the
ground, and through these it could be seen that the wall was five feet across, a
single adobe forming the entire thickness. All along the base the dampness of
the earth had eaten away the clay, so that in many places the structure was tottering
to its fall.

Filing to the left a few yards, the emigrants found a deep fissure through
which the animals stumbled one by one over mounds of crumbled adobes.
Thurstane, entering last, looked around him in wonder. He was inside a quadrilateral
enclosure, apparently four hundred yards in length by two hundred and
fifty in breadth, the walls throughout being the same mass of adobe work, fissured,
jagged, gray, solemn, and in their utter solitariness sublime.

But this was not the whole ruin; the fortress had a citadel. In one corner
of the enclosure stood a tower-like structure, forty-five or fifty feet square and
thirty in altitude, surmounted on its outer angle by a smaller tower, also four-sided,
which rose some twelve or fourteen feet higher. It was not isolated, but

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

built into an angle of the outer rampart, so as to form with it one solid mass of
fortification. The material was adobe; but, unlike the other ruins, it was in
good condition; some species of roofing had preserved the walls from guttering;
not a crevice deformed their gray, blank, dreary faces.

Instinctively and without need of command the emigrants had pushed on
toward this edifice. It was to be their fortress; in it and around it they must
fight for life against the Apaches; here, where a nameless people had perished,
they must conquer or perish also. Thurstane posted Kelly and one of the Mexicans
on the exterior wall to watch the movements of the savage horde in the
plain below. Then he followed the others to the deserted citadel.

Two doorways, one on each of the faces which looked into the enclosure, offered
ingress. They were similar in size and shape, seven feet and a half in
height by four in breadth, and tapering toward the summit like the portals of
the temple-builders of Central America. Inside were solid mud floors, strewn
with gray dust and showing here and there a gleam of broken pottery, the whole
brooded over by obscurity. It was discoverable, however, that the room within
was of considerable height and size.

There was a hesitation about entering. It seemed as if the ghosts of the
nameless people forbade it. This had been the abode of men who perhaps inhabited
America before the coming of Columbus. Here possibly the ancestors
of Montezuma had stayed their migrations from the mounds of the Ohio to the
pyramids of Cholula and Tenochtitlan. Or here had lived the Moquis, or the
Zunians, or the Lagunas, before they sought refuge from the red tribes of the
north upon the buttes south of the Sierra del Carrizo. Here at all events had
once palpitated a civilization which was now a ghost.

“This is to be our home for a little while,” said Thurstane to Clara. “Will
you dismount? I will run in and turn out the snakes, if there are any. Sergeant,
keep your men and a few others ready to repel an attack. Now, fellows, off with
the packs.”

Producing a couple of wax tapers, he lighted them, handed one to Coronado,
and led the way into the silent Casa de Montezuma. They were in a hall about
ten feet high, fifteen feet broad, and forty feet long, which evidently ran across
the whole front of the building. The walls were hard-finished and adorned with
etchings in vermilion of animals, geometrical figures, and nondescript grotesques,
all of the rudest design and disposed without regard to order. A doorway led
into a small central room, and from that doorways opened into three more rooms,
one on each side.

The ceilings of all the rooms were supported by unhewn beams, five or six
inches thick, deeply inserted into the adobe walls. In the ceiling of the rearmost
hall (the one which had no direct outlet upon the enclosure) was a trap-door
which offered the only access to the stories above. A rude but solid ladder,
consisting of two beams with steps chopped into them, was still standing here.
With a vague sense of intrusion, half expecting that the old inhabitants would
appear and order them away, Thurstane and Coronado ascended. The second
story resembled the first, and above was another of the same pattern. Then
came a nearly flat roof; and here they found something remarkable. It was a
solid sheathing or tiling, made of slates of baked and glazed pottery, laid with
great exactness, admirably cemented and projecting well over the eaves. This
it was which had enabled the adobes beneath to endure for years, and perhaps
for centuries, in spite of the lapping of rains and the gnawing of winds.

On the outermost corner of the structure, overlooking the eddying, foaming

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

bend of the San Juan, rose the isolated tower. It contained a single room,
walled with hard-finish and profusely etched with figures in vermilion. No
furniture anywhere, nor utensils, nor relics, excepting bits of pottery, precisely
such as is made now by the Moquis, various in color, red, white, grayish, and
black, much of it painted inside as well as out, and all adorned with diamond
patterns and other geometrical outlines.

“I have seen Casas Grandes in other places,” said Coronado, “but nothing
like this. This is the only one that I ever found entire. The others are in
ruins, the roofs fallen in, the beams charred, etc.”

“This was not taken,” decided the Lieutenant, after a tactical meditation.
“This must have been abandoned by its inhabitants. Pestilence, or starvation,
or migration.”

“We can beat off all the Apaches in New Mexico,” observed Coronado, with
something like cheerfulness.

“We can whip everything but our own stomachs,” replied Thurstane.

“We have as much food as those devils.”

“But water?” suggested the forethoughted West Pointer.

It was a horrible doubt, for if there was no water in the enclosure, they were
doomed to speedy and cruel death, unless they could beat the Indians in the
field and drive them away from the rivulet.

CHAPTER XX.

When Thurstane came out of the Casa Grande he would have given some
years of his life to know that there was water in the enclosure.

Yet so well disciplined was the soul of this veteran of twenty-three, and so
thoroughly had he acquired the wise soldierly habit of wearing a mask of cheer
over trouble, that he met Clara and Mrs. Stanley with a smile and a bit of small
talk.

“Ladies, can you keep house?” he said. “There are sixteen rooms ready
for you. The people who moved out haven't left any trumpery. Nothing
wanted but a little sweeping and dusting and a stair carpet.”

“We will keep house,” replied Clara with a laugh, the girlish gayety of which
delighted him.

Assuming a woman's rightful empire over household matters, she began to
direct concerning storage, lodgment, cooking, etc. Sharp as the climbing was,
she went through all the stories and inspected every room, selecting the chamber
in the tower for herself and Mrs. Stanley.

“I never can get up in this world,” declared Aunt Maria, staring in dismay
at the rude ladder. “So this is what Mr. Thurstane meant by talking about a
stair carpet! It was just like him to joke on such a matter. I tell you I never
can go up.”

“Av coorse ye can get up,” broke in little Sweeny impatiently. “All ye've
got to do is to put wan fut above another an' howld on wid yer ten fingers.”

“I should like to see you do it,” returned Aunt Maria, looking indignantly
at the interfering Paddy.

Sweeny immediately shinned up the stepped beam, uttered a neigh of triumphant
laughter from the top, and then skylarked down again.

“Well, you are a man,” observed the strong-minded lady, somewhat discomfited.

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

“Av coorse I'm a man,” yelped Sweeny. “Who said I wasn't? He's a lying
informer. Ha ha, hoo hoo, ho ho!”

Thus incited, pulled at moreover from above and boosted from below, Aunt
Maria mounted ladder after ladder until she stood on the roof of the Casa
Grande.

“If I ever go down again, I shall have to drop,” she gasped. “I never expected
when I came on this journey to be a sailor and climb maintops.”

“Lieutenant Thurstane is waving his hand to us,” said Clara, with a smile
like sunlight.

“Let him wave,” returned Mrs. Stanley, weary, disconsolate, and out of patience
with everything. “I must say it's a poor place to be waving hands.”

Meantime Thurstane had beckoned a couple of muleteers to follow him, and
set off to beat the enclosure for a spring, or for a spot where it would be possible
to sink a well with good result. Although the search seemed absurd on such
an isolated hill, he had some hopes; for in the first place, the old inhabitants
must have had a large supply of water, and they could not have brought it up a
steep slope of two hundred feet without great difficulty; in the second place, the
butte was of limestone, and in a limestone region water makes for itself strange
reservoirs and outlets.

His trust was well-grounded. In a sharply indented hollow, twenty feet below
the general surface of the enclosure, and not more than thirty yards from
the Casa Grande, he found a copious spring. About it were traces of stone
work, forming a sort of ruinous semicircle, as though a well had been dug, the
neighboring earth scooped out, and the sides of the opening fenced up with masonry.
By the way, he was not the first to discover the treasure, for the acute
senses of the mules had been beforehand with him, and a number of them were
already there drinking.

Calling Meyer, he said, “Sergeant, get a fatigue party to work here. I want
a transverse trench cut below the spring for the animals, and a guard at the
spring itself to keep it clear for the people.”

Next he hurried away to the spot where he had posted Kelly to watch the
Apaches.

Climbing the wall, he looked about for the Apaches, and discovered them
about half a mile distant, bivouacked on the bank of the rivulet.

“They have been reinforced, sir,” said Kelly. “Stragglers are coming up
every few minutes.”

“So I perceive. Have you seen anything of the girl Pepita?”

“There's a figure there, sir, against that sapling, that hasn't moved for half
an hour. I've an idea it's the girl, sir, tied to the sapling.”

Thurstane adjusted his glass, took a long steady look, and said sombrely,
“It's the girl. Keep an eye on her. If they start to do anything with her, let
me know. Signal with your cap.”

As he hurried back to the Casa Grande he tried to devise some method of
saving this unfortunate. A rescue was impossible, for the savages were numerous,
watchful, and merciless, and in case they were likely to lose her they would
brain her. But she might be ransomed: blankets, clothing, and perhaps a
beast or two could be spared for that purpose; the gold pieces that he had in
his waist-belt should all go of course. The great fear was lest the brutes should
find all bribes poor compared with the joys of a torture dance. Querying how
he could hide this horrible affair from Clara, and shuddering at the thought that
but for favoring chances she might have shared the fate of Pepita, he ran on
toward the Casa, waving his hand cheerfully to the two women on the roof

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

Meantime Clara had been attending to her housekeeping and Mrs. Stanley
had been attending to her feelings. The elder lady (we dare not yet call her an
old lady) was in the lowest spirits. She tried to brace herself; she crossed her
hands behind her back, man-fashion; she marched up and down the roof man-fashion.
All useless; the transformation didn't work; or, if she was a man,
she was a scared one.

She could not help feeling like one of the spirits in prison as she glanced at
the awful solitude around her. Notwithstanding the river, there still was the
desert. The little plain was but an oasis. Two miles to the east the San Juan
burst out of a defile of sandstone, and a mile to the west it disappeared in a
similar chasm. The walls of these gorges rose abruptly two thousand feet
above the hurrying waters. All around were the monstrous, arid, herbless, savage,
cruel ramparts of the plateau. No outlook anywhere; the longest reach
of the eye was not five miles; then came towering precipices. The travellers
were like ants gathered on an inch of earth at the bottom of a fissure in a quarry.
The horizon was elevated and limited, resting everywhere on harsh lines of
rock which were at once near the spectator and far above him. The overhanging
plateaux strove to shut him out from the sight of heaven.

What variety there was in the grim monotony appeared in shapes that
were horrible to the weary and sorrowful. On the other side of the San Juan
towered an assemblage of pinnacles which looked like statues; but these statues
were a thousand feet above the stream, and the smallest of them was at least
four hundred feet high. To a lost wanderer, and especially to a dispirited
woman, such magnitude was not sublime, but terrifying. It seemed as if these
shapes were gods who had no mercy, or demons who were full of malevolence.
Still higher, on a jutting crag which overhung the black river, was a castle a
hundred fold huger than man ever built, with ramparts that were dizzy precipices
and towers such as no daring could scale. It faced the horrible group of stony
deities as if it were their pandemonium.

The whole landscape was a hideous Walhalla, a fit abode for the savage
giant gods of the old Scandinavians. Thor and Woden would have been at
home in it. The Cyclops and Titans would have been too little for it. The
Olympian deities could not be conceived of as able or willing to exist in such a
hideous chaos. No creature of the Greek imagination would have been a suitable
inhabitant for it except Prometheus alone. Here his eternal agony and
boundless despair might not have been out of place.

There was no comfort in the river. It came out of unknown and inhospitable
mystery, and went into a mystery equally unknown and inhospitable. To what
fate it might lead was as uncertain as whence it arrived. A sombre flood, reddish
brown in certain lights, studded with rocks which raised ghosts of unmoving
foam, flowing with a speed which perpetually boiled and eddied, promising
nothing to the voyager but thousand-fold shipwreck, a breathless messenger
from the mountains to the ocean, it wheeled incessantly from stony portal to
stony portal, a brief gleam of power and cruelty. The impression which it produced
was in unison with the sublime malignity and horror of the landscape.

Depressed by fatigue, the desperate situation of the party, and the menace of
the frightful scene around her, Mrs. Stanley could not and would not speak to
Thurstane when he mounted the roof, and turned away to hide the tears in her
eyes.

“You see I am housekeeping,” said Clara with a smile. “Look how clean
the room in the tower has been swept. I had some brooms made of tufted grass.

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

There are our beds in the corners. These hard-finished walls are really handsome.”

She stopped, hesitated a moment, looked at him anxiously, and then added,
“Have you seen Pepita?”

“Yes,” he replied, deciding to be frank. “I think I have discovered her
tied to a tree.”

“Oh! to be tortured!” exclaimed Clara, wringing her hands and beginning
to cry.

“We will ransom her,” he hurried on. “I am going down to hold a par
ley with the Apaches.”

You!” exclaimed the girl, catching his arm. “Oh no! Oh, why did we
come here!”

Fearing lest he should be persuaded to evade what he considered his duty,
he pressed her hand fervently and hurried away. Yes, he repeated, it was his
duty; to parley with the Apaches was a most dangerous enterprise; he did not
feel at liberty to order any other to undertake it.

Finding Coronado, he said to him, “I am going down to ransom Pepita.
You know the Indians better than I do. How many people shall I take?”

A gleam of satisfaction shot across the dark face of the Mexican as he replied,
“Go alone.”

“Certainly,” he insisted, in response to the officer's stare of surprise. “If
you take a party, they'll doubt you. If you go alone, they'll parley. But, my
dear Lieutenant, you are magnificent. This is the finest moment of your life.
Ah! only you Americans are capable of such impulses. We Spaniards haven't
the nerve.”

“I don't know their scoundrelly language.”

“Manga Colorada speaks Spanish. I dare say you'll easily come to an understanding
with him. As for ransom, anything that we have, of course, excepting
food, arms, and ammunition. I can furnish a hundred dollars or so. Go, my
dear Lieutenant; go on your noble mission. God be with you.”

“You will see that I am covered, if I have to run for it.”

“I'll see to everything. I'll line the wall with sharpshooters.”

“Post your men. Good-by.”

“Good-by, my dear Lieutenant.”

Coronado did post his men, and among them was Texas Smith. Into the
ear of this brute, whom he placed quite apart from the other watchers, he whispered
a few significant words.

“I told ye, to begin with, I didn't want to shute at brass buttons,” growled
Texas. “The army's a big thing. I never wanted to draw a bead on that man,
and I don't want to now more 'n ever. Them army fellers hunt together. You
hit one, an' you've got the rest after ye; an' four to one 's a mighty slim chance.”

“Five hundred dollars down,” was Coronado's only reply.

After a moment of sullen reflection the desperado said, “Five hundred dollars!
Wal, stranger, I'll take yer bet.”

Coronado turned away trembling and walked to another part of the wall.
His emotions were disordered and disagreeable; his heart throbbed, his head was a
little light, and he felt that he was pale; he could not well bear any more excitement,
and he did not want to see the deed done. Rifle in hand, he was pretending
to keep watch through a fissure, when he observed Clara following the
line of the wall with the obvious purpose of finding a spot whence she could see
the plain. It seemed to him that he ought to stop her, and then it seemed to

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

him that he had better not. With such a horrible drumming in his ears how
could he think clearly and decide wisely?

Clara disappeared; he did not notice where she went; did not think of looking.
Once he thrust his head through his crevice to watch the course of Thurstane,
but drew it back again on discovering that the brave lad had not yet
reached the Apaches, and after that looked no more. His whole strength seemed
to be absorbed in merely listening and waiting. We must remember that, although
Coronado had almost no conscience, he had nerves.

Let us see what happened on the plain through the anxious eyes of Clara.

CHAPTER XXI.

In the time-eaten wall Clara had found a fissure through which she could
watch the parley between Thurstane and the Apaches. She climbed into it from
a mound of disintegrated adobes, and stood there, pale, tremulous, and breathless,
her whole soul in her eyes.

Thurstane, walking his horse and making signs of amity with his cap, had
by this time reached the low bank of the rivulet, and halted within four hundred
yards of the savages. There had been a stir immediately on his appearance:
first one warrior and then another had mounted his pony; a score of them were
now prancing hither and thither. They had left their lances stuck in the earth,
but they still carried their bows and quivers.

When Clara first caught sight of Thurstane he was beckoning for one of the
Indians to approach. They responded by pointing to the summit of the hill, as
if signifying that they feared to expose themselves to rifle shot from the ruins.
He resumed his march, forded the shallow stream, and pushed on two hundred
yards.

“O Madre de Dios!” groaned Clara, falling into the language of her childhood.
“He is going clear up to them.”

She was on the point of shrieking to him, but she saw that he was too far off
to hear her, and she remained silent, just staring and trembling.

Thurstane was now about two hundred yards from the Apaches. Except
the twenty who had first mounted, they were sitting on the ground or standing
by their ponies, every face set towards the solitary white man and every figure
as motionless as a statue. Those on horseback, moving slowly in circles, were
spreading out gradually on either side of the main body, but not advancing.
Presently a warrior in full Mexican costume, easily recognizable as Manga Colorada
himself, rode straight towards Thurstane for a hundred yards, threw his
bow and quiver ten feet from him, dismounted and lifted both hands. The officer
likewise lifted his hands, to show that he too was without arms, moved forward
to within thirty feet of the Indian, and thence advanced on foot, leading his
horse by the bridle.

Clara perceived that the two men were conversing, and she began to hope
that all might go well, although her heart still beat suffocatingly. The next
moment she was almost paralyzed with horror. She saw Manga Colorada
spring at Thurstane; she saw his dark arms around him, the two interlaced and
reeling; she heard the triumphant yell of the Indian, and the response of his
fellows; she saw the officer's startled horse break loose and prance away. In
the same instant the mounted Apaches, sending forth their war whoop and unslinging
their bows, charged at full speed toward the combatants.

Thurstane had but five seconds in which to save his life. Had he been a

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

man of slight or even moderate physical and moral force, there would not have
been the slightest chance for him. But he was six feet high, broad in the
shoulders, limbed like a gladiator, solidified by hardships and marches, accustomed
to danger, never losing his head in it, and blessed with lots of pugnacity.
He was pinioned; but with one gigantic effort he loosened the Indian's lean
sinewy arms, and in the next breath he laid him out with a blow worthy of
Heenan.

Thurstane was free; now for his horse. The animal was frightened and capering
wildly; but he caught him and flung himself into the saddle without
minding stirrups; then he was riding for life. Before he had got fairly under
headway the foremost Apaches were within fifty paces of him, yelling like
demons and letting fly their arrows. But every weapon is uncertain on horseback,
and especially every missile weapon, the bow as well as the rifle. Thus, although
a score of shafts hissed by the fugitive, he still kept his seat; and as his
powerful beast soon began to draw ahead of the Indian ponies, escape seemed
probable.

He had, however, to run the gauntlet of another and even a greater peril.
In a crevice of the ruined wall which crested the hill crouched a pitiless assassin
and an almost unerring shot, waiting the right moment to send a bullet
through his head. Texas Smith did not like the job; but he had said “You
bet,” and had thus pledged his honor to do the murder; and moreover, he
sadly wanted the five hundred dollars. If he could have managed it, he would
have preferred to get the officer and some “Injun” in a line, so as to bring them
down together. But that was hopeless; the fugitive was increasing his lead;
now was the time to fire—now or never.

When Clara beheld Manga Colorada seize Thurstane, she had turned instinctively
and leaped into the enclosure, with a feeling that, if she did not see
the tragedy, it would not be. In the next breath she was wild to know what
was passing, and to be as near to the officer and his perils as possible. A little
further along the wall was a fissure which was lower and broader than the one
she had just quitted. She had noticed it a minute before, but had not gone to
it because a man was there. Towards this man she now rushed, calling out,
“Oh, do save him!”

Her voice and the sound of her footsteps were alike drowned by a rattle of
musketry from other parts of the ruin. She reached the man and stood behind
him; it was Texas Smith, a being from whom she had hitherto shrunk with instinctive
aversion; but now he seemed to her a friend in extremity. He was
aiming; she glanced over his shoulder along the levelled rifle; in one breath she
saw Thurstane and saw that the weapon was pointed at him. With a shriek she
sprang forward against the kneeling assassin, and flung him clean through the
crevice upon the earth outside the wall, the rifle exploding as he fell and sending
its ball at random.

Texas Smith was stupefied and even profoundly disturbed. After rolling
over twice, he picked himself up, picked up his gun also, and while hastily reloading
it clambered back into his lair, more than ever confounded at seeing no
one. Clara, her exploit accomplished, had instantly turned and fled along the
course of the wall, not at all with the idea of escaping from the bushwhacker,
but merely to meet Thurstane. She passed a dozen men, but not one of them
saw her, they were all so busy in popping away at the Apaches. Just as she
reached the large gap in the rampart, her hero cantered through it, erect, unhurt,
rosy, handsome, magnificent. The impassioned gesture of joy with which she
welcomed him was a something, a revelation perhaps, which the youngster saw

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

and understood afterwards better than he did then. For the present he merely
waved her towards the Casa, and then turned to take a hand in the fighting.

But the fighting was over. Indeed the Apaches had stopped their pursuit as
soon as they found that the fugitive was beyond arrow shot, and were now prancing
slowly back to their bivouac. After one angry look at them from the wall,
Thurstane leaped down and ran after Clara.

“Oh!” she gasped, out of breath and almost faint. “Oh, how it has frightened
me!”

“And it was all of no use,” he answered, passing her arm into his and supporting
her.

“No. Poor Pepita! Poor little Pepita! But oh, what an escape you had!”

“We can only hope that they will adopt her into the tribe,” he said in answer
to the first phrase, while he timidly pressed her arm to thank her for the
second.

Coronado now came up, ignorant of Texas Smith's misadventure, and puzzled
at the escape of Thurstane, but as fluent and complimentary as usual.

“My dear Lieutenant! Language is below my feelings. I want to kneel
down and worship you. You ought to have a statue—yes, and an altar. If your
humanity has not been successful, it has been all the same glorious.”

“Nonsense,” answered Thurstane. “Every one of us has done well in his
turn! It was my tour of duty to-day. Don't praise me. I haven't accomplished
anything.”

“Ah, the scoundrels!” declaimed Coronado. “How could they violate a
truce! It is unknown, unheard of. The miserable traitors! I wish you could
have killed Manga Colorada.”

From this dialogue he hurried away to find and catechise Texas Smith. The
desperado told his story: “Jest got a bead on him—had him sure pop—never
see a squarer mark—when somebody mounted me—pitched me clean out of my
hole.”

“Who?” demanded Coronado, a rim of white showing clear around his black
pupils.

“Dunno. Didn't see nobody. 'Fore I could reload and git in it was gone.”

“What the devil did you stop to reload for?”

“Stranger, I allays reload.”

Coronado flinched under the word stranger and the stare which accompanied
it.

“It was a woman's yell,” continued Texas.

Coronado felt suddenly so weak that he sat down on a mouldering heap of
adobes. He thought of Clara; was it Clara? Jealous and terrified, he for an
instant, only for an instant, wished she were dead.

“See here,” he said, when he had restrung his nerves a little. “We must
separate. If there is any trouble, call on me. I'll stand by you.”

“I reckon you'd better,” muttered Smith, looking at Coronado as if he were
already drawing a bead on him.

Without further talk they parted. The Texan went off to rub down his
horse, mend his accoutrements, squat around the cooking fires, and gamble with
the drivers. Perhaps he was just a bit more fastidious than usual about having
his weapons in perfect order and constantly handy; and perhaps too he looked
over his shoulder a little oftener than common while at his work or his games;
but on the whole he was a masterpiece of strong, serene, ferocious self-possession.
Coronado also, as unquiet at heart as the devil, was outwardly as calm as
Greek art. They were certainly a couple of almost sublime scoundrels.

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

It was now nightfall; the day closed with extraordinary abruptness; the sun
went down as though he had been struck dead; it was like the fall of an ox under
the axe of the butcher. One minute he was shining with an intolerable, feverish
fervor, and the next he had vanished behind the lofty ramparts of the
plateau.

It was Sergeant Meyer's tour as officer of the day, and he had prepared for
the night with the thoroughness of an old soldier. The animals were picketed
in the innermost rooms of the Casa Grande, while the spare baggage was neatly
piled along the walls of the central apartment. Thurstane's squad was quartered
in one of the two outer rooms, and Coronado's squad in the other, each
man having his musket loaded and lying beside him, with the butt at his feet
and the muzzle pointing toward the wall. One sentry was posted on the roof
of the building, and one on the ground twenty yards or so from its salient angle,
while further away were two fires which partially lighted up the great enclosure.
The sergeant and such of his men as were not on post slept or watched in the
open air at the corner of the Casa.

The night passed without attack or alarm. Apache scouts undoubtedly
prowled around the enclosure, and through its more distant shadows, noting avenues
and chances for forlorn hopes. But they were not ready as yet to do any
nocturnal spearing, and if ever Indians wanted a night's rest they wanted it.
The garrison was equally quiet. Texas Smith, too familiar with ugly situations
to lie awake when no good was to be got by it, chose his corner, curled up in his
blanket and slept the sleep of the just. Overwhelming fatigue soon sent Coronado
off in like manner. Clara, too; she was querying how much she should
tell Thurstane; all of a sudden she was dreaming.

When broad daylight opened her eyes she was still lethargic and did not
know where she was. A stretch; a long wondering stare about her; then she
sprang up, ran to the edge of the roof, and looked over. There was Thurstane,
alive, taking off his hat to her and waving her back from the brink. It was a
second and more splendid sun-rising; and for a moment she was full of happiness.

At dawn Meyer had turned out his squad, patrolled the enclosure, made sure
that no Indians were in or around it, and posted a single sentry on the southeastern
angle of the ruins, which commanded the whole of the little plain. He
discovered that the Apaches, fearful like all cavalry of a night attack, had withdrawn
to a spot more than a mile distant, and had taken the precaution of securing
their retreat by garrisoning the mouth of the cañon. Having made his dispositions
and his reconnoissance, the sergeant reported to Thurstane.

“Turn out the animals and let them pasture,” said the officer, waking up
promptly to the situation, as a soldier learns to do. “How long will the grass
in the enclosure last them?”

“Not three days, Leftenant.”

“To-morrow we will begin to pasture them on the slope. How about fishing?”

“I cannot zay, Leftenant.”

“Take a look at the Buchanan boat and see if it can be put together. We
may find a chance to use it.”

“Yes, Leftenant.”

The Buchanan boat, invented by a United States officer whose name it bears,
is a sack of canvas with a frame of light sticks; when put together it is about
twelve feet long by five broad and three deep, and is capable of sustaining a
weight of two tons. Thurstane, thinking that he might have rivers to cross in

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

his explorations, had brought one of these coracles. At present it was a bundle,
weighing one hundred and fifty pounds, and forming the load of a single
mule. Meyer got it out, bent it on to its frame, and found it in good condition.

“Very good,” said Thurstane. “Roll it up again and store it safely. We
may want it to-morrow.”

Meantime Clara had thought out her problem. In her indignation at Texas
Smith she had contemplated denouncing him before the whole party, and had
found that she had not the courage. She had wanted to make a confidant of
her relative, and had decided that nothing could be more unwise. Aunt Maria
was good, but she lacked practical sense; even Clara, girl as she was, could see
the one fact as well as the other. Her final and sagacious resolve was to tell
the tale to Thurstane alone.

Mrs. Stanley, still jaded through with her forced march, fell asleep immediately
after breakfast. Clara went to the brink of the roof, caught the officer's
eye, and beckoned him to come to her.

“We must not be seen,” she whispered when he was by her side. “Come
inside the tower. There has been something dreadful. I must tell you.”

Then she narrated how she had surprised and interrupted Texas Smith in
his attempt at murder; for the time she was all Spanish in feeling, and told the
story with fervor, with passion; and the moment she had ended it she began to
cry. Thurstane was so overwhelmed by her emotion that he no more thought
of the danger which he had escaped than if it had been the buzzing of a mosquito.
He longed to comfort her; he dared to put his hand upon her waist;
rather, we should say, he could not help it. If she noticed it she had no objection
to it, for she did not move; but the strong and innocent probability is that
she really did not notice it.

“Oh, what can it mean?” she sobbed. “Why did he do it? What will
you do?”

“Never mind,” he said, his voice tender, his blue-black eyes full of love, his
whole face angelic with affection. “Don't be troubled. Don't be anxious. I
will do what is right. I will put him under arrest and try him, if it seems best.
But I don't want you to be troubled. It shall all come out right. I mean to
live till you are safe.”

After a time he succeeded in soothing her, and then there came a moment in
which she seemed to perceive that his arm was around her waist, for she drew a
little away from him, coloring splendidly. But he had held her too long to be
able to let her go thus; he took her hands and looked in her face with the solemnity
of a love which pleads for life.

“Will you forgive me?” he murmured. “I must say it. I cannot help it.
I love you with all my soul. I dare not ask you to be my wife. I am not fit for
you. But have pity on me. I couldn't help telling you.”

He just saw that she was not angry; yes, he was so shy and humble that he
could not see more; but that little glimpse of kindliness was enough to lure him
forward. On he went, hastily and stammeringly, like a man who has but a moment
in which to speak, only a moment before some everlasting farewell.

“Oh, Miss Van Diemen! Is there—can there ever be—any hope for me?”

It was one of the questions which arise out of great abysses from men who
in their hopelessness still long for heaven. No prisoner at the bar, faintly trusting
that in the eyes of his judge he might find mercy, could be more anxious
than was Thurstane at that moment. The lover who does not yet know that he
will be loved is a figure of tragedy.

-- 110 --

CHAPTER XXII.

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

Although Thurstane did not perceive it, his question was answered
the instant it was asked. The answer started like lightning from Clara's
heart, trembled through all her veins, flamed in her cheeks, and sparkled in her
eyes.

Such a moment of agitation and happiness she had never before known, and
had never supposed that she could know. It was altogether beyond her control.
She could have stopped her breathing ten times easier than she could have
quelled her terror and her joy. She was no more master of the power and direction
of her feelings, than the river below was master of its speed and course.
One of the mightiest of the instincts which rule the human race had made her
entirely its own. She was not herself; she was Thurstane; she was love. The
love incarnate is itself, and not the person in whom it is embodied.

There was but one answer possible to Clara. Somehow, either by look or
word, she must say to Thurstane, “Yes.” Prudential considerations might
come afterward—might come too late to be of use; no matter. The only thing
now to be done, the only thing which first or last must be done, the only thing
which fate insisted should be done, was to say “Yes.”

It was said. Never mind how. Thurstane heard it and understood it.
Clara also heard it, as if it were not she who uttered it, but some overruling
power, or some inward possession, which spoke for her. She heard it and she
acquiesced in it. The matter was settled. Her destiny had been pronounced.
The man to whom her heart belonged had his due.

Clara passed through a minute which was in some respects like a lifetime,
and in some respects like a single second. It was crowded and encumbered
with emotions sufficient for years; it was the scholastic needle-point on which
stood a multitude of angels. It lasted, she could not say how long; and then
of a sudden she could hardly remember it. Hours afterwards she had not fully
disentangled from this minute and yet monstrous labyrinth a clear recollection
of what he had said and what she had answered. Only the spledid exit of it
was clear to her, and that was that she was his affianced wife.

“But oh, my friend—one thing!” she whispered, when she had a little regained
her self-possession. “I must ask Muñoz.”

“Your grandfather? Yes.”

“But what if he refuses?” she added, looking anxiously in his eyes. She
was beginning to lay her troubles on his shoulders, as if he were already her
husband.

“I will try to please him,” replied the young fellow, gazing with almost
equal anxiety at her. It was the beautiful union of the man-soul and womansoul,
asking courage and consolation the one of the other, and not only asking
but receiving.

“Oh! I think you must please him,” said Clara, forgetting how Muñoz had
driven out his daughter for marrying an American. “He can't help but like
you.”

“God bless you, my darling!” whispered Thurstane, worshipping her for
worshipping him.

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

After a while Clara thought of Texas Smith, and shuddered out, “But oh,
how many dangers! Oh, my friend, how will you be safe?”

“Leave that to me,” he replied, comprehending her at once. “I will take
care of that man.”

“Do be prudent.”

“I will. For your sake, my dear child, I promise it. Well, now we must
part. I must rouse no suspicions.”

“Yes. We must be prudent.”

He was about to leave her when a new and terrible thought struck him, and
made him look at her as though they were about to part forever.

“If Muñoz leaves you his fortune,” he said firmly, “you shall be free.”

She stared; after a moment she burst into a little laugh; then she shook
her finger in his face and said, blushing, “Yes, free to be—your wife.”

He caught the finger, bent his head over it and kissed it, ready to cry upon
it. It was the only kiss that he had given her; and what a world-wide event it
was to both! Ah, these lovers! They find a universe where others see only
trifles; they are gifted with the second-sight and live amid miracles.

“Do be careful, oh my dear friend!” was the last whisper of Clara as Thurstane
quitted the tower. Then she passed the day in ascending and descending
between heights of happiness and abysses of anxiety. Her existence henceforward
was a Jacob's ladder, which had its foot on a world of crime and sorrow,
and its top in heavens passing description.

As for Thurstane, he had to think and act, for something must be done with
Texas Smith. He queried whether the fellow might not have seen Clara when
she pushed him out of the crevice, and would not seize the first opportunity to
kill her. Angered by this supposition, he at first resolved to seize him, charge
him with his crime, and turn him loose in the desert to take his chance among
the Apaches. Then it occurred to him that it might be possible to change this
enemy into a partisan. While he was pondering these matters his eye fell upon
the man. His army habit of authority and of butting straight at the face of danger
immediately got the better of his wish to manage the matter delicately, and
made him forget his promises to be prudent. Beckoning Texas to follow him,
he marched out of the plaza through the nearest gap, faced about upon his foe
with an imperious stare, and said abruptly, “My man, do you want to be shot?”

Texas Smith had his revolver and long hunting-knife in his waist-belt. He
thought of drawing both at once and going at Thurstane, who was certainly in
no better state for battle, having only revolver and sabre. But the chance of
combat was even; the certainty of being slaughtered after it by the soldiers was
depressing; and, what was more immediately to the point, he was cowed by
that stare of habitual authority.

“Capm—I don't,” he said, watching the officer with the eye of a lynx, for,
however unwilling to fight as things were, he meant to defend himself.

“Because I could have you set up by my sergeant and executed by my privates,”
continued Thurstane.

“Capm, I reckon you're sound there,” admitted Texas, with a slight flinch in
his manner.

“Now, then, do you want to fight a duel?” broke out the angry youngster,
his pugnacity thoroughly getting the better of his wisdom. “We both have pistols.”

“Capm,” said the bravo, and then came to a pause—“Capm, I ain't a gentleman,”
he resumed, with the sulky humility of a bulldog who is beaten by his
master. “I own up to it, Capm. I ain't a gentleman”

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

He was a “poor white” by birth; he remembered still the “high-toned gentlemen”
who used to overawe his childhood; he recognized in Thurstane that
unforgotten air of domination, and he was thoroughly daunted by it. Moreover,
there was his acquired and very rational fear of the army—a fear which had considerably
increased upon him since he had joined this expedition, for he had
noted carefully the disciplined obedience of the little squad of regulars, and had
been much struck with its obvious potency for offence and defence.

“You won't fight?” said the officer. “Well, then, will you stop hunting
me?”

“Capm, I'll go that much.”

“Will you pledge yourself not to harm any one in this party, man or woman?”

“I'll go that much, too.”

“I don't want to get any tales out of you. You can keep your secrets.
Damn your secrets!”

“Capm, you're jest the whitest man I ever see.”

“Will you pledge yourself to keep dark about this talk that we've had?”

“You bet!” replied Texas Smith, with an indescribable air of humiliation.
“I'm outbragged. I shan't tell of it.”

“I shall give orders to my men. If anything queer happens, you won't live
the day out.”

“The keerds is stocked agin me, Capm. I pass. You kin play it alone.”

“Now, then, walk back to the Casa, and keep quiet during the rest of this
journey.”

The most humbled bushwhacker and cutthroat between the two oceans, Texas
Smith stepped out in front of Thurstane and returned to the cooking-fire,
not quite certain as he marched that he would not get a pistol-ball in the back
of his head, but showing no emotion in his swarthy, sallow, haggard countenance.

Although Thurstane trusted that danger from that quarter was over, he nevertheless
called Meyer aside and muttered to him, “Sergeant, I have some confidential
orders for you. If murder happens to me, or to any other person in this
party, have that Texan shot immediately.”

“I will addend to it, Leftenant,” replied Meyer with perfect calmness and
with his mechanical salute.

“You may give Kelly the same instructions, confidentially.”

“Yes, Leftenant.”

Texas Smith, fifteen or twenty yards away, watched this dialogue with an interest
which even his Indian-like stoicism could hardly conceal. When the sergeant
returned to the cooking-fire, he gave him a glance which was at once
watchful and deprecatory, made place for him to sit down on a junk of adobe,
and offered him a corn-shuck cigarito. Meyer took it, saying, “Thank you,
Schmidt,” and the two smoked in apparently amicable silence.

Nevertheless, Texas knew that his doom was sealed if murder should occur
in the expedition; for, as to the protection of Coronado, he did not believe that
that could avail against the uniform; and as to finding safety in flight, the cards
there were evidently “stocked agin him.” Indeed, what had quelled him more
than anything else was the fear lest he should be driven out to take his luck
among the Apaches. Suppose that Thurstane had taken a fancy to swap him
for that girl Pepita? What a bright and cheerful fire there would have been
for him before sundown! How thoroughly the skin would have been peeled off
his muscles! What neat carving at his finger joints and toe joints! Coarse,

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

unimaginative, hardened, and beastly as Texas Smith was, his flesh crawled a
little at the thought of it. Presently it struck him that he had better do some
thing to propitiate a man who could send him to encounter such a fate.

“Sergeant,” he said in his harsh, hollow croak of a voice.

“Well, Schmidt?”

“Them creeturs oughter browse outside.”

“So. You are right, Schmidt.”

“If the Capm 'll let me have three good men, I'll take 'em out.”

Meyer's light-blue eyes, twinkling from under his sandy eyelashes, studied
the face of the outlaw.

“I should zay it was a goot blan, Schmidt,” he decided. “I'll mention it to
the leftenant.”

Thurstane, on being consulted, gave his consent. Meyer detailed Shubert
and two of the Mexican cattle-drivers to report to Smith for duty. The Texan
mounted his men on horses, separated one-third of the mules from the others,
drove them out of the enclosure, and left them on the green hillside, while he
pushed on a quarter of a mile into the plain and formed his line of four skirmishers.
When a few of the Apaches approached to see what was going on, he
levelled his rifle, knocked over one of the horses, and sent the rest off capering.
After four or five hours he drove in his mules and took out another set. The
Indians could only interrupt his pastoral labors by making a general charge;
and that would expose them to a fire from the ruin, against which they could not
retaliate. They thought it wise to make no trouble, and all day the foraging
went on in peace.

Peace everywhere. Inside the fortress sleeping, cooking, mending of equipments,
and cleaning of arms. Over the plain mustangs filling themselves with
grass and warriors searching for roots. Not a movement worth heeding was
made by the Apaches until the herders drove in their first relay of mules, when
a dozen hungry braves lassoed the horse which Smith had shot, dragged him
away to a safe distance, and proceeded to cut him up into steaks. On seeing
this, the Texan cursed himself to all the hells that were known to him.

“It's the last time they'll catch me butcherin' for 'em,” he growled. “If I
can't hit a man, I won't shute.”

One more night in the Casa de Montezuma, with Thurstane for officer of the
guard. His arrangements were like Meyer's: the animals in the rear rooms of
the Casa; Coronado's squad in one of the outer rooms, and Meyer's in the
other; a sentry on the roof, and another in the plaza. The only change was that,
owing to scarcity of fuel, no watch-fires were built. As Thurstane expected an
attack, and as Indian assaults usually take place just before daybreak, he chose
the first half of the night for his tour of sleep. At one he was awakened by
Sweeny, who was sergeant of his squad, Kelly being with Meyer and Shubert
with Coronado.

“Well, Sweeny, anything stirring?” he asked.

“Divil a stir, Liftinant.”

“Did nothing happen during your guard?”

“Liftinant,” replied Sweeny, searching his memory for an incident which
should prove his watchfulness—“the moon went down.”

“I hope you didn't interfere.”

“Liftinant, I thought it was none o' my bizniss.”

“Send a man to relieve the sentry on the roof, and let him come down here.”

“I done it, Liftinant, before I throubled ye. Where shall we slape? Jist by
the corner here?”

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

“No. I'll change that. Two just inside of one doorway and two inside the
other. I'll stay at the angle myself.”

Three hours passed as quietly as the wool-clad footsteps of the Grecian Fate.
Then, stealing through the profound darkness, came the faintest rustle imaginable.
It was not the noise of feet, but rather that of bodies slowly dragging
through herbage, as if men were crawling or rolling toward the Casa. Thurstane,
not quite sure of his hearing, and unwilling to disturb the garrison without
cause, cocked his revolver and listened intently.

Suddenly the sentry in the plaza fired, and, rushing in upon him, fell motionless
at his feet, while the air was filled in an instant with the whistling of arrows,
the trampling of running men, and the horrible quavering of the war-whoop.

CHAPTER XXIII.

At the noise of the Apache charge Thurstane sprang in two bounds to Cor
onado's entrance, and threw himself inside of it with a shout of “Indians!”

It must be remembered that, while a doorway of the Casa was five feet in
depth, it was only four feet wide at the base and less than thirty inches at the
top, so that it was something in the way of a defile and easily defensible. The
moment Thurstane was inside, he placed himself behind one of the solid jambs
of the opening, and presented both sabre and revolver.

Immediately after him a dozen running Indians reached the portal, some of
them plunging into it and the others pushing and howling close around it.
Three successive shots and as many quick thrusts, all delivered in the darkness,
but telling at close quarters on naked chests and faces, cleared the passage in
half a minute. By this time Texas Smith, Coronado, and Shubert had leaped
up, got their senses about them, and commenced a fire of rifle shot, pistol shot,
and buck-and-ball. In another half minute nothing remained in the doorway
but two or three corpses, while outside there were howls as of wounded. The
attack here was repulsed, at least for the present.

But at the other door matters had gone differently, and, as it seemed, fatally
ill. There had been no one fully awakened to keep the assailants at bay until the
other defenders could rouse themselves and use their weapons. Half a dozen
Apaches, holding their lances before them like pikes, rushed over the sleeping
Sweeny and burst clean into the room before Meyer and his men were fairly
on their feet. In the profound darkness not a figure could be distinguished;
and there was a brief trampling and yelling, during which no one was hurt.
Lances and bows were useless in a room fifteen feet by ten, without a ray of
light. The Indians threw down their long weapons, drew their knives, groped
hither and thither, struck out at random, and cut each other. Nevertheless,
they were masters of the ground. Meyer and his people, crouching in corners,
could not see and dared not fire. Sweeny, awakened by a kneading of Apache
boots, was so scared that he lay perfectly still, and either was not noticed or
was neglected as dead. His Mexican comrade had rushed along with the assailants,
got ahead of them, gained the inner rooms, and hastened up to the roof.
In short, it was a completely paralyzed defence.

Had the mass of the Apaches promptly followed their daring leaders, the
garrison would have been destroyed. But, as so often happens in night attacks,
there was a pause of caution and investigation. Fifty warriors halted around

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

the doorway, some whooping or calling, and others listening, while the five or six
within, probably fearful of being hit if they spoke, made no answer. The sentinel
on the roof fired down without seeing any one, and had arrows sent back at
him by men who were as blinded as himself. The darkness and mystery crippled
the attack almost as completely as the defence.

Sweeny was the first to break the charm. A warrior who attempted to enter
the doorway struck his boot against a pair of legs, and stooped down to feel if
they were alive. By a lucky intuition of scared self-defence, the little Paddy
made a furious kick into the air with both his solid army shoes, and sent the invader
reeling into the outer darkness. Then he fired his gun just as it lay, and
brought down one of the braves inside with a broken ankle. The blaze of the
discharge faintly lighted up the room, and Meyer let fly instantly, killing another
of the intruders. But the Indians also had been able to see. Those who survived
uttered their yell and plunged into the corners, stabbing with their knives.
There was a wild, blind, eager scuffling, mixed with another shot or two, oaths,
whooping, screams, tramplings, and aimless blows with musket-butts.

Reinforcements arrived for both parties, four or five more Apaches stealing
into the room, while Thurstane and Shubert came through from Coronado's
side. Hitherto, it did not seem that the garrison had lost any killed except the
sentry who had fallen outside; but presently the lieutenant heard Shubert cry out
in that tone of surprise, pain, and anger, which announces a severe wound.

The scream was followed by a fall, a short scuffle, repeated stabbings, and
violent breathing mixed with low groans. Thurstane groped to the scene of
combat, put out his left hand, felt a naked back, and drove his sabre strongly
and cleanly into it. There was a hideous yell, another fall, and then silence.

After that he stood still, not knowing whither to move. The trampling of
feet, the hasty breathing of struggling men, the dull sound of blows upon living
bodies, the yells and exclamations and calls, had all ceased at once. It seemed
to him as if everybody in the room had been killed except himself. He could
not hear a sound in the darkness besides the beating of his own heart, and an occasional
feeble moan rising from the floor. In all his soldierly life he had never
known a moment that was anything like so horrible.

At last, after what seemed minutes, remembering that it was his duty as an
officer to be a rallying point, he staked his life on his very next breath and called
out firmly, “Meyer!”

“Here!” answered the sergeant, as if he were at roll-call.

“Where are you?”

“I am near the toorway, Leftenant. Sweeny is with me.”

“'Yis I be,” interjected Sweeny.

Thurstane, feeling his way cautiously, advanced to the entrance and found
the two men standing on one side of it.

“Where are the Indians?” he whispered.

“I think they are all out, except the tead ones, Leftenant.”

Thurstane gave an order: “All forward to the door.”

Steps of men stealing from the inner room responded to this command.

“Call the roll, Sergeant,” said Thurstane.

In a low voice Meyer recited the names of the six men who belonged to his
squad, and of Shubert. All responded except the last.

“I am avraid Shupert is gone, Leftenant,” muttered the sergeant; and the
officer replied, “I am afraid so.”

All this time there had been perfect silence outside, as if the Indians also

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

were in a state of suspense and anxiety. But immediately after the roll-call had
ceased, a few arrows whistled through the entrance and struck with short sharp
spats into the hard-finished partition within.

“Yes, they are all out,” said Thurstane. “But we must keep quiet till daybreak.”

There followed a half hour which seemed like a month. Once Thurstane
stole softly through the Casa to Coronado's room, found all safe there, and returned,
stumbling over bodies both going and coming. At last the slow dawn
came and sent a faint, faint radiance through the door, enabling the benighted
eyes within to discover one dolorous object after another. In the centre of the
room lay the boy Shubert, perfectly motionless and no doubt dead. Here and
there, slowly revealing themselves through the diminishing darkness, like horrible
waifs left uncovered by a falling river, appeared the bodies of four Apaches,
naked to the breechcloth and painted black, all quiet except one which twitched
convulsively. The clay floor was marked by black pools and stains which were
undoubtedly blood. Other fearful blotches were scattered along the entrance,
as if grievously wounded men had tottered through it, or slain warriors had been
dragged out by their comrades.

While the battle is still in suspense a soldier looks with but faint emotion,
and almost without pity, upon the dead and wounded. They are natural; they
belong to the scene; what else should he see? Moreover, the essential sentiments
of the time and place are, first, a hard egoism which thinks mainly of
self-preservation, and second, a stern sense of duty which regulates it. In the
fiercer moments of the conflict even these feelings are drowned in a wild excitement
which may be either exultation or terror. Thus it is that the ordirary
sympathies of humanity for the suffering and for the dead are suspended.

Looking at Shubert, our lieutenant simply said to himself, “I have lost a
man. My command is weakened by so much.” Then his mind turned with
promptness to the still living and urgent incidents of the situation. Could he
peep out of the doorway without getting an arrow through the head? Was the
roof of the Casa safe from escalade? Were any of his people wounded?

This last question he at once put in English and Spanish. Kelly replied,
“Slightly, sir,” and pointed to his left shoulder, pretty smartly laid open by the
thrust of a knife. One of the Indian muleteers, who was sitting propped up in
a corner, faintly raised his head and showed a horrible gash in his thigh. At
a sign from Thurstane another muleteer bound up the wound with the sleeve of
Shubert's shirt, which he slashed off for the purpose. Kelly said, “Never mind
me, sir; it's no great affair, sir.”

“Two killed and two wounded,” thought the lieutenant. “We are losing
more than our proportion.”

As soon as it was light enough to distinguish objects clearly, a lively fire
opened from the roof of the Casa. Judging that the attention of the assailants
would be distracted by this, Thurstane cautiously edged his head forward
and peeped through the doorway. The Apaches were still in the plaza; he discovered
something like fifty of them; they were jumping about and firing arrows
at the roof. He inferred that this could not last long; that they would
soon be driven away by the musketry from above; that, in short, things were
going well.

After a time, becoming anxious lest Clara should expose herself to the missiles,
he went to Coronado's room, sent one of the Mexicans to reinforce Meyer,
and then climbed rapidly to the tower, taking along sabre, rifle, and revolver.

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

He was ascending the last of the stepped sticks, and had the trap-door of the
isolated room just above him, when he heard a shout, “Come up here, somebody!”

It was the snuffling utterance of Phineas Glover, who slept on the roof as
permanent guard of the ladies. Tumbling into the room, Thurstane found the
skipper and two muleteers defending the doorway against five Apaches, who had
reached the roof, three of them already on their feet and plying their arrows,
while the two others were clambering over the ledge. Clara and Mrs. Stanley
were crouched on their beds behind the shelter of the wall.

The young man's first desperate impulse was to rush out and fight hand to
hand. But remembering the dexterity of Indians in single combat, he halted
just in time to escape a flight of missiles, placed himself behind the jamb of the
doorway, and fired his rifle. At that short distance Sweeny would hardly have
missed; and the nearest Apache, leaning forward with outspread arms, fell
dead. Then the revolver came into play, and another warrior dropped his bow,
his shoulder shattered. Glover and the muleteers, steadied by this opportune
reinforcement, reloaded and resumed their file-firing. Guns were too much for
archery; three Indians were soon stretched on the roof; the others slung themselves
over the eaves and vanished.

“Darned if they didn't reeve a tackle to git up,” exclaimed Glover in amazement.

It appeared that the savages had twisted lariats into long cords, fastened
rude grapples to the end of them, flung them from the wall below the Casa, and
so made their daring escalade.

“Look out!” called Thurstane to the investigating Yankee. But the warning
came too late; Glover uttered a yell of surprise, pain, and rage; this time it
was not his nose, but his left ear.

“Reckon they'll jest chip off all my feeturs 'fore they git done with me,” he
grinned, feeling of the wounded part. “Git my figgerhead smooth all round.”

To favor the escalade, the Apaches in the plaza had renewed their war-whoop,
sent flights of arrows at the Casa, and made a spirited but useless charge on the
doorways. Its repulse was the signal for a general and hasty flight. Just as
the rising sun spread his haze of ruddy gold over the east, there was a despairing
yell which marked the termination of the conflict, and then a rush for the
gaps in the wall of the enclosure. In one minute from the signal for retreat the
top of the hill did not contain a single painted combatant. No vigorous pursuit;
the garrison had had enough of fighting; besides, ammunition was becoming
precious. Texas Smith alone, insatiably bloodthirsty and an independent
fighter, skulked hastily across the plaza, ambushed himself in a crevice of the
ruin, and took a couple of shots at the savages as they mounted their ponies at
the foot of the hill and skedaddled loosely across the plain.

When he returned he croaked out, with an unusual air of excitement, “Big
thing!”

“What is a pig ding?” inquired Sergeant Meyer.

“Never see Injuns make such a fight afore.”

“Nor I,” assented Meyer.

“Stranger, they fowt first-rate,” affirmed Smith, half admiring the Apaches.
“How many did we save?”

“Here are vour in our room, und the leftenant says there are three on the
roof, und berhabs we killed vour or vive outside.”

“A dozen!” chuckled Texas, “besides the wounded. Let's hev a look at
the dead uns.”

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

Going into Meyer's room, be found one of the Apaches still twitching, and
immediately cut his throat. Then he climbed to the roof, gloated over the three
bodies there, dragged them one by one to the ledge, and pitched them into the
plaza.

“That'll settle 'em,” he remarked with a sigh of intense satisfaction, like that
of a baby when it has broken its rattle. Coming down again, he looked all the
corpses over again, and said with an air of disappointment which was almost
sentimental, “On'y a dozen!”

“I kin keer for the Injuns,” he volunteered when the question came up of
burying the dead. “I'd rather keer for 'em than not.”

Before Thurstane knew what was going on, Texas had finished his labor of
love. A crevice in the northern wall of the enclosure looked out upon a steep
slope of marl, almost a precipice, which slanted sheer into the boiling flood of
the San Juan. To this crevice Texas dragged one naked carcass after another,
bundled it through, launched it with a vigorous shove, and then watched it with
a pantherish grin, licking his chops as it were, as it rolled down the steep,
splashed into the river, and set out on its swift voyage toward the Pacific.

“I s'pose you'll want to dig a hole for him,” he said, coming into the Casa
and looking wistfully at the body of poor young Shubert.

Sergeant Meyer motioned him to go away. Thurstane was entering in his
journal an inventory of the deceased soldier's effects having already made a
minute of the date and cause of his death. These with other facts, such as name,
age, physical description, birthplace, time of service, amount of pay due, balance
of clothing-account and stoppages, must be more or less repeated on various
records, such as the descriptive book of the company, the daily return, the
monthly return, the quarterly return, the muster-roll from which the name would
be dropped, and the final statements which were to go to the Adjutant-General
and the Paymaster-General. Even in the desert the monstrous accountability
system of the army lived and burgeoned.

Nothing of importance happened until about noon, when the sentinel on the
outer wall announced that the Apaches were approaching in force, and Thurstane
gave orders to barricade one of the doors of the Casa with some large blocks of
adobe, saying to himself, “I ought to have done it before.”

This work well under way, he hastened to the brow of the hill and reconnoitred
the enemy.

“They are not going to attack,” said Coronado. “They are going to torture
the girl Pepita.”

Thurstane turned away sick at heart, observing, “I must keep the women in
the Casa.”

CHAPTER XXIV.

When Thurstane, turning his back on the torture scene, had ascended to the
roof of the Casa, he found the ladies excited and anxious.

“What is the matter?” asked Clara at once, taking hold of his sleeve with
the tips of her fingers, in a caressing, appealing way, which was common with
her when talking to those she liked.

Ordinarily our officer was a truth-teller; indeed, there was nothing which
came more awkwardly to him than deception; he hated and despised it as if it
were a personage, a criminal, an Indian. But here was a case where he must
stoop to falsification, or at least to concealment.

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

“The Apaches are just below,” he mumbled. “Not one of you women must
venture out. I will see to everything. Be good now.”

She gave his sleeve a little twitch, smiled confidingly in his face, and sat
down to do some much-needed mending.

Having posted Sweeny at the foot of the ladders, with instructions to let none
of the women descend, Thurstane hastened back to the exterior wall, drawn by
a horrible fascination. With his field-glass he could distinguish every action of
the tragedy which was being enacted on the plain. Pepita, entirely stripped of
her clothing, was already bound to the sapling which stood by the side of the
rivulet, and twenty or thirty of the Apaches were dancing around her in a circle,
each one approaching her in turn, howling in her ears and spitting in her face.
The young man had read and heard much of the horrors of that torture-dance,
which stamps the American Indian as the most ferocious of savages; but he
had not understood at all how large a part insult plays in this ceremony of deliberate
cruelty; and, insulting a woman! he had not once dreamed it. Now,
when he saw it done, his blood rushed into his head and he burst forth in choked
incoherent curses.

“I can't stand this,” he shouted, advancing upon Coronado with clenched
fists. “We must charge.”

The Mexican shook his head in a sickly, scared way, and pointed to the left.
There was a covering party of fifty or sixty warriors; it was not more than a
quarter of a mile from the eastern end of the enclosure; it was in position to
charge either upon that, or upon the flank of any rescuing sally.

“We can do it,” insisted the lieutenant, who felt as if he could fight twenty
men.

“We can't,” replied Coronado. “I won't go, and my men shan't go.”

Thurstane thought of Clara, covered his face with his hands, and sobbed
aloud. Texas Smith stared at him with a kind of contemptuous pity, and offered
such consolation as it was in his nature to give.

“Capm, when they've got through this job they'll travel.”

The hideous prelude continued for half an hour. The Apaches in the dance
were relieved by their comrades in the covering party, who came one by one to
take their turns in the round of prancing, hooting, and spitting. Then came a
few minutes of rest; then insult was followed by outrage.

The girl was loosed from the sapling and lifted until her head was even with
the lower branches, three warriors holding her while two others extended her
arms and fixed them to two stout limbs. What the fastenings were Thurstane
could guess from the fact that he saw blows given, and heard the long shrill
scream of a woman in uttermost agony. Then there was more hammering
around the sufferer's feet, and more shrill wailing. She was spiked through the
palms and the ankles to the tree. It was a crucifixion.

“By —!” groaned Thurstane, “I never will spare an Indian as long as
I live.”

“Capm, I'm with you,” said Texas Smith. “I seen my mother fixed like
that. I seen it from the bush whar I was a hidin'. I was a boy then. I've
killed every Injun I could sence.”

Now the dance was resumed. The Apaches pranced about their victim to
the music of her screams. The movement quickened; at last they ran around
the tree in a maddened crowd; at every shriek they stamped, gestured, and
yelled demoniacally. Now and then one of them climbed the girl's body and appeared
to stuff something into her mouth. Then the lamentable outcries sank

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

to a gasping and sobbing which could only be imagined by the spectators on
the hill.

“Can't you hit some of them?” Thurstane asked Texas Smith.

“Better let 'em finish,” muttered the borderer. “The gal can't be helped.
She's as good as dead, Capm.”

After another rest came a fresh scene of horror. Several of the Apaches, no
doubt chiefs or leading braves, caught up their bows and renewed the dance.
Running in a circle at full speed about the tree, each one in turn let fly an arrow
at the victim, the object being to send the missile clear through her.

“That's the wind-up,” muttered Texas Smith. “It's my turn now.”

He leaped from the wall to the ground, ran sixty or eighty yards down the
hill, halted, aimed, and fired. One of the warriors, a fellow in a red shirt who
had been conspicuous in the torture scene, rolled over and lay quiet. The
Apaches, who had been completely absorbed by their frantic ceremony, and who
had not looked for an attack at the moment, nor expected death at such a distance,
uttered a cry of surprise and dismay. There was a scramble of ten or fifteen
screaming horsemen after the audacious borderer. But immediately on
firing he had commenced a rapid retreat, at the same time reloading. He turned
and presented his rifle; just then, too, a protecting volley burst from the rampart;
another Apache fell, and the rest retreated.

“Capm, it's all right,” said Texas, as he reascended the ruin. “We're squar
with 'em.”

“We might have broken it up,” returned Thurstane sullenly.

“No, Capm. You don't know 'em. They'd got thar noses p'inted to torture
that gal. If they didn't do it thar, they'd a done it a little furder off. They was
bound to do it. Now it's done, they'll travel.”

Warned by their last misadventure, the Indians presently retired to their
usual camping ground, leaving their victim attached to the sapling.

“I'll fotch her up,” volunteered Texas, who had a hyena's hankering after
dead bodies. “Reckon you'd like to bury her.”

He mounted, rode slowly, and with prudent glances to right and left, down
the hill, halted under the tree, stood up in his saddle and worked there for some
minutes. The Apaches looked on from a distance, uttering yells of exultation
and making opprobrious gestures. Presently Texas resumed his seat and cantered
gently back to the ruins, bearing across his saddle-bow a fearful burden,
the naked body of a girl of eighteen, pierced with more than fifty arrows, stained
and streaked all over with blood, the limbs shockingly mangled, and the mouth
stuffed with rags.

While nearly every other spectator turned away in horror, he glared steadily
and calmly at the corpse, repeating, “That's Injin fun, that is. That's what
they brag on, that is.”

“Bury her outside the wall,” ordered Thurstane, with averted face. “And
listen, all you people, not a word of this to the women.”

“We shall be catechised,” said Coronado.

“You must do the lying,” replied the officer. He was so shaken by what he
had witnessed that he did not dare to face Clara for an hour afterward, lest his
discomposure should arouse her suspicions. When he did at last visit the tower,
she was quiet and smiling, for Coronado had done his lying, and done it well.

“So there was no attack,” she said. “I am so glad!”

“Only a little skirmish. You heard the firing, of course.”

“Yes. Coronado told us about it. What a horrible howling the Indians
made! There were some screams that were really frightful.”

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

“It was their last demonstration. They will probably be gone in the morning.”

“Poor Pepita! She will be carried off,” said Clara, a tear or two stealing
down her cheek.

“Yes, poor Pepita!” sighed Thurstane.

The muleteer who had been killed in the assault was already buried. At
sundown came the funeral of the soldier Shubert. The body, wrapped in a
blanket, was borne by four Mexicans to the grave which had been prepared for
it, followed by his three comrades with loaded muskets, and then by all the
other members of the party, except Mrs. Stanley, who looked down from her
roof upon the spectacle. Thurstane acted as chaplain, and read the funeral service
from Clara's prayer-book, amidst the weeping of women and the silence of
men. The dead young hero was lowered into his last resting-place. Sergeant
Meyer gave the order: “Shoulder arms—ready—present—aim—fire!” The
ceremony was ended; the muleteers filled the grave; a stone was placed to
mark it; so slept a good soldier.

Now came another night of anxiety, but also of quiet. In the morning, when
eager eyes looked through the yellow haze of dawn over the plain, not an
Apache was to be seen.

“They are gone,” said Coronado to Thurstane, after the two had made the
tour of the ruins and scrutinized every feature of the landscape. “What next?”

Thurstane swept his field-glass around once more, searching for some outlet
besides the horrible cañon, and searching in vain.

“We must wait a day or so for our wounded,” he said. “Then we must
start back on our old trail. I don't see anything else before us.”

“It is a gloomy prospect,” muttered Coronado, thinking of the hundred miles
of rocky desert, and of the possibility that Apaches might be ambushed at the
end of it.

He had been so anxious about himself for a few days that he had cared for little
else. He had been humble, submissive to Thurstane, and almost entirely indifferent
about Clara.

“We ought at least to try something in the way of explorations,” continued
the lieutenant. “To begin with, I shall sound the river. I shall be thought a
devil of a failure if I don't carry back some information about the topography of
this region.”

“Can you paddle your boat against the current?” asked Coronado.

“I doubt it. But we can make a towing cord of lariats and let it out from
the shore; perhaps swing it clear across the river in that way—with some paddling,
you know.”

“It is an excellent plan,” said Coronado.

The day passed without movement, excepting that Texas Smith and two
Mexicans explored the cañon for several miles, returning with a couple of lame
ponies and a report that the Apaches had undoubtedly gone southward. At
night, however, the animals were housed and sentries posted as usual, for Thurstane
feared lest the enemy might yet return and attempt a surprise.

The next morning, all being quiet, the Buchanan boat was launched. A
couple of fairish paddles were chipped out of bits of driftwood, and a towline a
nundred feet long was made of lariats. Thurstane further provisioned the cockle-shell
with fishing tackle, a soundling line, his own rifle, Shubert's musket and accoutrements,
a bag of hard bread, and a few pounds of jerked beef.

“You are not going to make a voyage!” stared Coronado.

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

“I am preparing for accidents. We may get carried down the river.”

“I thought you proposed to keep fast to the shore.”

“I do. But the lariats may break.”

Coronado said no more. He lighted a cigarito and looked on with an air of
dreamy indifference. He had hit upon a plan for getting rid of Thurstane.

The next question was, who could handle a boat? The lieutenant wanted
two men to keep it out in the current while he used the sounding line and recorded
results.

“Guess I'll do 's well 's the nex' hand,” volunteered Captain Glover. “Got
a sore ear, 'n' a hole in my nose, but reckon I'm 'n able-bodied seaman for all
that. Hev rowed some in my time. Rowed forty mile after a whale onct, 'n'
caught the critter—fairly rowed him down. Current's putty lively. Sh'd say 't
was tearin' off 'bout five knots an hour. But guess I'll try it. Sh'd kinder like
to feel water under me agin.”

“Captain, you shall handle the ship,” smiled Thurstane. “I'll mention you
by name in my report. Who next?”

“Me,” yelped Sweeny.

“Can you row, Sweeny?”

“I can, Liftinant.”

“You may try it.”

“Can I take me gun, Liftinant?” demanded Sweeny, who was extravagantly
fond and proud of his piece, all the more perhaps because he held it in awe.

“Yes, you can take it, and Glover can have Shubert's. Though, 'pon my
honor, I don't know why we should carry firearms. It's old habit, I suppose.
It's a way we have in the army.”

The lieutenant had no sort of anxiety on the score of his enterprise. His
plan was to swing out into the current, and, if the boat proved perfectly manageable,
to cut loose from the towline and paddle across, sounding the whole
breadth of the channel. It seemed easy enough and safe enough. When he left
the Casa Grande after breakfast he contrived to kiss Clara's hand, but it did not
once occur to him that it would be proper to bid her farewell. He was very far
indeed from guessing that in the knot of the lariat which was fast to the bow of
his coracle there was a fatal gash. It was not suspicion of evil, but merely a
habit of precaution, a prudential tone of mind which he had acquired in service,
that led him at the last moment to say (making Coronado tremble in his boots),
“Mr. Glover, have you thoroughly overhauled the cord?”

“Give her a look jest before we went up to breakfast,” replied the skipper.
“She'll hold.”

Coronado, who stood three feet distant, blew a quiet little whiff of smoke
through his thin purple lips, meanwhile dreamily contemplating the speaker.

“Git in, you paddywhack,” said Glover to Sweeny. “Grab yer paddle.
T'other end; that's the talk. Now then. All aboard that's goin'. Shove off.”

In a few seconds, impelled from the shore by the paddles, the boat was at the
full length of the towline and in the middle of the boiling current.

“Will it never break?” thought Coronado, smoking a little faster than usual,
but not moving a muscle.

Yes. It had already broken. At the first pause in the paddling the mangled
lariat had given way.

In spite of the renewed efforts of the oarsmen, the boat was flying down the
San Juan.

-- 123 --

CHAPTER XXV.

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

When Thurstane perceived that the towline had parted and that the boat
was gliding down the San Juan, he called sharply, “Paddle!”

He was in no alarm as yet. The line, although of rawhide, was switching on
the surface of the rapid current; it seemed easy enough to recover it and make
a new fastening. Passing from the stern to the bow, he knelt down and dipped
one hand in the water, ready to clutch the end of the lariat.

But a boat five feet long and twelve feet broad, especially when made of canvas
on a frame of light sticks, is not handily paddled against swift water; and
the Buchanan (as the voyagers afterward named it) not only sagged awkwardly,
but showed a strong tendency to whirl around like an egg-shell as it was.
Moreover, the loose line almost instantly took the direction of the stream, and
swept so rapidly shoreward that by the time Thurstane was in position to seize
it, it was rods away.

“Row for the bank,” he ordered. But just as he spoke there came a little
noise which was to these three men the crack of doom. The paddle of that
most unskilful navigator, Sweeny, snapped in two, and the broad blade of it was
instantly out of reach. Next the cockle-shell of a boat was spinning on its keelless
bottom, and whirling broadside on, bow foremost, stern foremost, any way,
down the San Juan.

`Paddle away!” shouted Thurstane to Glover. “Drive her in shore!
Pitch her in!”

The old coaster sent a quick, anxious look down the river, and saw at once
that there was no chance of reaching the bank. Below them, not three hundred
yards distant, was an archipelago of rocks, the débris of fallen precipices and
pinnacles, through which, for half a mile or more, the water flew in whirlpools
and foam. They were drifting at great speed toward this frightful rapid, and, if
they entered it, destruction was sure and instant. Only the middle of the stream
showed a smooth current; and there was less than half a minute in which to
reach it. Without a word Glover commenced paddling as well as he could away
from the bank.

“What are you about?” yelled Thurstane, who saw Clara on the roof of the
Casa Grande, and was crazed at the thought of leaving her there. She would
suspect that he had abandoned her; she would be massacred by the Apaches;
she would starve in the desert, etc.

Glover made no reply. His whole being was engaged in the struggle of
evading immediate death.

One more glance, one moment of manly, soldierly reflection, enabled Thurstane
to comprehend the fate which was upon him, and to bow to it with resignation.
Turning his back upon the foaming reefs which might the next instant be
his executioners, he stood up in the boat, took off his cap, and waved a farewell
to Clara. He was so unconscious of anything but her and his parting from her
that for some time he did not notice that the slight craft had narrowly shaved
the rocks, that it had barely crawled into the middle current, and that he was
temporarily safe. He kept his eyes fixed upon the Casa and upon the girl's

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

motionless figure until a monstrous, sullen precipice slid in between. He was like
one who breathes his last with straining gaze settled on some loved face, parting
from which is worse than death. When he could see her no longer, nor the
ruin which sheltered her, and which suddenly seemed to him a paradise, he
dropped his head between his hands, utterly unmanned.

“'Twon't dew to give it up while we float, Major,” said Glover, breveting the
lieutenant by way of cheering him.

“I don't give it up,” replied Thurstane; “but I had a duty to do there, and
now I can't do it.”

“There's dooties to be 'tended to here, I reckon,” suggested Glover.

“They will be done,” said the officer, raising his head and settling his face.
“How can we help you?”

“Don't seem to need much help. The river doos the paddlin'; wish it
didn't. No 'casion to send anybody aloft. I'll take a seat in the stern 'n' mind
the hellum. Guess that's all they is to be done.”

“You dum paddywhack,” he presently reopened, “what d'ye break yer paddle
for?”

“I didn't break it,” yapped Sweeny indignantly. “It broke itself.”

“Well, what d'ye say y' could paddle for, when y' couldn't?”

“I can paddle. I paddled as long as I had anythin' but a sthick.”

“Oh, you dum landlubber!” smirked Glover. “What if I should order ye
to the masthead?”

“I wouldn't go,” asseverated Sweeny. “I'll moind no man who isn't me suparior
officer. I've moindin' enough to do in the arrmy. I wouldn't go onless
the liftinint towld me. Thin I'd go.”

“Guess y' wouldn't now.”

“Yis I wud.”

“But they an't no mast.”

“I mane if there was one.”

This kind of babble Glover kept up for some minutes, with the sole object
of amusing and cheering Thurstane, whose extreme depression surprised and
alarmed him. He knew that the situation was bad, and that it would take lots
of pluck to bring them through it.

“Capm, where d'ye think we're bound?” he presently inquired. “Whereabouts
doos this river come out?”

“It runs into the Colorado of the West, and that runs into the head of the
Gulf of California.”

“Californy! Reckon I'll git to the diggins quicker 'n I expected. Goin' at
this rate, we'll make about a hundred 'n' twenty knots a day. What's the distance
to Californy?”

“By the bends of the river it can't be less than twelve hundred miles to the
gulf.”

“Whew!” went Glover. “Ten days' sailin'. Wal, smooth water all the
way?”

“The San Juan has never been navigated. So far as I know, we are the first
persons who ever launched a boat on it.”

“Whew! Why, it's like discoverin' Ameriky. Wal, what d'ye guess about
the water? Any chance 'f its bein' smooth clear through?”

“The descent to the gulf must be two or three thousand feet, perhaps more.
We can hardly fail to find rapids. I shouldn't be astonished by a cataract.”

Glover gave a long whistle and fell into grave meditation. His conclusion

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

was: “Can t navigate nights, that's a fact. Have to come to anchor. That
makes twenty days on't. Wal, Capm, fust thing is to fish up a bit 'f driftwood'
n' whittle out 'nother paddle. Want a boat-pole, too, like thunder. We're awful
short 'f spars for a long voyage.”

His lively mind had hardly dismissed this subject before he remarked: “Dum
cur'ous that towline breaking. I overhauled every foot on't. I'd a bet my bottom
fo'pence on its drawin' ten ton. Haul in the slack end 'n' let's hev a peek
at it.”

The tip of the lariat, which was still attached to the boat, being handed to him,
he examined it minutely, closed his eyes, whistled, and ejaculated, “Sawed!”

“What?” asked Thurstane.

“Sawed,” repeated Glover. “That leather was haggled in tew with a jagged
knife or a sharp flint or suthin 'f that sort. Done a purpose, 's sure 's I'm a
sinner.”

Thurstane took the lariat, inspected the breakage carefully, and scowled with
helpless rage.

“That infernal Texan!” he muttered.

“Sho!” said Glover. “That feller? Anythin' agin ye? Wal, Capm, then
all I've got to say is, you come off easy. That feller 'd cut a sleepin' man's
throat. I sh'd say thank God for the riddance. Tell ye I've watched that cuss.
Been blastedly afeard 'f him. Hev so, by George! The further I git from him
the safer I feel.”

“Not a nice man to leave there,” muttered Thurstane, whose anxiety was
precisely not for himself, but for Clara. The young fellow could not be got to
talk much; he was a good deal upset by his calamity. The parting from Clara
was an awful blow; the thought of her dangers made him feel as if he could
jump overboard; and, lurking deep in his soul, there was an ugly fear that Coronado
might now win her. He was furious moreover at having been tricked,
and meditated bedlamite plans of vengeance. For a time he stared more at the
mangled lariat than at the amazing scenery through which he was gliding.

And yet that scenery, although only a prelude, only an overture to the transcendent
oratorios of landscape which were to follow, was in itself a horribly sublime
creation. Not twenty minutes after the snapping of the towline the boat
had entered one of those stupendous cañons which form the distinguishing characteristic
of the great American table-land, and make it a region unlike any
other in the world.

Remember that the cañon is a groove chiselled out of rock by a river. Although
a groove, it is never straight for long distances. The river at its birth
was necessarily guided by the hollows of the primal plateau; moreover, it was
tempted to labor along the softest surfaces. Thus the cañon is a sinuous gully,
cut down from the hollows of rocky valleys, and following their courses of descent
from mountain-chain toward ocean.

In these channels the waters have chafed, ground, abraded, eroded for centuries
which man cannot number. Like the Afreets of the Arabian Nights, they
have been mighty slaves, subject to a far mightier master. That potent magician
whose lair is in the centre of the earth, and whom men have vaguely styled
the attraction of gravitation, has summoned them incessantly toward himself.
In their struggle to render him obedience, they have accomplished results which
make all the works of man insignificant by comparison.

To begin with, vast lakes, which once swept westward from the bases of the
Rocky Mountains, were emptied into the Pacific. Next the draining currents

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

transformed into rivers, cut their way through the soil which formerly covered
the table-lands and commenced their attrition upon the underlying continent of
sandstone. It was a grinding which never ceased; every pebble and every
bowlder which lay in the way was pressed into the endless labor; mountains
were used up in channelling mountains.

The central magician was insatiable and pitiless; he demanded not only the
waters, but whatever they could bring; he hungered after the earth and all that
covered it. His obedient Afreets toiled on, denuding the plateaux of their soil,
washing it away from every slope and peak, pouring it year by year into the
cañons, and whirling it on to the ocean. The rivers, the brooklets, the springs,
and the rains all joined in this eternal robbery. Little by little an eighth of a
continent was stripped of its loam, its forests, its grasses, its flowers, its vegetation
of every species. What had been a land of fertility became an arid and
rocky desert.

Then the minor Afreets perished of the results of their own obedience.
There being no soil, the fountains disappeared; there being no evaporation, the
rains diminished. Deprived of sustenance, nearly all the shorter streams dried
up, and the channels which they had hewn became arid gullies. Only those
rivers continued to exist which drew their waters from the snowy slopes of the
Rocky Mountains or from the spurs and ranges which intersect the plateaux.
The ages may come when these also will cease to flow, and throughout all this
portion of the continent the central magician will call for his Afreets in vain.

For some time we must attend much to the scenery of the desert thus created.
It has become one of the individuals of our story, and interferes with the
fate of the merely human personages. Thurstane could not long ignore its magnificent,
oppressive, and potent presence. Forgetting somewhat his anxieties
about the loved one whom he had left behind, he looked about him with some
such amazement as if he had been translated from earth into regions of supernature.

The cañon through which he was flying was a groove cut in solid sandstone,
less than two hundred feet wide, with precipitous walls of fifteen hundred feet,
from the summit of which the rock sloped away into buttes and peaks a thousand
feet higher. On every side the horizon was half a mile above his head.
He was in a chasm, twenty-five hundred feet below the average surface of the
earth, the floor of which was a swift river.

He seemed to himself to be traversing the abodes of the Genii. Although
he had only heard of “Vathek,” he thought of the Hall of Eblis. It was such an
abyss as no artist has ever hinted, excepting Doré in his picturings of Dante's
“Inferno.” Could Dante himself have looked into it, he would have peopled it
with the most hopeless of his lost spirits. The shadow, the aridity, the barrenness,
the solemnity, the pitilessness, the horrid cruelty of the scene, were more
than might be received into the soul. It was something which could not be imagined,
and which when seen could not be fully remembered. To gaze on it
was like beholding the mysterious, wicked countenance of the father of all evil.
It was a landscape which was a fiend.

The precipices were not bare and plain faces of rock, destitute of minor finish
and of color. They had their horrible decorations; they showed the ingenuity
and the artistic force of the Afreets who had fashioned them; they were
wrought and tinted with a demoniac splendor suited to their magnitude. It
seemed as if some goblin Michel Angelo had here done his carving and frescoing
at the command of the lords of hell. Layers of brown, gray, and orange

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

sandstone, alternated from base to summit; and these tints were laid on with
a breadth of effect which was prodigious; a hundred feet in height and miles in
length at a stroke of the brush.

The architectural and sculptural results were equally monstrous. There were
lateral shelves twenty feet in width, and thousands of yards in length. There
were towers, pilasters, and formless caryatides, a quarter of a mile in height.
Great bulks projected, capped by gigantic mitres or diadems, and flanked by
cavernous indentations. In consequence of the varying solidity of the stone,
the river had wrought the precipices into a series of innumerable monuments,
more or less enormous, commemorative of combats. There had been interminable
strife here between the demons of earth and the demons of water, and each
side had set up its trophies. It was the Vatican and the Catacombs of the
Genii; it was the museum and the mausoleum of the forces of nature.

At various points tributary gorges, the graves of fluvial gods who had perished
long ago, opened into the main cañon. In passing these the voyagers
had momentary glimpses of sublimities and horrors which seemed like the
handiwork of that “anarch old,” who wrought before the shaping of the universe.
One of these sarcophagi was a narrow cleft, not more than eighty feet
broad, cut from surface to base of a bed of sandstone one-third of a mile in
depth. It was inhabited by an eternal gloom which was like the shadow of the
blackness of darkness. The stillness, the absence of all life whether animal or
vegetable, the dungeon-like closeness of the monstrous walls, were beyond language.

Another gorge was a ruin. The rock here being of various degrees of density,
the waters had essayed a thousand channels. All the softer veins had
been scooped out and washed away, leaving the harder blocks and masses piled
in a colossal grotesque confusion. Along the sloping sides of the gap stood
bowlders, pillars, needles, and strange shapes of stone, peering over each other's
heads into the gulf below. It was as if an army of misshapen monsters and
giants had been petrified with horror, while staring at some inconceivable desolation
and ruin. There was no hope for this concrete despair; no imaginable
voice could utter for it a word of consolation; the gazer, like Dante amid the
tormented, could only “look and pass on.”

At one point two lateral cañons opened side by side upon the San Juan.
The partition was a stupendous pile of rock fifteen hundred feet in altitude, but
so narrow that it seemed to the voyagers below like the single standing wall of
some ruined edifice. Although the space on its summit was broad enough for a
cathedral, it did not appear to them that it would afford footing to a man, while
the enclosing fissures looked narrow enough to be crossed at a bound. On
either side of this isolated bar of sandstone a plumb-line might have been dropped
straight to the level of the river. The two chasms were tombs of shadow,
where nothing ever stirred but winds.

The solitude of this continuous panorama of precipices was remarkable. It
was a region without man, or beast, or bird, or insect. The endless rocks, not
only denuded, but eroded and scraped by the action of bygone waters, could
furnish no support for animal life. A beast of prey, or even a mountain goat,
would have starved here. Could a condor of the Andes have visited it, he would
have spread his wings at once to leave it.

Yet horrible as the scene was, it was so sublime that it fascinated. For
hours, gazing at lofty masses, vast outlines, prodigious assemblages of rocky
imagery, endless strokes of natural frescoing, the three adventurers either

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

exchanged rare words of astonishment, or lay in reveries which transported them
beyond earth. What Thurstane felt he could only express by recalling random
lines of the “Paradise Lost.” It seemed to him as if they might at any moment
emerge upon the lake of burning marl, and float into the shadow of the
walls of Pandemonium. He would not have felt himself carried much beyond
his present circumstances, had he suddenly beheld Satan,



High on a throne of royal state, which far
Outshone the wealth of Ormus and of Ind.

He was roused from his dreams by the quick, dry, grasshopper-like voice of
Phineas Glover, asking, “What's that?”

A deep whisper came up the chasm. They could hardly distinguish it when
they stretched their hearing to the utmost. It seemed to steal with difficulty
against the rushing flood, and then to be swept down again. It sighed threateningly
for a moment, and instantaneously became silence. One might liken it to
a ghost trying to advance through some castle hall, only to be borne backward
by the fitful night-breeze, or by some mysterious ban. Was the desert inhabited,
and by disembodied demons?

After a further flight of half a mile, this variable sigh changed to a continuous
murmur. There was now before the voyagers a straight course of nearly
two miles, at the end of which lay hid the unseen power which gave forth this
solemn menace. The river, perfectly clear of rocks, was a sheet of liquid porphyry,
an arrow of dark-red water slightly flecked with foam. The walls of the
cañon, scarcely fifty yards apart and more stupendous than ever, rose in precipices
without a landing-place or a foothold. So far as eye could pierce into the
twilight of the sublime chasm, there was not a spot where the boat could be arrested
in its flight, or where a swimmer could find a shelf of safety.

“It is a rapid,” said Thurstane. “You did well, Captain Glover, to get another
paddle.”

“Lord bless ye!” returned the skipper impatiently, “it's lucky I was whittlin'
while you was thinkin'. If we on'y had a boat-hook!”

From moment to moment the murmur came nearer and grew louder. It was
smothered and then redoubled by the reverberations of the cañon, so that sometimes
it seemed the tigerish snarl of a rapid, and sometimes the leonine roar of a
cataract. A bend of the chasm at last brought the voyagers in sight of the
monster, which was frothing and howling to devour them. It was a terrific
spectacle. It was like Apollyon “straddling quite across the way,” to intercept
Christian in the Valley of the Shadow of Death. From one dizzy rampart to
the other, and as far down the echoing cavern as eye could reach, the river was
white with an arrowy rapid storming though a labyrinth of rocks.

Sweeny, evidently praying, moved his lips in silence. Glover's face had the
keen, anxious, watchful look of the sailor affronting shipwreck; and Thurstane's
the set, enduring rigidity of the soldier who is tried to his utmost by cannonade.

CHAPTER XXVI.

The three adventurers were entering the gorge of an impassable rapid.

Here had once been the barrier of a cataract; the waters had ground through
it, tumbled it down, and gnawed it to tatters; the scattered bowlders which
showed through the foam were the remnants of the Cyclopean feast.

There appeared to be no escape from death. Any one of those stones would
rend the canvas boat from end to end, or double it into a wet rag; and if a

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

swimmer should perchance reach the bank, he would drown there looking up at
precipices; or, if he should find a footing, it would only be to starve.

“There is our chance,” said Thurstane, pointing to a bowlder as large as a
house which stood under the northern wall of the cañon, about a quarter of a
mile above the first yeast of the rapid.

He and Glover each took a paddle. They had but one object: it was to get
under the lee of the bowlder, and so stop their descent; after that they would
see what more could be done. Danger and safety were alike swift here; it was
a hurry as of battle or tempest. Almost before they began to hope for success,
they were circling in the narrow eddy, very nearly a whirlpool, which wheeled
just below the isolated rock. Even here the utmost caution was necessary, for
while the Buchanan was as light as a bubble, it was also as fragile.

Sounding the muddy water with their paddles, they slowly glided into the
angle between the bowlder and the precipice, and jammed the fragment of the
towline in a crevice. For the first time in six hours, and in a run of thirty miles,
they were at rest. Wiping the sweat of labor and anxiety from their brows,
they looked about them, at first in silence, querying what next?

“I wish I was on an iceberg,” said Glover in his despair.

“An' I wish I was in Oirland,” added Sweeny. “But if the divil himself
was to want to desart here, he couldn't.”

Thurstane believed that he had seen Clara for the last time, even should she
escape her own perils. Through his field-glass he surveyed the whole gloomy
scene with microscopic attention, searching for an exit out of this monstrous
man-trap, and searching in vain. It was as impossible to descend the rapid as it
was to scale the walls of the cañon. He had just heard Sweeny say, “I wish I
was bein' murthered by thim naygurs,” and had smiled at the utterance of desperation
with a grim sympathy, when a faint hope dawned upon him.

Not more than a yard above the water was a ledge or shelf in the face of the
precipice. The layer of sandstone immediately over this shelf was evidently
softer than the general mass; and in other days (centuries ago), when it had
formed one level with the bed of the river, it had been deeply eroded. This erosion
had been carried along the cañon on an even line of altitude as far as the
softer layer extended. Thurstane could trace it with his glass for what seemed
to him a mile, and there was of course a possibility that it reached below
the foot of the rapid. The groove was everywhere about twenty feet high, while
its breadth varied from a yard or so to nearly a rod.

Here, then, was a road by which they might perhaps turn the obstacle. The
only difficulty was that while the bed of the river descended rapidly, the shelf
kept on at the same elevation, so that eventually the travellers would come to a
jumping-off place. How high would it be? Could they get down it so as to regain
the stream and resume their navigation? Well, they must try it; there
was no other road. With one eloquent wave of his hand Thurstane pointed out
this slender chance of escape to his comrades.

“Hurray!” shouted Glover, after a long stare, in which the emotions succeeded
each other like colors in a dolphin.

“Can we make the jump at the other end?” asked the lieutenant.

“Reckon so,” chirruped Glover. “Look a here.”

He exhibited a pile of unpleasant-looking matter which proved to be a mass
of strips of fresh hide.

“Hoss skin,” he explained. “Peeled off a mustang. Borrowed it from that
Texan cuss. Thought likely we might want to splice our towline. 'Bout ten

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

fathom, I reckon; 'n' there's the lariat, two fathom more. All we've got to do
is to pack up, stick our backs under, 'n' travel.

It was three o'clock in the afternoon when they commenced their preparations
for making this extraordinary portage. Sunk as they were twenty-five
hundred feet in the bowels of the earth, the sun had already set for them; but
they were still favored with a sort of twilight radiance, and they could count upon
it for a couple of hours longer. Carefully the guns, paddles, and stores were
landed on the marvellous causeway; and then, with still greater caution, the
boat was lifted to the same support and taken to pieces. The whole mass of
material, some two hundred pounds in weight, was divided into three portions.
Each shouldered his pack, and the strange journey commenced.

“Sweeny, don't you fall off,” said Glover. “We can't spare them sticks.”

“If I fall off, ye may shute me where I stand,” returned Sweeny. “I know
better 'n to get drowned and starved to death in wan. I can take care av meself.
I've sailed this a way many a time in th' ould counthry.”

The road was a smooth and easy one, barring a few cumbering bowlders.
To the left and below was the river, roaring, hissing, and foaming through its
chevaux de frise of rocks. In front the cañon stretched on and on until its walls
grew dim with shadow and distance. Above were overhanging precipices and a
blue streak of sunlit sky.

It was quite dusk with the wanderers before they reached a point where the
San Juan once more flowed with an undisturbed current.

“We can't launch by this light,” said Thurstane. “We will sleep here.”

“It'll be a longish night,” commented Glover. “But don't see 's we can
shorten it by growlin'. When fellahs travel in the bowels 'f th' earth, they've got
to follow the customs 'f th' country. Puts me in mind of Jonah in the whale's
belly. Putty short tacks, Capm. Nine hours a day won't git us along any too
fast. But can't help it. Night travellin' ain't suited to our boat. Suthin'
like a bladder football: one pin-prick 'd cowallapse it. Wal, so we'll settle.
Lucky we wanted our blankets to set on. 'Pears to me this rock's a leetle
harder'n a common deck plank. Unroll the boat, Capm? Wal, guess we'd
better. Needs dryin' a speck. Too much soakin' an't good for canvas. Better
dry it out, 'n' fold it up, 'n' sleep on't. This passageway that we're in, sh'd say
it might git up a smart draught. What d'ye say to this spot for campin'? Twenty
foot breadth of beam here. Kind of a stateroom, or bridal chamber. No need
of fallin' out. Ever walk in yer sleep, Sweeny? Better cut it right square off
to-night. Five fathom down to the river, sh'd say. Splash ye awfully,
Sweeny.”

Thus did Captain Glover prattle in his cheerful way while the party made its
preparations for the night.

They were like ants lodged in some transverse crack of a lofty wall. They
were in a deep cut of the shelf, with fifteen hundred or two thousand feet of sandstone
above, and the porphyry-colored river thirty feet below. The narrow strip
of sky far above their heads was darkening rapidly with the approach of night,
and with an accumulation of clouds. All of a sudden there was a descent of
muddy water, charged with particles of red earth and powdered sandstone, pouring
by them down the overhanging precipice.

“Liftinant!” exclaimed Sweeny, “thim naygurs up there is washin' their
dirty hides an' pourin' the suds down on us.”

“It's the rain, Sweeny. There's a shower on the plateau above.”

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

“The rain, is it? Thin all nate people in that counthry must stand in great
nade of ombrellys.”

The scene was more marvellous than ever. Not a drop of rain fell in the
river; the immense façade opposite them was as dry as a skull; yet here was
this muddy cataract. It fell for half an hour, scarcely so much as spattering
them in their recess, but plunging over them into the torrent beneath. By the
time it ceased they had eaten their supper of hard bread and harder beef, and
lighted their pipes to allay their thirst. There was a laying of plans to regain
the river to-morrow, a grave calculation as to how long their provisions would
last, and in general much talk about their chances.

“Not a shine of a lookout for gittin' back to the Casa?” queried Captain
Glover. “Knowed it,” he added, when the lieutenant sadly shook his head.
“Fool for talkin' 'bout it. How 'bout reachin' the trail to the Moqui country?”

“I have been thinking of it all day,” said Thurstane. “We must give it up.
Every one of the branch cañons on the other bank trends wrong. We couldn't
cross them; we should have to follow them; it's an impassable hell of a country.
We might by bare chance reach the Moqui pueblos; but the probability
is that we should die in the desert of thirst. We shall have to run the river.
Perhaps we shall have to run the Colorado too. If so, we had better keep on to
Diamond creek, and from there push by land to Cactus Pass. Cactus Pass is on
the trail, and we may meet emigrants there. I don't know what better to suggest.”

“Dessay it's a tiptop idee,” assented Glover cheeringly. “Anyhow, if we
take on down the river, it seems like follyin' the guidings of Providence.”

In spite of their strange situation and doubtful prospects, the three adventurers
slept early and soundly. When they awoke it was daybreak, and after
chewing the hardest, dryest, and rawest of breakfasts, they began their preparations
to reach the river. To effect this, it was necessary to find a cleft in the
ledge where they could fasten a cord securely, and below it a footing at the
water's edge where they could put their boat together and launch it. It would
not do to go far down the cañon, for the bed of the stream descended while the
shelf retained its level, and the distance between them was already sufficiently
alarming. After an anxious search they discovered a bowlder lying in the river
beneath the shelf, with a flat surface perfectly suited to their purpose. There,
too, was a cleft, but a miserably small one.

“We can't jam a cord in that,” said Glover; “nor the handle of a paddle
nuther.”

“It 'll howld me bagonet,” suggested Sweeny.

“It can be made to hold it,” decided Thurstane. “We must drill away till
it does hold it.”

An hour's labor enabled them to insert the bayonet to the handle and wedge
it with spikes split off from the precious wood of the paddles. When it seemed
firm enough to support a strong lateral pressure, Glover knotted on to it, in his
deft sailor fashion, a strip of the horse hide, and added others to that until he
had a cord of some forty feet. After testing every inch and every knot, he said:
“Who starts first?”

“I will try it,” answered Thurstane.

“Lightest first, I reckon,” observed Glover.

Sweeny looked at the precipice, skipped about the shelf uneasily, made a
struggle with his fears, and asked, “Will ye let me down aisy?”

“Jest 's easy 's rollin' off a log.”

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

“That's aisy enough. It's the lightin' that's har-rd. If it comes to rowlin'
down, I'll let ye have the first rowl. I've no moind to git ahead of me betthers.”

“Try it, my lad,” said Thurstane. “The real danger comes with the last
man. He will have to trust to the bayonet alone.”

“An' what'll I do whin I get down there?”

“Take the traps off the cord as we send them down, and pile them on the
rock.”

“I'm off,” said Sweeny, after one more look into the chasm. While the
others held the cord to keep the strain from coming on the bayonet, he gripped
it with both hands, edged stern foremost over the precipice, and slipped rapidly
to the bowlder, whence he sent up a hoot of exultation. The cord was drawn
back; the boat was made up in two bundles, which were lowered in succession;
then the provisions, paddles, arms, etc. Now came the question whether Thurstane
or Glover should remain last on the ledge.

“Lightest last,” said the lean skipper. “Stands to reason.”

“It's my duty to take the hot end of the poker,” replied the officer.

“Loser goes first,” said Glover, producing a copper. “Heads or tails?”

“Heads,” guessed Thurstane.

“It's a tail. Catch hold, Capm. Slow 'n' easy till you get over.”

The cord holding firm, Thurstane reached the bowlder, and was presently
joined by Glover.

“Liftinant, I want me bagonet,” cried Sweeny. “Will I go up afther it?”

“How the dickens 'd you git down again?” asked Glover. “Guess you'll
have to leave your bayonet where it sticks. But, Capm, we want that line.
Can't you shute it away, clost by th' edge?”

The third shot was a lucky one, and brought down the precious cord. Then
came the work of putting the boat into shape, launching it, getting in the stores,
and lastly the voyagers.

“Tight 's a drum yit,” observed Glover, surveying the coracle admiringly.
“Fust time I ever sailed on canvas. Great notion. Don't draw more'n three
inches. Might sail acrost country with it. Capm, it's the only boat ever invented
that could git down this blasted river.”

Glover and Sweeny, two of the most talkative creatures on earth, chattered
much to each other. Thurstane sometimes listened to them, sometimes lost
himself in reveries about Clara, sometimes surveyed the scenery of the cañon.

The abyss was always the same, yet with colossal variety: here and there
yawnings of veined precipices, followed by cavernous closings of the awful sides;
breakings in of subsidiary cañons, some narrow clefts, and others gaping shattered
mouths; the walls now presenting long lines of rampart, and now a succession
of peaks. But still, although they had now traversed the chasm for
seventy or eighty miles, they found no close and no declension to its solemn
grandeur.

At last came another menace, a murmur deeper and hoarser than that of the
rapid, steadily swelling as they advanced until it was a continuous thunder.
This time there could be no doubt that they were entering upon a scene of yet
undecided battle between the eternal assault of the river and the immemorial resistance
of the mountains.

The quickening speed of the waters, and the ceaseless bellow of their charging
trumpets as they tore into some yet unseen abyss, announced one of those
struggles of nature in which man must be a spectator or a victim.

-- 133 --

CHAPTER XXVII.

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

As Thurstane approached the cataract of the San Juan he thought of the
rapids above Niagara, and of the men who had been whirled down them, foreseeing
their fate and struggling against it, but unable to escape it.

“We must keep near one wall or the other,” he said. “The middle of the
river is sure death.”

Paddling toward the northern bank, simply because it had saved them in
their former peril, they floated like a leaf in the shadows of the precipices, watching
for some footway by which to turn the lair of the monster ahead.

The scenery here did not consist exclusively of two lofty ramparts fronting
each other. Before the river had established its present channel it had tried the
strength of the plateau in various directions, slashing the upper strata into a succession
of cañons, which were now lofty and arid gullies, divided from each other
by every conceivable form of rocky ruin. Rotundas, amphitheatres, castellated
walls, cathedrals of unparalleled immensity, façades of palaces huge enough to
be the abodes of the principalities and powers of the air, far-stretching semblances
of cities tottering to destruction, all fashions of domes, towers, minarets,
spires, and obelisks, with a population of misshapen demons and monsters,
looked down from sublime heights upon the voyagers. At every turn in the
river the panorama changed, and they beheld new marvels of this Titanic architecture.
There was no end to the gigantic and grotesque variety of the commingling
outlines. The vastness, the loneliness, the stillness, the twilight sombreness,
were awful. And through all reverberated incessantly the defiant clarion
of the cataract.

The day was drawing to that early death which it has always had and must
always have in these abysses. Knowing how suddenly darkness would fall, and
not daring to attempt the unknown without light, the travellers looked for a
mooring spot. There was a grim abutment at least eighteen hundred feet high;
at its base two rocks, which had tumbled ages ago from the summit, formed a
rude breakwater; and on this barrier had collected a bed of coarse pebbles,
strewn with driftwood. Here they stopped their flight, unloaded the boat and
beached it. The drift-wood furnished them a softer bed than usual, and materials
for a fire.

Night supervened with the suddenness of a death which has been looked for,
but which is at last a surprise. Shadow after shadow crept down the walls of
the chasm, blurred its projections, darkened its faces, and crowded its recesses.
The line of sky, seen through the jagged and sinuous opening above, changed
slowly to gloom and then to blackness. There was no light in this rocky intestine
of the earth except the red flicker of the camp-fire. It fought feebly with
the powers of darkness; it sent tremulous despairing flashes athwart the swift
ebony river; it reached out with momentary gleams to the nearer façades of
precipice; it reeled, drooped, and shuddered as if in hopeless horror. Probably,
since the world began, no other fire lighted by man had struggled against
the gloom of this tremendous amphitheatre. The darknesses were astonished at
it, but they were also uncomprehending and hostile. They refused to be dissipated,
and they were victorious.

After two hours a change came upon the scene. The moon rose, filled the
upper air with its radiance, and bathed in silver the slopes of the mountains.
The narrow belt of visible sky resembled a milky way. The light continued to

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

descend and work miracles. Isolated turrets, domes, and pinnacles came out
in gleaming relief against the dark-blue background of the heavens. The opposite
crest of the cañon shone with a broad illumination. All the uncouth demons
and monsters of the rocks awoke, glaring and blinking, to menace the voyagers
in the depths below. The contrast between this supereminent brilliancy
and the sullen obscurity of the subterranean river made the latter seem more
than ever like Styx or Acheron.

The travellers were awakened in the morning by the trumpetings of the cataract.
They embarked and dropped down the stream, hugging the northern
rampart and watching anxiously. Presently there was a clear sweep of a mile;
the clamor now came straight up to them with redoubled vehemence; a ghost
of spray arose and waved threateningly, as if forbidding further passage. It
was the roar and smoke of an artillery which had thundered for ages, and would
thunder for ages to come. It was a voice and signal which summoned reinforcements
of waters, and in obedience to which the waters charged eternally.

The boat had shudders. Every spasm jerked it onward a little faster. It
flew with a tremulous speed which was terrible. Thurstane, a good soldier, able
to obey as well as to direct, knowing that if Glover could not steer wisely no one
could, sat, paddle in hand, awaiting orders. Sweeny fidgeted, looked from one
to another, looked at the mist ahead, cringed, wanted to speak, and said nothing.
Glover, working hard with his paddle, and just barely keeping the coracle
bows on, peered and grinned as if he were facing a hurricane. There was no
time to have a care for sunken bowlders, reaching up to rend the thin bottom.
The one giant danger of the cataract was enough to fill the mind and bar out
every minor terror. Its deafening threats demanded the whole of the imagination.
Compared with the probability of plunging down an unknown depth into
a boiling hell of waters, all other peril seemed too trifling to attract notice. Such
a fate is an enhancement of the horrors of death.

“Liftinant, let's go over with a whoop,” called Sweeny. “It's much aisier.”

“Keep quiet, my lad,” replied the officer. “We must hear orders.”

“All right, Liftinant,” said Sweeny, relieved by having spoken.

At this moment Glover shouted cheerfully, “We ain't dead yit. There's a
ledge.”

“I see it,” nodded Thurstane.

“Where there's a ledge there's an eddy,” screamed Glover, raising his voice
to pierce the hiss of the rapid and the roar of the cascade.

Below them, jutting out from the precipitous northern bank, was a low bar
of rock over which the river did not sweep. It was the remanant of a once lofty
barrier; the waters had, as it were, gnawed it to the bone, but they had not destroyed
it. In two minutes the voyagers were breside it, paddling with all their
strength against the eddy which whirled along its edge toward the cataract, and
tossing over the short, spiteful ripples raised by the sudden turn of the current.
With a “Hooroo!” Sweeny tumbled ashore, lariat in hand, and struck his army
shoes into the crevices of the shattered sandstone. In five minutes more the
boat was unloaded and lifted upon the ledge.

The travellers did not go to look at the cataract; their immediate and urgent
need was to get by it. Making up their bundles as usual, they commenced
a struggle with the intricacies and obstacles of the portage. The eroded, disintegrated
plateau descended to the river in a huge confusion of ruin, and they had
to pick their way for miles through a labyrinth of cliffs, needles, towers, and
bowlders. Reaching the river once more, they found themselves upon a little

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

plain of moderately fertile earth, the first plain and the first earth which they had
seen since entering the cañon. The cataract was invisible; a rock cathedral
several hundred feet high hid it; they could scarcely discern its lofty ghost of
spray.

Two miles away, in the middle of the plain, appeared a ruin of adobe walls,
guttered and fissured by the weather. It was undoubtedly a monument of that
partially civilized race, Aztec, Toltec, or Moqui, which centuries ago dotted the
American desert with cities, and passed away without leaving other record.
With his field-glass Thurstane discovered what he judged to be another similar
structure crowning a distant butte. They had no time to visit these remains,
and they resumed their voyage.

After skirting the plain for several miles, they reëntered the cañon, drifted
two hours or more between its solemn walls, and then came out upon a wide
sweep of open country. The great cañon of the San Juan had been traversed
nearly from end to end in safety. When the adventurers realized their triumph
they rose to their feet and gave nine hurrahs.

“It's loike a rich man comin' through the oye av a needle,” observed
Sweeny.

“Only this haint much the air 'f the New Jerusalem,” returned Glover,
glancing at the arid waste of buttes and ranges in the distance.

“We oughter look up some huntin',” he continued. “Locker 'll begin to
show bottom b'fore long. Sweeny, wouldn't you like to kill suthin?”

“I'd like to kill a pig,” said Sweeny.

“Wal, guess we'll probably come acrost one. They's a kind of pigs in these
deestricks putty nigh's long 's this boat.”

“There ain't,” returned Sweeny.

“Call 'em grizzlies when they call 'em at all,” pursued the sly Glover.

“They may call 'em what they plaze if they won't call 'em as long as this
boat.”

Fortune so managed things, by way of carrying out Glover's joke, that a huge
grizzly just then showed himself on the bank, some two hundred yards below the
boat.

After easily slaughtering one bear, the travellers had a far more interesting
season with another, who was allured to the scene by the smell of jerking meat,
and who gave them a very lively half hour of it, it being hard to say which was
the most hunted, the bruin or the humans.

“Look a' that now!” groaned Sweeny, when the victory had been secured.
“The baste has chawed up me gun barrl loike it was a plug o' tobacky.”

“Throw it away,” ordered Thurstane, after inspecting the twisted and lacerated
musket.

Tenderly and tearfully Sweeny laid aside the first gun that he had ever carried,
went again and again to look at its mangled form as if it were a dead relative,
and in the end raised a little mausoleum of cobble-stones over it.

“If there was any whiskey, I'd give um a wake,” he sighed. “I'm a pratty
soldier now, without a gun to me back.”

“I'll let ye carry mine when we come to foot it,” suggested Glover.

“Yis, an' ye may carry me part av the boat,” retorted Sweeny.

The bear meat was tough and musky, but it could be eaten, must be eaten,
and was eaten. During the time required for jerking a quantity of it, Glover
made a boat out of the two hides, scraping them with a hunting knife, sewing
them with a sailor's needle and strands of the sounding-line, and stretching them

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

on a frame of green saplings, the result being a craft six feet long by nearly four
broad, and about the shape of a half walnut-shell. The long hair was left on, as
a protection against the rocks of the river, and the seams were filled and plastered
with bear's grease.

“It's a mighty bad-smellin' thing,” remarked Sweeny. “An who's goin' to
back it over the portages?”

“Robinson Crusoe!” exclaimed Glover. “I never thought of that. Wal,
let's see. Oh, we kin tow her astarn in plain sailin', 'n' when we come to a cataract
we can put Sweeny in an' let her slide.”

“No ye can't,” said Sweeny. “It's big enough, an' yet it won't howld um,
no more'n a tayspoon 'll howld a flay.”

“Wal, we kin let her slide without a crew, 'n' pick her up arterwards,” decided
Glover.

We must hasten over the minor events of this remarkable journey. The
travellers, towing the bearskin boat behind the Buchanan, passed the mouth of
Cañon Bonito, and soon afterward beheld the San Juan swallowed up in the
Grand River, a far larger stream which rises in the Rocky Mountains east of
Utah. They swept by the horrible country of the Utes and Payoches, without
holding intercourse with its squalid and savage inhabitants. Here and there, at
the foot of some monstrous precipice, in a profound recess surrounded by a
frenzy of rocks, they saw hamlets of a few miserable wigwams, with patches of
starveling corn and beans. Sharp wild cries, like the calls of malicious brownies,
or the shrieks of condemned spirits, were sent after them, without obtaining
response.

“They bees only naygurs,” observed Sweeny. “Niver moind their blaggard
ways.”

After the confluence with the Grand River came solitude. The land had
been swept and garnished: swept by the waters and garnished with horrors; a
land of cañons, plateaux, and ranges, all arid; a land of desolation and the shadow
of death. There was nothing on which man or beast could support life;
nature's power of renovation was for the time suspended, and seemed extinct.
It was a desert which nothing could restore to fruitfulness except the slow mysterious
forces of a geologic revolution.

Beyond the Sierra de Lanterna the Grand River was joined by the Green
River, streaming down through gullied plateaux from the deserts of Utah and
the mountains which tower between Oregon and Nebraska. Henceforward, still
locked in Titanic defiles or flanked by Cyclopean débris, they were on the Colorado
of the West.

Thurstane meditated as to what course he should follow. Should he strike
southward by land for the Bernalillo trail, risking a march through a wide,
rocky, lifeless, and perhaps waterless wilderness? Or should he attempt to descend
a river even more terrible to navigate than the San Juan? It seemed to
him that the hardships and dangers of either plan were about the same.

But the Colorado route would be the swiftest; the Colorado would take him
quickest to Clara. For he trusted that she had long before this got back to the
Moqui country and resumed her journey across the continent. He could not really
fear that any deadly harm would befall her. He had the firmness of a soldier
and the faith of a lover.

At last, silently and solemnly, through a portal thousands of feet in height,
the voyagers glided into the perilous mystery of the Great Cañon of the Colorado,
the most sublime and terrible waterway of this planet.

-- 137 --

CHAPTER XXVIII.

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

Thurstane had strange emotions as he swept into the “caverns measureless
to man” of the Great Cañon of the Colorado.

It seemed like a push of destiny rather than a step of volition. An angel or
a demon impelled him into the unknown; a supernatural portal had opened to
give him passage; then it had closed behind him forever.

The cañon, with all its two hundred and forty miles of marvels and perils,
presented itself to his imagination as a unity. The first step within it placed
him under an enchantment from which there was no escape until the whole circuit
of the spell should be completed. He was like Orlando in the magic garden,
when the gate vanished immediately upon his entrance, leaving him no
choice but to press on from trial to trial. He was no more free to pause or turn
back than Grecian ghosts sailing down Acheron toward the throne of Radamanthus.

Direct statement, and even the higher speech of simile, fail to describe the
Great Cañon and the emotion which it produces. Were its fronting precipices
organs, with their mountainous columns and pilasters for organ-pipes, they
might produce a de profundis worthy of the scene and of its sentiments, its inspiration.
This is not bombast; so far from exaggerating it does not even
attain to the subject: no words can so much as outline the effects of eighty
leagues of mountain sculptured by a great river.

Let us venture one comparison. Imagine a groove a foot broad and twenty
feet deep, with a runnel of water trickling at the bottom of it and a fleck of dust
floating down the rivulet. Now increase the dimensions until the groove is two
hundred and fifty feet in breadth by five thousand feet in depth, and the speck a
boat with three voyagers. You have the Great Cañon of the Colorado and
Thurstane and his comrades seeking its issue.

“Do you call this a counthry?” asked Sweeny, after an awe-stricken silence.
“I'm thinkin' we're gittin' outside av the worrld like.”

“An' I'm thinkin' we're gittin' too fur inside on't,” muttered Glover.
“Look's 's though we might slip clean under afore long. Most low-spirited hole
I ever rolled into. 'Minds me 'f that last ditch people talk of dyin' in. Must
say I'd rather be in the trough 'f the sea.”

“An' what kind av a trough is that?” inquired Sweeny, inquisitive even in
his dumps.

“It's the trough where they feed the niggers out to the sharks.”

“Faix, an' I'd loike to see it at feedin' time,” answered Sweeny with a feeble
chuckle.

Nature as it is is one image; nature as it appears is a thousand; or rather it
is infinite. Every soul is a mirror, reflecting what faces it; but the reflections
differ as do the souls that give them. To the three men who now gazed on the
Great Cañon it was far from being the same object.

Sweeny surveyed it as an old Greek or Roman might, with simple distaste
and horror. Glover, ignorant and limited as he was, received far more of its inspiration.
Even while “chirking up” his companions with trivial talk and jests

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

he was in his secret soul thinking of Bunyan's Dark Valley and Milton's Hell,
the two sublimest landscapes that had ever been presented to his imagination.
Thurstane, gifted with much of the sympathy of the great Teutonic race for nature,
was far more profoundly affected. The overshadowing altitudes and majesties
of the chasm moved him as might oratorios or other solemn music.
Frequently he forgot hardships, dangers, isolation, the hard luck of the past, the
ugly prospects of the future in reveries which were a succession of such emotions
as wonder, worship, and love.

No doubt the scenery had the more power over him because, by gazing at it
day after day while his heart was full of Clara, he got into a way of animating
it with her. Far away as she was, and divided from him perhaps forever, she
haunted the cañon, transformed it and gave it grace. He could see her face
everywhere; he could see it even without shutting his eyes; it made the arrogant
and malignant cliffs seraphic. By the way, the vividness of his memory
with regard to that fair, sweet, girlish countenance was wonderful, only that such
a memory, the memory of the heart, is common. There was not one of her expressions
which was not his property. Each and all, he could call them up at
will, making them pass before him in heavenly procession, surrounding himself
with angels. It was the power of the ring which is given to the slaves of love.

He had some vagaries (the vagaries of those who are subjugated by a strong
and permanent emotion) which approached insanity. For instance, he selected
a gigantic column of sandstone as bearing some resemblance to Clara, and so
identified it with her that presently he could see her face crowning it, though
concealed by the similitude of a rocky veil. This image took such possession
of him that he watched it with fascination, and when a monstrous cliff slid between
it and him he felt as if here were a new parting; as if he were once more
bidding her a speechless, hopeless farewell.

During the greater part of this voyage he was a very uninteresting companion.
He sat quiet and sllent; sometimes he slightly moved his lips; he was
whispering a name. Glover and Sweeny, who had only known him for a month,
and supposed that he had always been what they saw him, considered him an
eccentric.

“Naterally not quite himself,” judged the skipper. “Some folks is born
knocked on the head.”

“May be officers is always that a way,” was one of Sweeny's suggestions.
“It must be mighty dull bein' an officer.”

We must not forget the Great Cañon. The voyagers were amid magnitudes
and sublimities of nature which oppressed as if they were powers and principalities
of supernature. They were borne through an architecture of aqueous and
plutonic agencies whose smallest fantasies would be belittled by comparisons
with coliseums, labyrinths, cathedrals, pryamids, and stonehenges.

For example, they circled a bend of which the extreme delicate angle was a
jutting pilaster five hundred feet broad and a mile high, its head towering in a
sharp tiara far above the brow of the plateau, and its sides curved into extravagances
of dizzy horror. It seemed as if it might be a pillar of confinement and
punishment for some Afreet who had defied Heaven. On either side of this
monster fissures a thousand feet deep wrinkled the forehead of the precipice.
Armies might have been buried in their abysses; yet they scarcely deformed the
line of the summits. They ran back for many miles; they had once been the
channels of streams which helped to drain the plateau; yet they were merely
superficial cracks in the huge mass of sandstone and limestone; they were
scarcely noticeable features of the Titanic landscape.

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

From this bend forward the beauty of the cañon was sublime, horrible,
satanic. Constantly varying, its transformations were like those of the chief
among demons, in that they were always indescribably magnificent and always
indescribably terrible. Now it was a straight, clean chasm between even
hedges of cliff which left open only a narrow line of the beauty and mercy of the
heavens. Again, where it was entered by minor cañons, it became a breach
through crowded pandemoniums of ruined architectures and forsaken, frowning
imageries. Then it led between enormous pilasters, columns, and caryatides,
mitred with conical peaks which had once been ranges of mountains. Juttings
and elevations, which would have been monstrous in other landscapes, were
here but minor decorations.

Something like half of the strata with which earth is sheathed has been cut
through by the Colorado, beginning at the top of the groove with hundreds of
feet of limestone, and closing at the bottom with a thousand feet of granite.
Here, too, as in many other wonder-spots of the American desert, nature's sculpture
is rivalled by her painting. Bluish-gray limestone, containing corals; mottled
limestone, charged with slates, flint, and chalcedony; red, brown, and blue
limestone, mixed with red, green, and yellow shales; sandstone of all tints,
white, brown, ochry, dark red, speckled and foliated; coarse silicious sandstone,
and red quartzose sandstone beautifully veined with purple; layers
of conglomerate, of many colored shales, argillaceous iron, and black oxide
manganese; massive black and white granite, traversed by streaks of quartz
and of red sienite; coarse red felspathic granite, mixed with large plates of silver
mica; such is the masonry and such the frescoing.

Through this marvellous museum our three spectators wandered in hourly
peril of death. The Afreets of the waters and the Afreets of the rocks, guarding
the gateway which they had jointly builded, waged incessant warfare with
the intruders. Although the current ran five miles an hour, it was a lucky day
when the boat made forty miles. Every evening the travellers must find a
beach or shelf where they could haul up for the night. Darkness covered destruction,
and light exposed dangers. The bubble-like nature of the boat afforded
at once a possibility of easy advance and of instantaneous foundering.
Every hour that it floated was a miracle, and so they grimly and patiently understood
it.

A few days in the cañon changed the countenances of these men. They
looked like veterans of many battles. There was no bravado in their faces.
The expression which lived there was a resigned, suffering, stubborn courage.
It was the “silent berserker rage” which Carlyle praises. It was the speechless
endurance which you see in portraits of the Great Frederick, Wellington,
and Grant.

They relieved each other. The bow was guard duty; the steering was light
duty; the midships off duty. It must be understood that, the great danger being
sunken rocks, one man always crouched in the bow, with a paddle plunged below
the surface, feeling for ambushes of the stony bushwhackers. Occasionally
all three had to labor, jumping into shallows, lifting the boat over beds of pebbles,
perhaps lightening it of arms and provisions, perhaps carrying all ashore
to seek a portage.

“It's the best canew 'n' the wust canew I ever see for sech a voyage,” observed
Glover. “Navigatin' in it puts me in mind 'f angels settin' on a cloud.
The cloud can go anywhere; but what if ye should slump through?”

“Och! ye're a heretic, 'n' don't belave angels can fly,” put in Sweeny.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

“Can't ye talk without takin' out yer paddle?” called Glover. “Mind yer
soundings.”

Glover was at the helm just then, while Sweeny was at the bow. Thurstane,
sitting cross-legged on the light wooden flooring of the boat, was entering topographical
observations in his journal. Hearing the skipper's warning, he looked
up sharply; but both the call and the glance came too late to prevent a catastrophe.
Just in that instant the boat caught against some obstacle, turned
slowly around before the push of the current, swung loose with a jerk and floated
on, the water bubbling through the flooring. A hole had been torn in the canvas,
and the cockle-shell was foundering.

“Sound!” shouted Thurstane to Sweeny; then, turning to Glover, “Haul
up the Grizzly!”

The tub-boat of bearskin was dragged alongside, and Thurstane instantly
threw the provisions and arms into it.

“Three foot,” squealed Sweeny.

“Jump overboard,” ordered the lieutenant.

By the time they were on their feet in the water the Buchanan was half full,
and the swift current was pulling at it like a giant, while the Grizzly, floating
deep, was almost equally unmanageable. The situation had in one minute
changed from tranquil voyaging to deadly peril. Sweeny, unable to swim, and
staggering in the rapid, made a plunge at the bearskin boat, probably with an
idea of getting into it. But Thurstane, all himself from the first, shouted In that
brazen voice of military command which is so secure of obedience, “Steady,
man! Don't climb in. Cut the lariat close up to the Buchanan, and then hold
on to the Grizzly.”

Restored to his self-possession, Sweeny laboriously wound the straining lariat
around his left arm and sawed it in two with his jagged pocket-knife. Then
came a doubtful fight between him and the Colorado for the possession of the
heavy and clumsy tub.

Meantime Thurstane and Glover, the former at the bow and the latter at the
stern of the Buchanan, were engaged in a similar tussle, just barely holding on
and no more.

“We can't stand this,” said the officer. “We must empty her.”

“Jest so,” panted Glover. “You're up stream. Can you raise your eend?
We mustn't capsize her; we might lose the flooring.”

Thurstane stooped slowly and cautiously until he had got his shoulder under
the bow.

“Easy!” called Glover. “Awful easy! Don't break her back. Don't upset
me.

Gently, deliberately, with the utmost care, Thurstane straightened himself
until he had lifted the bow of the boat clear of the current.

“Now I'll hoist,” said the skipper. “You turn her slowly—jest the least
mite. Don't capsize her.”

It was a Herculean struggle. There was still a ponderous weight of water
in the boat. The slight frame sagged and the flexible siding bulged. Glover
with difficulty kept his feet, and he could only lift the stern very slightly.

“You can't do it,” decided Thurstane. “Don't wear yourself out trying it.
Hold steady where you are, while I let down.”

When the boat was restored to its level it floated higher than before, for some
of the water had drained out.

“Now lift slowly,” directed Thurstane. “Slow and sure. She'll clear little
by little.”

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

A quiet, steady lift, lasting perhaps two or three minutes, brought the floor
of the boat to the surface of the current.

“It's wearing,” said the lieutenant, cheering his worried fellow-laborer with
a smile. “Stand steady for a minute and try to rest. You, Sweeny, move in
toward the bank. Hold on to your boat like the devil. If the water deepens,
sing out.”

Sweeny, gripping his lariat desperately, commenced a staggering march over
the cobble-stone bottom, his anxious nose pointed toward a beach of bowlders
beneath the southern precipice.

“Now then,” said Thurstane to Glover, “we must get her on our heads and
follow Sweeny. Are you ready? Up with her!”

A long, reeling hoist set the Buchanan on the heads of the two men, one
standing under the bow and one under the stern, their arms extended and their
hands clutching the sides. The beach was forty yards away; the current was
swift and as opaque as chocolate; they could not see what depths might gape
before them; but they must do the distance without falling, or perish.

“Left foot first,” shouted the officer. “Forward—march!”

CHAPTER XXIX.

When the adventurers commenced their tottering march toward the shore
of the Colorado, Sweeny, dragging the clumsy bearskin boat, was a few yards in
advance of Thurstane and Glover, bearing the canvas boat.

Every one of the three had as much as he could handle. The Grizzly, pulled
at by the furious current, bobbed up and down and hither and thither, nearly
capsizing Sweeny at every other step. The Buchanan, weighing one hundred
and fifty pounds when dry, and now somewhat heavier because of its thorough
wetting, made a heavy load for two men who were hip deep in swift water.

“Slow and sure,” repeated Thurstane. “It's a five minutes job. Keep your
courage and your feet for five minutes. Then we'll live a hundred years.”

“Liftinant, is this soldierin'?” squealed Sweeny.

“Yes, my man, this is soldiering.”

“Thin I'll do me dooty if I pull me arrms off.”

But there was not much talking. Pretty nearly all their breath was needed
for the fight with the river. Glover, a slender and narrow-shouldered creature,
was particularly distressed; and his only remark during the pilgrimage shoreward
was, “I'd like to change hosses.”

Sweeny, leading the way, got up to his waist once and yelled, “I'll drown.”

Then he backed a little, took a new direction, found shallower water, and tottled
onward to victory. The moment he reached the shore he gave a shrill
hoot of exultation, went at his bearskin craft with both hands, dragged it clean
out of the water, and gave it a couple of furious kicks.

“Take that!” he yelped. “Ye're wickeder nor both yer fathers. But I've
bate ye. Oh, ye blatherin', jerkin', bogglin' baste, ye!”

Then he splashed into the river, joined his hard-pressed comrades, got his
head under the centre of the Buchanan, and lifted studily. In another minute
the precious burden was safe on a large flat rock, and the three men were
stretched out panting beside it. Glover was used up; he was trembling from
head to foot with fatigue; he had reached shore just in time to fall on it instead
of into the river.

“Ye'd make a purty soldier,” scoffed Sweeny, a habitual chaffer, like most
Irishmen.

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

“It was the histin' that busted me,” gasped the skipper. “I can't handle a
ton o' water.”

“Godamighty made ye already busted, I'm a thinkin',” retorted Sweeny.

As soon as Glover could rise he examined the Buchanan. There was a
ragged rent in the bottom four inches long, and the canvas in other places had
been badly rubbed. The voyagers looked at the hole, looked at the horrible
chasm which locked them in, and thought with a sudden despair of the great environment
of desert.

The situation could hardly be more gloomy. Having voyaged for five days
in the Great Cañon, they were entangled in the very centre of the folds of that
monstrous anaconda. Their footing was a lap of level not more than thirty
yards in length by ten in breadth, strewn with pebbles and bowlders, and showing
not one spire of vegetation. Above them rose a precipice, the summit of
which they could not see, but which was undoubtedly a mile in height. Had
there been armies or cities over their heads, they could not have discovered it
by either eye or ear.

At their feet was the Colorado, a broad rush of liquid porphyry, swift and
pitiless. By its color and its air of stoical cruelty it put one in mind of the red
race of America, from whose desert mountains it came and through whose wildernesses
it hurried. On the other side of this grim current rose precipices five
thousand feet high, stretching to right and left as far as the eye could pierce.
Certainly never before did shipwrecked men gaze upon such imprisoning immensity
and inhospitable sterility.

Directly opposite them was horrible magnificence. The face of the fronting
rampart was gashed a mile deep by the gorge of a subsidiary cañon. The fissure
was not a clean one, with even sides. The strata had been torn, ground, and
tattered by the river, which had first raged over them and then through them. It
was a Petra of ruins, painted with all stony colors, and sculptured into a million
outlines. On one of the boldest abutments of the ravine perched an enchanted
castle with towers and spires hundreds of feet in height. Opposite, but further
up the gap, rose a rounded mountain-head of solid sandstone and limestone.
Still higher and more retired, towering as if to look into the distant cañon of the
Colorado, ran the enormous terrace of one of the loftier plateaus, its broad, bald
forehead wrinkled with furrows that had once held cataracts. But language has
no charm which can master these sublimities and horrors. It stammers; it repeats
the same words over and over; it can only begin to tell the monstrous
truth.

“Looks like we was in our grave,” sighed Glover.

“Liftinant,” jerked out Sweeny, “I'm thinkin' we're dead. We ain't livin',
Liftinant. We've been buried. We've no business trying to walk.

Thurstane had the same sense of profound depression; but he called up his
courage and sought to cheer his comrades.

“We must do our best to come to life,” he said. “Mr. Glover, can nothing
be done with the boat?”

“Can't fix it,” replied the skipper, fingering the ragged hole. “Nothin' to
patch it with.”

“There are the bearskins,” suggested Thurstane.

Glover slapped his thigh, got up, danced a double-shuffle, and sat down again
to consider his job. After a full minute Sweeny caught the idea also and set up
a haw-haw of exultant laughter, which brought back echoes from the other side
of the cañon, as if a thousand Paddies were holding revel there.

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

“Oh! yees may laugh,” retorted Sweeny, “but yees can't laugh us out av it.”

“I'll sheath the whole bottom with bearskin,” said Glover. “Then we can
let her grind. It'll be an all day's chore, Capm—perhaps two days.”

They passed thirty-six hours in this miserable bivouac. Glover worked
during every moment of daylight. No one else could do anything. A green
hand might break a needle, and a needle broken was a step toward death.
From dawn to dusk he planned, cut, punctured, and sewed with the patience of
an old sailor, until he had covered the rent with a patch of bearskin which fitted
as if it had grown there. Finally the whole bottom was doubled with hide, the
long, coarse fur still on it, and the grain running from stem to stern so as to aid
in sliding over the sand and pebbles of the shallows.

While Glover worked the others slept, lounged, cooked, waited. There was
no food, by the way, but the hard, leathery, tasteless jerked meat of the grizzly
bears, which had begun to pall upon them so they could hardly swallow it.
Eating was merely a duty, and a disagreeable one.

When Glover announced that the boat was ready for launching, Sweeny uttered
a yelp of joy, like a dog who sees a prospect of hunting.

“Ah, you paddywhack!” growled the skipper. “All this work for you.
Punch another hole, 'n' I'll take yer own hide to patch it.”

“I'll give ye lave,” returned Sweeny. “Wan bare skin 's good as another.
Only I might want me own back agin for dress-parade.”

Once more on the Colorado. Although the boat floated deeper than before,
navigation in it was undoubtedly safer, so that they made bolder ventures and
swifter progress. Such portages, however, as they were still obliged to traverse,
were very severe, inasmuch as the Buchanan was now much above its original
weight. Several times they had to carry one half of their materials for a mile or
more, through a labyrinth of rocks, and then trudge back to get the other half.

Meantime their power of endurance was diminishing. The frequent wettings,
the shivering nights, the great changes of temperature, the stale and
wretched food, the constant anxiety, were sapping their health and strength.
On the tenth day of their wanderings in the Great Cañon Glover began to complain
of rheumatism.

“These cussed draughts!” he groaned. “It's jest like travellin' in a bellows
nozzle.”

“Wid the divil himself at the bellys,” added Sweeny. “Faix, an' I wish
he'd blow us clane out intirely. I'm gittin' tired o' this same, I am. I didn't
lisht to sarve undher ground.”

“Patience, Sweeny,” smiled Thurstane. “We must be nearly through the
cañon.”

“An' where will we come out, Liftinant? Is it in Ameriky? Bedad, we
ought to be close to the Chaynees by this time. Liftinant, what sort o' paple
lives up atop of us, annyway?”

“I don't suppose anybody lives up there,” replied the officer, raising his eyes
to the dizzy precipices above. “This whole region is said to be a desert.”

“Be gorry, an' it 'll stay a desert till the ind o' the worrld afore I'll poppylate
it. It wasn't made for Sweenys. I haven't seen sile enough in tin days to raise
wan pataty. As for livin' on dried grizzly, I'd like betther for the grizzlies to
live on me. Liftinant, I niver see sich harrd atin'. It tires the top av me head
off to chew it.”

About noon of the twelfth day in the Great Cañon this perilous and sublime
navigation came to a close. The walls of the chasm suddenly spread out into a

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

considerable opening, which absolutely seemed level ground to the voyagers, although
it was encumbered with mounds or buttes of granite and sandstone.
This opening was produced by the entrance into the main channel of a subsidiary
one, coming from the south. At first they did not observe further particulars,
for they were in extreme danger of shipwreck, the river being studded with rocks
and running like a mill-race. But on reaching the quieter water below the rapid,
they saw that the branch cañon contained a rivulet, and that where the two
streams united there was a triangular basin, offering a safe harbor.

“Paddle!” shouted Thurstane, pointing to the creek. “Don't let her go
by. This is our place.”

A desperate struggle dragged the boat out of the rushing Colorado into the
tranquillity of the basin. Everything was landed; the boat itself was hoisted on
to the rocks; the voyage was over.

“Think ye know yer way, Capm?” queried Glover, squinting doubtfully up
the arid recesses of the smaller cañon.

“Of course I may be mistaken. But even if it is not Diamond Creek, it will
take us in our direction. We have made westing enough to have the Cactus
Pass very nearly south of us.”

As there was still a chance of returning to the river, the boat was taken to
pieces, rolled up, and hidden under a pile of stones and driftwood. The small
remnant of jerked meat was divided into three portions. Glover, on account
of his inferior muscle and his rheumatism, was relieved of his gun, which was
given to Sweeny. Canteens were filled, blankets slung, ammunition belts
buckled, and the march commenced.

Arrived at a rocky knoll which looked up both waterways, the three men
halted to take a last glance at the Great Cañon, the scene of a pilgrimage that
had been a poem, though a terrible one. The Colorado here was not more than
fifty yards wide, and only a few hundred yards of its course were visible either
way, for the confluence was at the apex of a bend. The dark, sullen, hopeless,
cruel current rushed out of one mountain-built mystery into another. The walls
of the abyss rose straight from the water into dizzy abutments, conical peaks,
and rounded masses, beyond and above which gleamed the distant sunlit walls
of a higher terrace of the plateau.

“Come along wid ye,” said Sweeny to Glover, “It's enough to give ye the
rheumatiz in the oyes to luk at the nasty black hole. I'm thinkin' it's the
divil's own place, wid the fires out.”

The Diamond Creek Cañon, although far inferior to its giant neighbor, was
nevertheless a wonderful excavation, striking audaciously into sombre mountain
recesses, sublime with precipices, peaks, and grotesque masses. The footing
was of the ruggedest, a débris of confused and eroded rocks, the pathway of an
extinct river. One thing was beautiful: the creek was a perfect contrast to the
turbid Colorado; its waters were as clear and bright as crystal. Sweeny halted
over and over to look at it, his mouth open and eyes twinkling like a pleased
dog.

“An' there's nothing nagurish about that, now,” he chuckled. “A pataty
ud laugh to be biled in it.”

After slowly ascending for a quarter of a mile, they turned a bend and came
upon a scene which seemed to them like a garden. They were in a broad opening,
made by the confluence of two cañons. Into this gigantic rocky nest had
been dropped an oasis of turf and of thickets of green willows. Through the
centre of the verdure the Diamond Creek flowed dimpling over a pebbly bed,

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

or shot in sparkles between barring bowlders, or plunged over shelves in toy
cascades. The travellers had seen nothing so hospitable in nature since leaving
the country of the Moquis weeks before.

Sweeny screamed like a delighted child. “Oh! an' that's just like ould
Oirland. Oh, luk at the turrf! D'ye iver see the loikes o' that, now? The
blessed turrf! Here ye be, right in the divil's own garden. Liftinant, if ye'll
let me build a fort here, I'll garrison it. I'll stay here me whole term of sarvice.”

“Halt,” said Thurstane. “We'll eat, refill canteens, and inspect arms. If
this is Diamond Cañon, and I think there is no doubt of it, we may expect to
find Indians soon.”

“I'll fight 'em,” declared Sweeny. “An' if they've got anythin' betther nor
dried grizzly, I'll have it.”

“Wait for orders,” cautioned Thurstane. “No firing without orders.”

After cleaning their guns and chewing their tough and stale rations, they resumed
their march, leaving the rivulet and following the cañon, which led toward
the southwest. As they were now regaining the level of the plateau, their advance
was a constant and difficult ascent, sometimes struggling through
labyrinths of detached rocks, and sometimes climbing steep shelves which had
once been the leaping-places of cataracts. The sides of the chasm were two
thousand feet high, and it was entered by branch ravines of equal grandeur.

The sun had set for them, although he was still high above the horizon of
upper earth, when Thurstane halted and whispered, “Wigwams!”

Perched among the rocks, some under projecting strata and others in shadowy
niches between huge buttresses, they discovered at first three or four, then
a dozen, and finally twenty wretched cabins. They scarcely saw before they
were seen; a hideous old squaw dropped a bundle of fuel and ran off screeching;
in a moment the whole den was in an uproar. Startling yells burst from lofty
nooks in the mountain flanks, and scarecrow figures dodged from ambush to ambush
of the sombre gully. It was as if they had invaded the haunts of the
brownies.

The Hualpais, a species of Digger Indians, dwarfish, miserable, and degraded,
living mostly on roots, lizards, and the like, were nevertheless conscious of
scalps to save. In five minutes from the discovery of the strangers they had
formed a straggling line of battle, squatting along a ledge which crossed the
cañon. There were not twenty warriors, and they were no doubt wretchedly
armed, but their position was formidable.

Sweeny, looking like an angry rat, his nose twitching and eyes sparkling with
rage, offered to storm the rampart alone, shouting, “Oh, the nasty, lousy
nagurs! Let 'em get out of our way.”

“Guess we'd better talk to the cusses,” observed Glover. “Tain't the
handiest place I ever see for fightin'; an' I don't keer 'bout havin' my ears 'n'
nose bored any more at present.”

“Stay where you are,” said Thurstane. “I'll go forward and parley with
them.”

CHAPTER XXX.

Thurstane had no great difficulty in making a sort of let-me-alone-and-I'll-let-you-alone
treaty with the embattled Hualpais.

After some minutes of dumb show they came down from their stronghold

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

and dispersed to their dwellings. They seemed to be utterly without curiosity;
the warriors put aside their bows and lay down to sleep; the old squaw
hurried off to pick up her bundle of fuel; even the papooses were silent and
stupid. It was a race lower than the Hottentots or the Australians. Short,
meagre, badly built, excessively ugly, they were nearly naked, and their slight
clothing was rags of skins. Thurstane tried to buy food of them, but either
they had none to spare or his buttons seemed to them of no value. Nor could
he induce any one to accompany him as a guide.

“Do ye think Godamighty made thim paple?” inquired Sweeny.

“Reckon so,” replied Glover.

“I don't belave it,” said Sweeny. “He'd be in more rispactable bizniss.
It's me opinyin the divil made um for a joke on the rest av us. An' it's me
opinyin he made this whole counthry for the same rayson.”

“The priest 'll tell ye God made all men, Sweeny.”

“They ain't min at all. Thim crachurs ain't min. They're nagurs, an' a
mighty poor kind at that. I hate um. I wish they was all dead. I've kilt
some av um, an' I'm goin' to kill slathers more, God willin'. I belave it's part
av the bizniss av white min to finish off the nagurs.”

Profound and potent sentiment of race antipathy! The contempt and hatred
of white men for yellow, red, brown, and black men has worked all over earth,
is working yet, and will work for ages. It is a motive of that tremendous tragedy
which Spencer has entitled “the survival of the fittest,” and Darwin, “natural
selection.”

The party continued to ascend the cañon. At short intervals branch cañons
exhibited arid and precipitous gorges, more and more gloomy with twilight. It
was impossible to choose between one and another. The travellers could never
see three hundred yards in advance. To right and left they were hemmed in by
walls fifteen hundred feet in height. Only one thing was certain: these altitudes
were gradually diminishing; and hence they knew that they were mounting
the plateau. At last, four hours after leaving Diamond Creek, wearied to
the marrow with incessant toil, they halted by a little spring, stretched themselves
on a scrap of starveling grass, and chewed their meagre, musty supper.

The scenery here was unearthly. Barring the bit of turf and a few willows
which had got lost in the desert, there was not a tint of verdure. To right and
left rose two huge and steep slopes of eroded and ragged rocks, tortured into every
conceivable form of jag, spire, pinnacle, and imagery. In general the figures
were grotesque; it seemed as if the misshapen gods of India and of China and
of barbarous lands had gathered there; as if this were a place of banishment
and punishment for the fallen idols of all idolatries. Above this coliseum of
monstrosities rose a long line of sharp, jagged needles, like a vast chevaux-de-frise,
forbidding escape. Still higher, lighted even yet by the setting sun, towered
five cones of vast proportions. Then came cliffs capped by shatters of
tableland, and then the long, even, gleaming ledge of the final plateau.

Locked in this bedlam of crazed strata, unable to see or guess a way out of
it, the wanderers fell asleep. There was no setting of guards; they trusted to
the desert as a sentinel.

At daylight the blind and wearisome climbing recommenced. Occasionally
they found patches of thin turf and clumps of dwarf cedars struggling with the
rocky waste. These bits of greenery were not the harbingers of a new empire
of vegetation, but the remnants of one whose glory had vanished ages ago, swept
away by a vandalism of waters. Gradually the cañon dwindled to a ravine,

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

narrow, sinuous, walled in by stony steeps or slopes, and interlocking continually
with other similar chasms. A creek, which followed the chasm, appeared and
disappeared at intervals of a mile or so, as if horrified at the face of nature and
anxious to hide from it in subterranean recesses.

The travellers stumbled on until the ravine became a gully and the gully a
fissure. They stepped out of it; they were on the rolling surface of the table-land;
they were half a mile above the Colorado.

Here they halted, gave three cheers, and then looked back upon the northern
desert as men look who have escaped an enemy. A gigantic panorama of
the country which they had traversed was unrolled to their vision. In the foreground
stretched declining tablelands, intersected by numberless ravines, and
beyond these a lofty line of bluffs marked the edge of the Great Cañon of the
Colorado. Through one wide gap in these heights came a vision of endless
plateaux, their terraces towering one above another until they were thousands
of feet in the air, the horizontal azure bands extending hundreds of miles northward,
until the deep blue faded into a lighter blue, and that into the sapphire of
the heavens.

“It looks a darned sight finer than it is,” observed Glover.

“Bedad, ye may say that,” added Sweeny. “It's a big hippycrit av a
counthry. Ye'd think, to luk at it, ye could ate it wid a spoon.”

Now came a rolling region, covered with blue grass and dotted with groves
of cedars, the earth generally hard and smooth and the marching easy. Striking
southward, they reached a point where the plateau culminated in a low ridge,
and saw before them a long gentle slope of ten miles, then a system of rounded
hills, and then mountains.

“Halt here,” said Thurstane. “We must study our topography and fix on
our line of march.”

“You'll hev to figger it,” replied Glover. “I don't know nothin' in this
part o' the world.”

“Ye ain't called on to know,” put in Sweeny. “The liftinant 'll tell ye.”

“I think,” hesitated Thurstane, “that we are about fifty miles north of
Cactus Pass, where we want to strike the trail.”

“And I'm putty nigh played out,” groaned Glover.

“Och! you howld up yer crazy head,” exhorted Sweeny. “It 'll do ye iver
so much good.”

“It's easy talkin',” sighed the jaded and rheumatic skipper.

“It's as aisy talkin' right as talkin' wrong,” retorted Sweeny. “Ye've no
call to grunt the curritch out av yer betthers. Wait till the liftinant says die.”

Thurstane was studying the landscape. Which of those ranges was the
Cerbat, which the Aztec, and which the Pinaleva? He knew that, after leaving
Cactus Pass, the overland trail turns southward and runs toward the mouth of
the Gila, crossing the Colorado hundreds of miles away. To the west of the
pass, therefore, he must not strike, under peril of starving amid untracked
plains and ranges. On the whole, it seemed probable that the snow-capped line
of summits directly ahead of him was the Cerbat range, and that he must follow
it southward along the base of its eastern slope.

“We will move on,” he said. “Mr. Glover, we must reach those broken
hills before night in order to find water. Can you do it?”

“Reckon I kin jest about do it, 's the feller said when he walked to his own
hangin',” returned the suffering skipper.

The failing man marched so slowly and needed so many halts that they were

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

five hours in reaching the hills. It was now nightfall; they found a bright little
spring in a grassy ravine; and after a meagre supper, they tried to stifle their
hunger with sleep. Thurstane and Sweeny took turns in watching, for smoke
of fires had been seen on the mountains, and, poor as they were, they could not
afford to be robbed. In the morning Glover seemed refreshed, and started out
with some vigor.

“Och! ye'll go round the worrld,” said Sweeny, encouragingly. “Bones
can march furder than fat anny day. Yer as tough as me rations. Dried
grizzly is nothin' to ye.”

After threading hills for hours they came out upon a wide, rolling basin,
prettily diversified by low spurs of the encircling mountains and bluish green
with the long grasses known as pin and grama. A few deer and antelopes,
bounding across the rockier places, were an aggravation to starving men who
could not follow them.

“Why don't we catch some o' thim flyin' crachurs?” demanded Sweeny.

“We hain't got no salt to put on their tails,” explained Glover, grinning more
with pain than with his joke.

“I'd ate 'em widout salt,” said Sweeny. “If the tails was feathers, I'd ate'
em.”

“We must camp early, and try our luck at hunting,” observed Thurstane.

“I go for campin' airly,” groaned the limping and tottering Glover.

“Och! yees ud like to shlape an shnore an' grunt and rowl over an' shnore
agin the whole blissid time,” snapped Sweeny, always angered by a word of discouragement.
“Yees ought to have a dozen o' thim nagurs wid their long
poles to make a fither bed for yees an' tuck up the blankets an' spat the pilly.
Why didn't ye shlape all ye wanted to whin yees was in the boat?”

“Quietly, Sweeny,” remonstrated Thurstane. “Mr. Glover marches with
great pain.”

“I've no objiction to his marchin' wid great pain or annyway Godamighty
lets him, if he won't grunt about it.”

“But you must be civil, my man.”

“I ax yer pardon, Liftinant. I don't mane no harrum by blatherin'. It's a
way we have in th' ould counthry. Mebbe it's no good in th' arrmy.”

“Let him yawp, Capm,” interposed Glover. “It's a way they hev, as he
says. Never see two Paddies together but what they got to fightin' or pokin'
fun at each other. Me an' Sweeny won't quarrel. I take his clickatyclack for
what it's worth by the cart-load. 'Twon't hurt me. Dunno but what it's good
for me.”

“Bedad, it's betther for ye nor yer own gruntin',” added the irrepressible
Irishman.

By two in the afternoon they had made perhaps fifteen miles, and reached
the foot of the mountain which they proposed to skirt. As Glover was now
fagged out, Thurstane decided to halt for the night and try deer-stalking. A
muddy water-hole, surrounded by thickets of willows, indicated their camping
ground. The sick man was cached in the dense foliage; his canteen was filled
for him and placed by his side; there could be no other nursing.

“If the nagurs kill ye, I'll revenge ye,” was Sweeny's parting encouragement.
“I'll git ye back yer scallup, if I have to cut it out of um.”

Late in the evening the two hunters returned empty. Sweeny, in spite of his
hunger and fatigue, boiled over with stories of the hairbreadth escapes of the
“antyloops” that he had fired at. Thurstane also had seen game, but not
near enough for a shot.

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

“I didn't look for such bad luck,” said the weary and half-starved young fellow,
soberly. “No supper for any of us. We must save our last ration to make
to-morrow's march on.”

“It's a poor way of atin' two males in wan,” remarked Sweeny. “I niver
thought I'd come to wish I had me haversack full o' dried bear.”

The next day was a terrible one. Already half famished, their only food for
the twenty-four hours was about four ounces apiece of bear meat, tough, ill-scented,
and innutritious. Glover was so weak with hunger and his ailments
that he had to be supported most of the way by his two comrades. His temper,
and Sweeny's also, gave out, and they snarled at each other in good earnest, as
men are apt to do under protracted hardships. Thurstane stalked on in silence,
sustained by his youth and health, and not less by his sense of responsibility.
These men were here through his doing; he must support them and save them
if possible; if not, he must show them how to die bravely; for it had come to
be a problem of life and death. They could not expect to travel two days longer
without food. The time was approaching when they would fall down with
faintness, not to rise again in this world.

In the morning their only provision was one small bit of meat which Thurstane
had saved from his ration of the day before. This he handed to Glover,
saying with a firm eye and a cheerful smile, “My dear fellow, here is your breakfast.”

The starving invalid looked at it wistfully, and stammered, with a voice full
of tears, “I can't eat when the rest of ye don't.”

Sweeny, who had stared at the morsel with hungry eyes, now broke out, “I
tell ye, ate it. The liftinant wants ye to.”

“Divide it fair,” answered Glover, who could hardly restrain himself from
sobbing.

“I won't touch a bit av it,” declared Sweeny. “It's the liftinant's own
grub.”

“We won't divide it,” said Thurstane. “I'll put it in your pocket, Glover.
When you can't take another step without it, you must go at it.”

“Bedad, if ye don't, we'll lave yees,” added Sweeny, digging his fists into his
empty stomach to relieve its gnawing.

Very slowly, the well men sustaining the sick one, they marched over rolling
hills until about noon, accomplishing perhaps ten miles. They were now on a
slope looking southward; above them the wind sighed through a large grove of
cedars; a little below was a copious spring of clear, sweet water. There they
halted, drinking and filling their canteens, but not eating. The square inch of
bear meat was still in Glover's pocket, but he could not be got to taste it unless
the others would share.

“Capm, I feel 's though Heaven 'd strike me if I should eat your victuals,”
he whispered, his voice having failed him. “I feel a sort o' superstitious 'bout
it. I want to die with a clear conscience.”

But when they rose his strength gave out entirely, and he dropped down
fainting.

“Now ate yer mate,” said Sweeny, in a passion of pity and anxiety. “Ate
yer mate an' stand up to yer marchin'.”

Glover, however, could not eat, for the fever of hunger had at last produced
nausea, and he pushed away the unsavory morsel when it was put to his lips.

“Go ahead,” he whispered. “No use all dyin'. Go ahead.” And then he
fainted outright.

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

“I think the trail can't be more than fifteen miles off,” said Thurstane, when
he had found that his comrade still breathed. “One of us must push on to it
and the other stay with Glover. Sweeny, I can track the country best. You
must stay.”

For the first time in this long and suffering and perilous journey Sweeny's
courage failed him, and he looked as if he would like to shirk his duty.

“My lad, it is necessary,” continued the officer. “We can't leave this man
so. You have your gun. You can try to hunt. When he comes to, you must
get him along, following the course you see me take. If I find help, I'll save
you. If not, I'll come back and die with you.”

Sitting down by the side of the insensible Glover, Sweeny covered his
face with two grimy hands which trembled a little. It was not till his officer
had got some thirty feet away that he raised his head and looked after him.
Then he called, in his usual quick, sharp, chattering way, “Liftinant, is this soldierin'?”

“Yes, my lad,” replied Thurstane with a sad, weary smile, thinking meantime
of hardships past, “this is soldiering.”

“Thin I'll do me dooty if I rot jest here,” declared the simple hero.

Thurstane came back, grasped Sweeny's hand in silence, turned away to hide
his shaken face, and commenced his anxious journey.

There were both terrible and beautiful thoughts in his soul as he pushed on
into the desert. Would he find the trail? Would he encounter the rare chance
of traders or emigrants? Would there be food and rest for him and rescue for
his comrades? Would he meet Clara? This last idea gave him great courage;
he struggled to keep it constantly in his mind; he needed to lean upon it.

By the time that he had marched ten miles he found that he was weaker than
he had supposed. Weeks of wretched food and three days of almost complete
starvation had taken the strength pretty much out of his stalwart frame. His
breath was short; he stumbled over the slightest obstacles; occasionally he
could not see clear. From time to time it struck him that he had been dreaming
or else that his mind was beginning to wander. Things that he remembered
and things that he hoped for seemed strangely present. He spoke to people
who were hundreds of miles away; and, for the most part, he spoke to them pettishly
or with downright anger; for in the main he felt more like a wretched,
baited animal than a human being.

It was only when he called Clara to mind that this evil spirit was exorcised,
and he ceased for a moment to resemble a hungry, jaded wolf. Then he would
be for a while all sweetness, because he was for the while perfectly happy. In
the next instant, by some hateful and irresistible magic, happiness and sweetness
would be gone, and he could not even remember them nor remember her.

Meantime he struggled to command himself and pay attention to his route.
He must do this, because his starving comrades lay behind him, and he must
know how to lead men back to their rescue. Well, here he was; there were
hills to the left; there was a mountain to the right; he would stop and fix it all
in his memory.

He sat down beside a rock, leaned his back against it to steady his dizzy
head, had a sensation of struggling with something invincible, and was gone.

-- 151 --

CHAPTER XXXI.

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

Leaving Thurstane in the desert, we return to Clara in the desert. It will
be remembered that she stood on the roof of the Casa Grande when her lover
was swept oarless down the San Juan.

She was watching him; of course she was watching him; at the moment of
the catastrophe she saw him; she felt sure also that he was looking at her.
The boat began to fly down the current; then the two oarsmen fell to paddling
violently; what did it mean? Far from guessing that the towline had snapped,
she was not aware that there was one.

On went the boat; presently it whirled around helplessly; it was nearing the
rocks of the rapid; there was evidently danger. Running to the edge of the
roof, Clara saw a Mexican cattle-driver standing on the wall of the enclosure,
and called to him, “What is the matter?”

“The lariats have broken,” he replied. “They are drifting.”

Clara uttered a little gasp of a shriek, and then did not seem to breathe again
for a minute. She saw Thurstane led away in captivity by the savage torrent;
she saw him rise up in the boat and wave her a farewell; she could not lift her
hand to respond; she could only stand and stare. She had a look, and there
was within her a sensation, as if her soul were starting out of her eyes. The
whole calamity revealed itself to her at once and without mercy. There was no
saving him and no going after him; he was being taken out of her sight; he was
disappearing; he was gone. She leaned forward, trying to look around the bend
of the river, and was balked by a monstrous, cruel advance of precipices. Then,
when she realized that he had vanished, there was a long scream ending in unconsciousness.

When she came to herself everybody was talking of the calamity. Coronado,
Aunt Maria, and others overflowed with babblings of regret, astonishment, explanations,
and consolation. The lariats had broken. How could it have happened!
How dreadful! etc.

“But he will land,” cried Clara, looking eagerly from face to face.

“Oh, certainly,” said Coronado. “Landings can be made. There are none
visible, but doubtless they exist.”

“And then he will march back here?” she demanded.

“Not easily. I am afraid, my dear cousin, not very easily. There would be
cañons to turn, and long ones. Probably he would strike for the Moqui country.”

“Across the desert? No water!”

Coronado shrugged his shoulders as if to say that he could not help it.

“If we go back to-morrow,” she began again, “do you think we shall overtake
them?”

“I think it very probable,” lied Coronado

“And if we don't overtake them, will they join us at the Moqui pueblos?”

“Yes, yes. I have little doubt of it.”

“When do you think we ought to start?”

“To-morrow morning.”

“Won't that be too early?”

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

“Day after to-morrow then.”

“Won't that be too late?”

Coronado nearly boiled over with rage. This girl was going to demand impossibilities
of him, and impossibilities that he would not perform if he could.
He must be here and he must be there; he must be quick enough and not a
minute too quick; and all to save his rival from the pit which he had just dug
for him. Turning his back on Clara, he paced the roof of the Casa in an excitement
which he could not conceal, muttering, “I will do the best I can—the best
I can.”

Presently the remembrance that he had at least gained one great triumph
enabled him to recover his self-possession and his foxy cunning.

“My dear cousin,” he said gently, “you must not suppose that I am not
greatly afflicted by this accident. I appreciate the high merit of Lieutenant
Thurstane, and I grieve sincerely at his misfortune. What can I do? I will
do the best I can for all. Trusting to your good sense, I will do whatever you
say. But if you want my advice, here it is. We ought for our own sakes to
leave here to-morrow; but for his sake we will wait a day. In that time he
may rejoin us, or he may regain the Moqui trail. So we will set out, if you have
no objection, on the morning of day after to-morrow, and push for the pueblos.
When we do start, we must march, as you know, at our best speed.”

“Thank you, Coronado,” said Clara. “It is the best you can do.”

There were not five minutes during that day and the next that the girl did
not look across the plain to the gorge of the dry cañon, in the hope that she
might see Thurstane approaching. At other times she gazed eagerly down the
San Juan, although she knew that he could not stem the current. Her love and
her sorrow were ready to believe in miracles. How is it possible, she often
thought, that such a brief sweep of water should carry him so utterly away? In
spite of her fear of vexing Coronado, she questioned him over and over as to the
course of the stream and the nature of its banks, only to find that he knew next
to nothing.

“It will be hard for him to return to us,” the man finally suggested, with an
air of being driven unwillingly to admit it. “He may have to go on a long way
down the river.”

The truth is that, not knowing whether the lost men could return easily or
not, he was anxious to get away from their neighborhood.

Before the second day of this suspense was over, Aunt Maria had begun to
make herself obnoxious. She hinted that Thurstane knew what he was about;
that the river was his easiest road to his station; that, in short, he had deserted,
Clara flamed up indignantly and replied, “I know him better.”

“Why, what has he got to do with us?” reasoned Aunt Maria. “He
doesn't belong to our party.”

“He has his men here. He wouldn't leave his soldiers.”

“His men! They can take care of themselves. If they can't, I should like
to know what they are good for. I think it highly probable he went off of his
own choice.”

“I think it highly probable you know nothing about it,” snapped Clara.
“You are incapable of judging him.”

The girl was not just now herself. Her whole soul was concentrated in justifying,
loving, and saving Thurstane; and her manner, instead of being serenely
and almost lazily gentle, was unpleasantly excited. It was as if some charming
alluvial valley should suddenly give forth the steam and lava of a volcano.

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

Finding no sympathy in Aunt Maria, and having little confidence in the
good-will of Coronado, she looked about her for help. There was Sergeant
Meyer; he had been Thurstane's right-hand man; moreover, he looked trustworthy.
She seized the first opportunity to beckon him up to her eerie on the
roof of the Casa.

“Sergeant, I must speak with you privately,” she said at once, with the
frankness of necessity.

The sergeant, a well-bred soldier, respectful to ladies, and especially to ladies
who were the friends of officers, raised his forefinger to his cap and stood at
attention.

“How came Lieutenant Thurstane to go down the river?” she asked.

“It was the lariat proke,” replied Meyer, in a whispering, flute-like voice
which he had when addressing his superiors.

“Did it break, or was it cut?”

The sergeant raised his small, narrow, and rather piggish gray eyes to hers
with a momentary expression of anxiety.

“I must pe gareful what I zay,” he answered, sinking his voice still lower.
“We must poth pe gareful. I examined the lariat. I fear it was sawed. But
we must not zay this.”

“Who sawed it?” demanded Clara with a gasp.

“It was no one in the poat,” replied Meyer diplomatically.

“Was it that man—that hunter—Smith?”

Another furtive glance between the sandy eyelashes expressed an uneasy astonishment;
the sergeant evidently had a secret on his mind which he must not
run any risk of disclosing.

“I do not zee how it was Schmidt” he fluted almost inaudibly. “He was
watching the peasts at their basture.”

“Then who did saw it?”

“I do not know. I do not feel sure that it was sawed.”

Perceiving that, either from ignorance or caution, he would not say more on
this point, Clara changed the subject and asked, “Can Lieutenant Thurstane go
down the river safely?”

“I would like noting petter than to make the exbedition myself,” replied
Meyer, once more diplomatic.

Now came a silence, the soldier waiting respectfully, the girl not knowing
how much she might dare to say. Not that she doubted Meyer; on the contrary,
she had a perfect confidence in him; how could she fail to trust one who
had been trusted by Thurstane?

“Sergeant,” she at last whispered, “we must find him.”

“Yes, miss,” touching his cap as if he were taking an oath by it.

“And you,” she hesitated, “must protect me.

“Yes, miss,” and the sergeant repeated his gesture of solemn affirmation.

“Perhaps I will say more some time.”

He saluted again, and seeing that she had nothing to add, retired quietly.

For two nights there was little sleep for Clara. She passed them in pondering
Thurstane's chances, or in listening for his returning footsteps. Yet when
the train set out for the Moqui pueblos, she seemed as vigorous and more vivacious
than usual. What supported her now and for days afterward was what is
called the strength of fever.

The return across the desert was even more terrible than the advance, for
the two scant water-holes had been nearly exhausted by the Apaches, so that

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

both beasts and human beings suffered horribly with thirst. There was just this
one good thing about the parched and famished wilderness, that it relieved the
emigrants from all fear of ambushing enemies. Supernatural beings alone could
have bushwhacked here. The Apaches had gone.

Meanwhile Sergeant Meyer had a sore conscience. From the moment the
boat went down the San Juan he had more or less lain awake with the idea that,
according to the spirit of his instructions from Thurstane, he ought to have
Texas Smith tied up and shot. Orders were orders; there was no question
about that, as a general principle; the sergeant had never heard the statement
disputed. But when he came to consider the case now before him, he was outgeneralled
by a doubt. This drifting of a boat down a strange river, was it murder
in the sense intended by Thurstane? And, supposing it to be murder,
could it be charged in any way upon Smith? In the whole course of his military
experience Sergeant Meyer had never been more perplexed. On the evening
of the first day's march he could bear his sense of responsibility no longer, and
decided to call a council of war. Beckoning his sole remaining comrade aside
from the bivouac, he entered upon business.

“Kelly, we are unter insdructions,” he began in his flute-like tone.

“I know it, sergeant,” replied Kelly, decorously squirting his tobacco-juice
out of the corner of his mouth furthest from his superior.

“The question is, Kelly, whether Schmidt should pe shot.”

“The responsibility lies upon you, sergeant. I will shoot him if so be such
is orders.”

“Kelly, the insdructions were to shoot him if murder should habben in this
barty. The instructions were loose.”

“They were so, sergeant—not defining murder.”

“The question is, Kelly, whether what has habbened to the leftenant is murder.
If it is murder, then Schmidt must go.”

The two men were sitting on a bowlder side by side, their hands on their
knees and their muskets leaning against their shoulders. They did not look at
each other at all, but kept their grave eyes on the ground. Kelly squirted his
tobacco-juice sidelong two or three times before he replied.

“Sergeant,” he finally said, “my opinion is we can't set this down for murder
until we know somebody is dead.”

“Shust so, Kelly. That is my obinion myself.”

“Consequently it follows, sergeant, if you don't see to the contrary, that until
we know that to be a fact, it would be uncalled for to shoot Smith.”

“What you zay, Kelly, is shust what I zay.”

“Furthermore, however, sergeant, it might be right and in the way of duty,
to call up Smith and make him testify as to what he knows of this business,
whether it be murder, or meant for murder.”

“Cock your beece, Kelly.”

Both men cocked their pieces.

“Now I will gall Schmidt out and question him,” continued Meyer. “You
will stand on one side and pe ready to opey my orders.”

“Very good, sergeant,” said Kelly, and dropped back a little into the nearly
complete darkness.

Meyer sang out sharply, “Schmidt! Texas Schmidt!”

The desperado heard the summons, hesitated a moment, cocked the revolver
in his belt, loosened his knife in its sheath, rose from his blanket, and walked
slowly in the direction of the voice. Passing Kelly without seeing him, he

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

confronted Meyer, his hand on his pistol. There was not the slightest tremor in
the hoarse, low croak with which he asked, “What's the game, sergeant?”

“Schmidt, stand berfectly still,” said Meyer in his softest fluting. “Kelly
has his beece aimed at your head. If you stir hant or foot, you are a kawn
koose.”

CHAPTER XXXII.

Texas Smith was too old a borderer to attempt to draw his weapons wnile
such a man as Kelly was sighting him at ten feet distance.

“Play yer hand, sergeant,” he said; “you've got the keerds.”

“You know, Schmidt, that our leftenant has been garried down the river,”
continued Meyer.

The bushwhacker responded with a grunt which expressed neither pleasure
nor sorrow, but merely assent.

“You know,” went on the sergeant, “that such things cannot habben to officers
without investigations.”

“He war a squar man, an' a white man,” said Texas. “I didn't have nothin'
to do with cuttin' him loose, if he war cut loose.”

“You didn't saw the lariat yourself, Schmidt, I know that. But do you know
who did saw it?”

“I dunno the first thing about it.”

“Bray to pe struck tead if you do.”

“I dunno how to pray.”

“Then holt up your hants and gurse yourself to hell if you do.”

Lifting his hands over his head, the ignorant savage blasphemed copiously.

“Do you think you can guess how it was pusted?” persisted the soldier.

“Look a hyer!” remonstrated Smith, “ain't you pannin' me out a leetle too
fine? It mought 'a' been this way, an' it mought 'a' been that. But I've no
business to point if I can't find. When a man's got to the bottom of his pile,
you can't fo'ce him to borrow. 'Sposin' I set you barkin' up the wrong tree;
what good's that gwine to do?”

“Vell, Schmidt, I don't zay but what you zay right. You mustn't zay anyting
you don't know someting apout.”

After another silence, during which Texas continued to hold his hands above
his head, Meyer added, “Kelly, you may come to an order. Schmidt, you may
put down your hants. Will you haf a jew of topacco?”

The three men now approached each other, took alternate bites of the sergeant's
last plug of pigtail, and masticated amicably.

“You army fellers run me pootty close,” said Texas, after a while, in a tone
of complaint and humiliation. “I don't want to fight brass buttons. They're
too many for me. The Capm he lassoed me, an' choked me some; an' now
you're on it.”

“When things habben to officers, they must pe looked into,” replied Meyer.

“I dunno how in thunder the lariat got busted,” repeated Texas. “An' if I
should go for to guess, I mought guess wrong.”

“All right, Schmidt; I pelieve you. If there is no more drubble, you will
not pe called up again.”

“Ask him what he thinks of the leftenant's chances,” suggested Kelly to his
superior.

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

“Reckon he'll hev to run the river a spell,” returned the borderer. “Reckon
he'll hev to run it a hell of a ways befo' he'll be able to git across the dam
country.”

“Ask him what the chances be of running the river safely,” added Kelly.

“Dam slim,” answered Texas; and there the talk ended. There was some
meditative chewing, after which the three returned to the bivouac, and either lay
down to sleep or took their tours at guard duty.

At dawn the party recommenced its flight toward the Moqui country. There
were sixty hours more of hard riding, insufficient sleep, short rations, thirst, and
anxiety. Once the suffering animals stampeded after water, and ran for several
miles over plateaux of rock, dashing off burdens and riders, and only halting
when they were plunged knee-deep in the water-hole which they had
scented. One of the wounded rancheros expired on the mule to which he was
strapped, and was carried dead for several hours, his ashy-brown face swinging
to and fro, until Coronado had him thrown into a crevice.

Amid these hardships and horrors Clara showed no sign of flagging or flinching.
She was very thin; bad food, excessive fatigue, and anxiety had reduced
her; her face was pinched, narrowed, and somewhat lined; her expression was
painfully set and eager. But she never asked for repose, and never complained.
Her mind was solely fixed upon finding Thurstane, and her feverish bright eyes
continually searched the horizon for him. She seemed to have lost her power
of sympathizing with any other creature. To Mrs. Stanley's groanings and
murmurings she vouchsafed rare and brief condolences. The dead muleteer and
the tortured, bellowing animals attracted little of her notice. She was not hard-hearted;
she was simply almost insane. In this state of abnormal exaltation
she continued until the party reached the quiet and safety of the Moqui pueblos.

Then there was a change; exhausted nature required either apathy or death;
and for two days she lay in a sort of stupor, sleeping a great deal, and crying
often when awake. The only person capable of rousing her was Sergeant
Meyer, who made expeditions to the other pueblos for news of Thurstane, and
brought her news of his hopes and his failures.

After a three days' rest Coronado decided to resume his journey by moving
southward toward the Bernalillo trail. Freed from Thurstane, he no longer
contemplated losing Clara in the desert, but meant to marry her, and trusted
that he could do it. Two of his wagons he presented to the Moquis, who were,
of course, delighted with the acquisition, although they had no more use for
wheeled vehicles than for gunboats. With only four wagons, his animals were
more than sufficient, and the train made tolerably rapid progress, in spite of the
roughness of the country.

The land was still a wonder. The water wizards of old had done their grotesque
utmost here. What with sculpturing and frescoing, they had made that
most fantastic wilderness the Painted Desert. It looked like a mirage. The
travellers had an impression that here was some atmospheric illusion. It seemed
as if it could not last five minutes if the sun should shine upon it. There were
crowding hills so variegated and gay as to put one in mind of masses of soapbubbles.
But the coloring was laid on fifteen hundred feet deep. It consisted
of sandstone marls, red, blue, green, orange, purple, white, brown, lilac, and yellow,
interstratified with magnesian limestone in bands of purple, bluish-white,
and mottled, with here and there shining flecks or great glares of gypsum.

Among the more delicate wonders of the scene were the petrified trunks
which had once been pines and cedars, but which were now flint or jasper. The

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

washings of geologic æons have exposed to view immense quantities of these
enchanted forests. Fragments of silicified trees are not only strewn over the
lowlands, but are piled by the hundred cords at the bases of slopes, seeming
like so much drift-wood from wonder-lands far up the stream of time. Generally
they are in short bits, broken square across the grain, as if sawed. Some are
jasper, and look like masses of red sealing-wax; others are agate, or opalescent
chalcedony, beautifully lined and variegated; many retain the graining, layers,
knots, and other details of their woody structure.

In places where the marls had been washed away gently, the emigrants found
trunks complete, from root to summit, fifty feet in length and three in diameter.
All the branches, however, were gone; the tree had been uprooted, transported,
whirled and worn by deluges; then to commemorate the victory of the water
sprites, it had been changed into stone. The sight of these remnants of antediluvian
woodlands made history seem the reminiscence of a child. They were
already petrifactions when the human race was born.

The Painted Desert has other marvels. Throughout vast stretches you pass
between tinted mesas, or tables, which face each other across flat valleys like
painted palaces across the streets of Genova la Superba. They are giant splendors,
hundreds of feet in height, built of blood-red sandstone capped with variegated
marls. The torrents, which scooped out the intersecting levels, amused
their monstrous leisure with carving the points and abutments of the mesa into
fantastic forms, so that the traveller sees towers, minarets, and spires loftier than
the pinnacles of cathedrals.

The emigrants were often deceived by these freaks of nature. Beheld from a
distance, it seemed impossible that they should not be ruins, the monuments of
some Cyclopean race. Aunt Maria, in particular, discovered casas grandes
and casas de Montezuma very frequently.

“There is another casa,” she would say, staring through her spectacles (broken)
at a butte three hundred feet high. “What a people it must have been
which raised such edifices!”

And she would stick to it, too, until she was close up to the solid rock, and
then would renew the transforming miracle five or ten miles further on.

During this long and marvellous journey Coronado renewed his courtship.
He was cautious, however; he made a confidant of his friend Aunt Maria; begged
her favorable intercession.

“Clara,” said Mrs. Stanley, as the two women jolted along in one of the lumbering
wagons, “there is one thing in your life which perhaps you don't suspect.”

The girl, who wanted to hear about Thurstane all the time, and expected to
hear about him, asked eagerly, “What is it?”

“You have made Mr. Coronado fall in love with you,” said Aunt Maria,
thinking it wise to be clear and straightforward, as men are reputed to be.

The young lady, instantly revolting from the subject, made no reply.

“I think, Clara, that if you take a husband—and most women do—he would
be just the person for you.”

Clara, once the gentlest of the gentle, was perfectly angelic no longer. She
gave her relative a stare which was partly intense misery, but which had much
the look of pure anger, as indeed it was in a measure.

The expressions of violent emotion are alarming to most people. Aunt
Maria, beholding this tortured soul glaring at her out of its prison windows, recoiled
in surprise and awe. There was not another word spoken at the time

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

concerning the obnoxious match-making. A single stare of Marius had put to
flight the executioner.

In one way and another Clara continued to baffle her suitor and her advocate.
The days dragged on; the expedition steadily traversed the desert; the Santa
Anna region was crossed, and the Bernalillo trail reached; one hundred, two
hundred, three hundred miles and more were left behind; and still Coronado,
though without a rival, was not accepted.

Then came an adventure which partly helped and partly hindered his plans.
The train was overtaken by a detachment of the Fifth United States Cavalry,
commanded by Major John Robinson, pushing for California. Of course Sergeant
Meyer reported himself and Kelly to the Major, and of course the Major
ordered them to join his party as far as Fort Yuma. This deprived Clara of her
trusted protectors; but on the other hand, she threatened to take advantage of
the escort of Robinson for the rest of her journey; and the mere mention of this
at once brought Coronado on his soul's marrow-bones. He swore by the heaven
above, by all the saints and angels, by the throne of the Virgin Mary, by every
sacred object he could think of, that not another word of love should pass his
lips during the journey, that he would live the life of a dead man, etc. Overcome
by his pleadings, and by the remonstrances of Aunt Maria, who did not
want to have her favorite driven to commit suicide, Clara agreed to continue with
the train.

After this scene followed days of hot travelling over hard, gravelly plains,
thinly coated with grass and dotted with cacti, mezquit trees, the leafless palo
verde, and the greasewood bush. Here and there towered that giant cactus, the
saguarra, a fluted shaft, thirty, forty, and even sixty feet high, with a coronet of
richly-colored flowers, the whole fabric as splendid as a Corinthian column.
Prickly pears, each one large enough to make a thicket, abounded. Through
the scorching sunshine ran scorpions and lizards, pursued by enormous rattle-snakes.
During the days the heat ranged from 100 to 115 deg. in the shade,
while the nights were swept by winds as parching as the breath of an oven. The
distant mountains glared at the eye like metals brought to a white heat. Not seldom
they passed horses, mules, cattle, and sheep, which had perished in this terrible
transit and been turned to mummies by the dry air and baking sun. Some
of these carcasses, having been set on their legs by passing travellers, stood upright,
staring with blind eyeballs, grinning through dried lips, mockeries of life,
statues of death.

In spite of these hardships and horrors, Clara kept up her courage and was
almost cheerful; for in the first place Coronado had ceased his terrifying attentions,
and in the second place they were nearing Cactus Pass, where she hoped
to meet Thurstane. When love has not a foot of certainty to stand upon, it can
take wing and soar through the incredible. The idea that they two, divided
hundreds of miles back, should come together at a given point by pure accident,
was obviously absurd. Yet Clara could trust to the chance and live for it.

The scenery changed to mountains. There were barren, sublime, awful
peaks to the right and left. To the girl's eyes they were beautiful, for she
trusted that Thurstane beheld them. She was always on horseback now, scanning
every feature of the landscape, searching of course for him. She did not
pass a cactus, or a thicket of mezquit, or a bowlder without anxious examination.
She imagined herself finding him helpless with hunger, or passing him
unseen and leaving him to die. She was so pale and thin with constant anxiety

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

that you might have thought her half starved, or recovering from some acute
malady.

About five one afternoon, as the train was approaching its halting-place at a
spring on the western side of the pass, Clara's feverish mind fixed on a group
of rocks half a mile from the trail as the spot where she would find Thurstane.
In obedience to similar impressions she had already made many expeditions of
this nature. Constant failure, and a consciousness that all this searching was
folly, could not shake her wild hopes. She set off at a canter alone; but after
going some four hundred yards she heard a gallop behind her, and, looking
over her shoulder, she saw Coronado. She did not want to be away from the
train with him; but she must at all hazards reach that group of rocks; something
within impelled her. Better mounted than she, he was soon by her side,
and after a while struck out in advance, saying, “I will look out for an ambush.”

When Coronado reached the rocks he was fifty yards ahead of Clara. He
made the circuit of them at a slow canter; in so doing he discovered the starving
and fainted Thurstane lying in the high grass beneath a low shelf of stone;
he saw him, he recognized him, and in an instant he trembled from head to foot.
But such was his power of self-control that he did not check his horse, nor cast
a second look to see whether the man was alive or dead. He turned the last
stone in the group, met Clara with a forced smile, and said gently, “There is
nothing.”

She reined up, drew a long sigh, thought that here was another foolish hope
crushed, and turned her horse's head toward the train.

CHAPTER XXXIII.

The tread of Coronado's horse passing within fifteen feet of Thurstane
roused him from the troubled sleep into which he had sunk after his long fainting
fit.

Slowly he opened his eyes, to see nothing but long grasses close to his face,
and through them a haze of mountains and sky. His first moments of wakening
were so far from being a full consciousness that he did not comprehend
where he was. He felt very, very weak, and he continued to lie still.

But presently he became aware of sounds; there was a trampling, and then
there were words; the voices of life summoned him to live. Instantly he remembered
two things: the starving comrades whom it was his duty to save,
and the loved girl whom he longed to find. Slowly and with effort, grasping at
the rock to aid his trembling knees, he rose to his feet just as Clara turned
her horse's head toward the plain.

Coronado threw a last anxious glance in the direction of the wretch whom he
meant to abandon to the desert. To his horror he saw a lean, smirched, ghostly
face looking at him in a dazed way, as if out of the blinding shades of death.
The quickness of this villain was so wonderful that one is almost tempted to
call it praiseworthy. He perceived at once that Thurstane would be discovered,
and that he, Coronado, must make the discovery, or he might be charged with
attempting to leave him to die.

“Good heavens!” he exclaimed loudly, “there he is!”

Clara turned: there was a scream of joy: she was on the ground, running:
she was in Thurstane's arms. During that unearthly moment there was no

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

thought in those two of Coronado, or of any being but each other. It is impossible
fully to describe such a meeting; its exterior signs are beyond language;
its emotion is a lifetime. If words are feeble in presence of the heights and
depths of the Colorado, they are impotent in presence of the altitudes and abysses
of great passion. Human speech has never yet completely expressed human intellect,
and it certainly never will completely express human sentiments. These
lovers, who had been wandering in chasms impenetrable to hope, were all of a
sudden on mountain summits dizzy with joy. What could they say for themselves,
or what can another say for them?

Clara only uttered inarticulate murmurs, while her hands crawled up Thurstane's
arms, pressing and clutching him to make sure that he was alive. There
was an indescribable pathos in this eagerness which could not trust to sight, but
must touch also, as if she were blind. Thurstane held her firmly, kissing hair,
forehead, and temples, and whispering, “Clara! Clara!” Her face, which had
turned white at the first glimpse of him, was now roseate all over and damp
with a sweet dew. It became smirched with the dust of his face; but she would
only have rejoiced, had she known it; his very squalor was precious to her.

At last she fell back from him, held him at arm's length with ease, and stared
at him. “Oh, how sick!” she gasped. “How thin! You are starving.”

She ran to her horse, drew from her saddle-bags some remnants of food, and
brought them to him. He had sunk down faint upon a stone, and he was too
weak to speak aloud; but he gave her a smile of encouragement which was at
once pathetic and sublime. It said, “I can bear all alone; you must not suffer
for me.” But it said this out of such visible exhaustion, that, instead of being
comforted, she was terrified.

“Oh, you must not die,” she whispered with quivering mouth. “If you die,
I will die.”

Then she checked her emotion and added, “There! Don't mind me. I am
silly. Eat.”

Meanwhile Coronado looked on with such a face as Iago might have worn
had he felt the jealousy of Othello. For the first time he positively knew that
the woman he loved was violently in love with another. He suffered so horribly
that we should be bound to pity him, only that he suffered after the fashion of
devils, his malignity equalling his agony. While he was in such pain that his
heart ceased beating, his fingers curled like snakes around the handle of his revolver.
Nothing kept him from shooting that man, yes, and that woman also,
but the certainty that the deed would make him a fugitive for life, subject everywhere
to the summons of the hangman.

Once, almost overcome by the temptation, he looked around for the train. It
was within hearing; he thought he saw Mrs. Stanley watching him; two of his
Mexicans were approaching at full speed. He dismounted, sat down upon a
stone, partially covered his face with his hand, and tried to bring himself to look
at the two lovers. At last, when he perceived that Thurstane was eating and
Clara merely kneeling by, he walked tremulously toward them, scarcely conscious
of his feet.

“Welcome to life, lieutenant,” he said. “I did not wish to interrupt. Now
I congratulate.”

Thurstane looked at him steadily, seemed to hesitate for a moment, and then
put out his hand.

“It was I who discovered you,” went on Coronado, as he took the lean,
grimy fingers in his buckskin gauntlet.

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

“I know it,” mumbled the young fellow; then with a visible effort he added,
“Thanks.”

Presently the two Mexicans pulled up with loud exclamations of joy and
wonder. One of them took out of his haversack a quantity of provisions and a
flask of aguardiente; and Coronado handed them to Thurstane with a smile,
hoping that he would surfeit himself and die.

“No,” said Clara, seizing the food. “You have eaten enough. You may
drink.”

“Where are the others?” she presently asked.

“In the hills,” he answered. “Starving. I must go and find them.”

“No, no!” she cried. “You must go to the train. Some one else will look
for them.”

One of the rancheros now dismounted and helped Thurstane into his saddle.
Then, the Mexican steadying him on one side and Clara riding near him on the
other, he was conducted to the train, which was at that moment going into park
near a thicket of willows.

In an amazingly short time he was very like himself. Healthy and plucky,
he had scarcely swallowed his food and brandy before he began to draw strength
from them; and he had scarcely begun to breathe freely before he began to talk
of his duties.

“I must go back,” he insisted. “Glover and Sweeny are starving. I must
look them up.”

“Certainly,” answered Coronado.

“No!” protested Clara. “You are not strong enough.”

“Of course not,” chimed in Aunt Maria with real feeling, for she was shocked
by the youth's haggard and ghastly face.

“Who else can find them?” he argued. “I shall want two spare animals.
Glover can't march, and I doubt whether Sweeny can.”

“You shall have all you need,” declared Coronado.

“He mustn't go,” cried Clara. Then, seeing in his face that he would go,
she added, “I will go with him.”

“No, no,” answered several voices. “You would only be in the way.”

“Give me my horse,” continued Thurstane. “Where are Meyer and
Kelly?”

He was told how they had gone on to Fort Yuma with Major Robinson,
taking his horse, the government mules, stores, etc.

“Ah! unfortunate,” he said. “However, that was right. Well, give me a
mule for myself, two mounted muleteers, and two spare animals; some provisions
also, and a flask of brandy. Let me start as soon as the men and beasts
have eaten. It is forty miles there and back.”

“But you can't find your way in the night,” persisted Clara.

“There is a moon,” answered Thurstane, looking at her gratefully; while
Coronado added encouragingly, “Twenty miles are easily done.”

“Oh yes!” hoped Clara. “You can almost get there before dark. Do start
at once.”

But Coronado did not mean that Thurstane should set out immediately. He
dropped various obstacles in the way: for instance, the animals and men must
be thoroughly refreshed; in short, it was dusk before all was ready.

Meantime Clara had found an opportunity of whispering to Thurstane.
Must you?” And he had answered. looking at her as the Huguenot looks at
his wife in Millais's picture, “My dear love, you know that I must.”

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

“You will be careful of yourself?” she begged.

“For your sake.”

“But remember that man,” she whispered, looking about for Texas Smith.

“He is not going. Come, my own darling, don't frighten yourself. Think
of my poor comrades.”

“I will pray for them and for you all the time you are gone. But oh, Ralph,
there is one thing. I must tell you. I am so afraid. I did wrong to let Coronado
see how much I care for you. I am afraid—”

He seemed to understand her. “It isn't possible,” he murmured. Then,
after eyeing her gravely for a moment, he asked, “I may be always sure of you?
Oh yes! I knew it. But Coronado? Well, it isn't possible that he would try
to commit a treble murder. Nobody abandons starving men in a desert. Well,
I must go. I must save these men. After that we will think of these other
things. Good-by, my darling.”

The sultry glow of sunset had died out of the west, and the radiance of a full
moon was climbing up the heavens in the east when Thurstane set off on his pilgrimage
of mercy. Clara watched him as long as the twilight would let her see
him, and then sat down with drooped face, like a flower which has lost the sun.
If any one spoke to her, she answered tardily and not always to the purpose.
She was fulfilling her promise; she was praying for Thurstane and the men
whom he had gone to save; that is, she was praying when her mind did not
wander into reveries of terror. After a time she started up with the thought,
“Where is Texas Smith?” He was not visible, and neither was Coronado.
Suspicious of some evil intrigue, she set out in search of them, made the circuit
of the fires, and then wandered into the willow thickets. Amid the underwood,
hastening toward the wagons, she met Coronado.

“Ah!” he started. “Is that you, my little cousin? You are as terrible in
the dark as an Apache.”

“Coronado, where is your hunter?” she asked with a beating heart.

“I don't know. I have been looking for him. My dear cousin, what do you
want?”

“Coronado, I will tell you the truth. That man is a murderer. I know it.”

Coronado just took the time to draw one long breath, and then replied with
sublime effrontery, “I fear so. I learn that he has told horrible stories about
himself. Well, to tell the truth, I have discharged him.”

“Oh, Coronado!” gasped Clara, not knowing whether to believe him or not.

“Shall I confess to you,” he continued, “that I suspect him of having weakened
that towline so as to send our friend down the San Juan?”

“He never went near the boat,” heroically answered Clara, at the same time
wishing she could see Coronado's face.

“Of course not. He probably hired some one. I fear our rancheros are
none too good to be bribed. I will confess to you, my cousin, that ever since
that day I have been watching Smith.”

“Oh, Coronado!” repeated Clara. She was beginning to believe this prodigious
liar, and to be all the more alarmed because she did believe him. “So
you have sent him away? I am so glad. Oh, Coronado, I thank you. But
help me look for him now. I want to know if he is in camp.”

It is almost impossible to do Coronado justice. While he was pretending to
aid Clara in searching for Texas Smith, he knew that the man had gone out to
murder Thurstane. We must remember that the man was almost as wretched
as he was wicked; if punishment makes amends for crime, his was in part

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

absolved. As he walked about with the girl he thought over and over, Will it
kill her? He tried to answer, No. Another voice persisted in saying, Yes. In
his desperation he at last replied, Let it!

We must follow Texas Smith. He had not started on his errand until he
had received five hundred dollars in gold, and five hundred in a draft on San
Francisco. Then he had himself proposed, “I mought quit the train, an' take
my own resk acrost the plains.” This being agreed to, he had mounted his
horse, slipped away through the willows, and ridden into the desert after Thurstane.

He knew the trail; he had been from Cactus Pass to Diamond River and
back again; he knew it at least as well as the man whose life he was tracking.
He thought he remembered the spring where Glover had broken down, and felt
pretty sure that it could not be less than twenty miles from the camp. Mounted
as he was, he could put himself ahead of Thurstane and ambush him in some
ravine. Of a sudden he laughed. It was not a burst of merriment, but a grim
wrinkling of his dark, haggard cheeks, followed by a hissing chuckle. Texas
seldom laughed, and with good reason, for it was enough to scare people.

“Mought be done,” he muttered. “Mought git the better of 'em all that
way. Shute, 'an then yell. The greasers 'ud think it was Injuns. an' they'd
travel for camp. Then I'd stop the spare mules an' start for Californy.”

For Texas this plan was a stroke of inspiration. He was not an intelligent
scoundrel. All his acumen, though bent to the one point of roguery, had barely
sufficed hitherto to commit murders and escape hanging. He had never prospered
financially, because he lacked financial ability. He was a beast, with all
a tiger's ferocity, but with hardly more than a tiger's intelligence. He was a
savage numskull. An Apache Tonto would have been more than his match in
the arts of murder, and very nearly his match in the arts of civilization.

Instead of following Thurstane directly, he made a circuit of several miles
through a ravine, galloped across a wide grassy plain, and pulled up among some
rounded hillocks. Here, as he calculated, he was fifteen miles from camp, and
five from the spot where lay Glover and Sweeny. The moon had already gone
down and left the desert to the starlight. Posting himself behind a thicket, he
waited for half an hour or more, listening with indefatigable attention.

He had no scruples, but he had some fears. If he should miss, the lieutenant
would fire back, and he was cool enough to fire with effect. Well, he wouldn't
miss; what should he miss for? As for the greasers, they would run at the
first shot. Nevertheless, he did occasionally muddle over the idea of going off
to California with his gold, and without doing this particular job. What kept
him to his agreement was the hope of stealing the spare mules, and the fear that
the draft might not be paid if he shirked his work.

“I s'pose I must show his skelp,” thought Texas, “or they won't hand over
the dust.”

At last there was a sound; he had set his ambush just right; there were
voices in the distance; then hoofs in the grass. Next he saw something; it
was a man on a mule; yes, and it was the right man.

He raised his cocked rifle and aimed, sighting the head, three rods away.
Suddenly his horse whinnied, and then the mule of the other reared; but the
bullet had already sped. Down went Thurstane in the darkness, while, with an
Apache yell, Texas Smith burst from his ambush and charged upon the greasers.

-- 164 --

CHAPTER XXXIV.

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

The chase after the spare mules carried Texas Smith several miles from the
scene of the ambush, so that when he at last caught the frightened beasts, he decided
not to go back and cut Thurstane's throat, but to set off at once westward
and put himself by morning well on the road to California.

Meanwhile the two muleteers continued their flight at full gallop, and eventually
plunged into camp with a breathless story to the effect that Apaches had
attacked them, captured the spare mules, and killed the lieutenant. Coronado,
no more able to sleep than Satan, was the first to hear their tale.

“Apaches!” he said, surprised and incredulous. Then, guessing at what
had happened, he immediately added, “Those devils again! We must push on,
the moment we can see.”

Apaches! It was a capital idea. He had an excuse now for hurrying away
from a spot which he had stained with murder. If any one demanded that
Thurstane's body should be sought for, or that those incumbrances Glover and
Sweeny should be rescued, he could respond, Apaches! Apaches! He gave
orders to commence preparations for moving at the first dawn.

He expected and feared that Clara would oppose the advance in some trying
way. But one of the fugitives relieved him by blurting out the death of Thurstane,
and sending her into spasms of alternate hysterics and fainting which
lasted for hours. Lying in a wagon, her head in the lap of Mrs. Stanley, a sick,
very sick, dangerously sick girl, she was jolted along as easily as a corpse.

Coronado rode almost constantly beside her wagon, inquiring about her
every few minutes, his face changing with contradictory emotions, wishing she
would die and hoping she would live, loving and hating her in the same breath.
Whenever she came to herself and recognized him, she put out her hands and
implored, “Oh, Coronado, take me back there!”

“Apaches!” growled Coronado, and spurred away repeating his lie to himself,
“Apaches! Apaches!”

Then he checked his horse and rode anew to her side, hoping that he might
be able to reason with her.

“Oh, take me back!” was all the response he could obtain. “Take me
back and let me die there.”

“Would you have us all die?” he shouted—“like Pepita!”

“Don't scold her,” begged Aunt Maria, who was sobbing like a child. “She
doesn't know what she is asking.”

But Clara knew too much; at the word Pepita she guessed the torture
scene; and then it came into her mind that Thurstane might be even now at
the stake. She immediately broke into screams, which ended in convulsions
and a long fit of insensibility.

“It is killing her,” wailed Aunt Maria. “Oh, my child! my child!”

Coronado spurred at full speed for a mile, muttering to the desert, “Let it
kill her! let it!”

At last he halted for the train to overtake him, glanced anxiously at Clara's

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

wagon, saw that Mrs. Stanley was still bending over her, guessed that she was
still alive, drew a sigh of relief, and rode on alone.

“Oh, this love-making!” sighed Aunt Maria scores of times, for she had at
last learned of the engagement. “When will my sex get over the weakness? It
kills them, and they like it.”

That night Clara could not sleep, and kept Coronado awake with her moanings.
All the next day she lay in a semi-unconsciousness which was partly
lethargy and partly fever. It was well; at all events he could bear it so—bear
it better than when she was crying and praying for death. The next night she
fell into such a long silence of slumber that he came repeatedly to her wagon to
hearken if she still breathed. Youth and a strong constitution were waging a
doubtful battle to rescue her from the despair which threatened to rob her of
either life or reason.

So the journey continued. Henceforward the trail followed Bill Williams's
river to the Colorado, tracked that stream northward to the Mohave valley,
and, crossing there, took the line of the Mohave river toward California. It
was a prodigious pilgrimage still, and far from being a safe one. The Mohaves,
one of the tallest and bravest races known, from six feet to six and a half in
height, fighting hand to hand with short clubs, were not perfectly sure to be
friendly. Coronado felt that, if ever he got his wife and his fortune, he should
have earned them. He was resolute, however; there was no flinching yet in
this versatile, yet obstinate nature; he was as wicked and as enduring as a
Pizarro.

We will not make the journey; we must suppose it. Weeks after the
desert had for a second time engulfed Thurstane, a coasting schooner from
Santa Barbara entered the Bay of San Francisco, having on board Clara, Mrs.
Stanley, and Coronado.

The latter is on deck now, smoking his eternal cigarito without knowing it,
and looking at the superb scenery without seeing it. A landscape mirrored in
the eye of a horse has about as much effect on the brain within as a landscape
mirrored in the eye of Coronado. He is a Latin; he has a fine ear for music,
and he would delight in museums of painting and sculpture; but he has none
of the passion of the sad, grave, imaginative Anglican race for nature. Mountains,
deserts, seas, and storms are to him obstacles and hardships. He has no
more taste for them than had Ulysses.

He has agonized with sea-sickness during the voyage, and this is the first
day that he has found tolerable. Once more he is able to eat and stand up;
able to think, devise, resolve, and execute; able, in short, to be Coronado. Look
at the little, sunburnt, sinewy, earnest, enduring man; study his diplomatic
countenance, serious and yet courteous, full of gravity and yet ready for gayety;
notice his ready smile and gracious wave of the hand as he salutes the skipper.
He has been through horrors; he has fought a tremendous fight of passion,
crime, and peril; yet he scarcely shows a sign of it. There is some such lasting
stuff in him as goes to make the Bolivars, Francias, and Lopez, the restless and
indefatigable agitators of the Spanish-American communities. You cannot help
sympathizing with him somewhat, because of his energy and bottom. You are
tempted to say that he deserves to win.

He has made some progress in his conspiracy to entrap love and a fortune.
It must be understood that the two muleteers persisted in their story concerning
Apaches, and that consequently Clara has come to think of Thurstane as
dead. Meantime Coronado, after the first two days of wild excitement, has

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

conducted himself with rare intelligence, never alarming her with talk of love,
always courteous, kind, and useful. Little by little he has worn away her suspicions
that he planned murder, and her only remaining anger against him is
because he did not attempt to search for Thurstane; but even for that she is
obliged to see some excuse in the terrible word “Apaches.”

“I have had no thought but for her safety,” Coronado often said to Mrs.
Stanley, who as often repeated the words to Clara. “I have made mistakes,” he
would go on. “The San Juan journey was one. I will not even plead Garcia's
instructions to excuse it. But our circumstances have been terrible. Who could
always take the right step amid such trials? All I ask is charity. If humility
deserves mercy, I deserve it.”

Coronado even schooled himself into expressing sympathy with Clara for the
loss of Thurstane. He spoke of him as her affianced, eulogized his character,
admitted that he had not formerly done him justice, hinting that this blindness
had sprung from jealousy, and so alluded to his own affection. These things he
said at first to Aunt Maria, and she, his steady partisan, repeated them to Clara,
until at last the girl could bear to hear them from Coronado. Sympathy! the
bleeding heart must have it; it will accept this balm from almost any hand, and
it will pay for it in gratitude and trust.

Thus in two months from the disappearance of Thurstane his rival had begun
to hope that he was supplanting him. Of course he had given up all thought of
carrying out the horrible plan with which he had started from Santa Fé. Indeed,
he began to have a horror of Garcia, as a man who had set him on a
wrong track and nearly brought him into folly and ruin. One might say that
Satan was in a state of mind to rebuke sin.

Let us now glance at Clara. She is seated beside Aunt Maria on the quarter-deck
of the schooner. Her troubles have changed her; only eighteen years
old, she has the air of twenty-four; her once rounded face is thin, and her childlike
sweetness has become tender gravity. When she entered on this journey
she resembled the girl faces of Greuze; now she is sometimes a mater amabilis,
and sometimes a mater dolorosa; for her grief has been to her as a maternity.
The great change, so far from diminishing her beauty, has made her seem more
fascinating and nobler. Her countenance has had a new birth, and exhibits a
more perfect soul.

We have hitherto had little more than a superficial view of the characters of
our people. Events, incidents, adventures, and even landscapes have been the
leading personages of the story, and have been to its human individualities what
the Olympian gods are to Greek and Trojan heroes in the Iliad. Just as Jove
or Neptune rules or thwarts Agamemnon and Achilles, so the monstrous circumstances
of the desert have overborne, dwarfed, and blurred these travellers. It
is only now, when they have escaped from the dii majores, and have become for
a brief period tranquil free agents, that we can see them as they are. Even yet
they are not altogether untrammelled. Man is never quite himself; he is always
under some external influence, past or present; he is always being governed,
if not being created.

Clara, born anew of trouble, is admirable. There is a sweet, sedate, and almost
solemn womanliness about her, which even overawes Mrs. Stanley, conscious
of aunthood and strongmindedness, and insisting upon it that her niece
is “a mere child.” It is a great victory to gain over a lady who has that sort of
self-confidence that if she had been a sunflower and obliged to turn toward the
sun for life, she would yet have believed that it was she who made him shine.

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

When Clara decides a matter Mrs. Stanley, while still mentally saying “Young
thing,” feels nevertheless that her own decision has been uttered. And in every
successive resistance she is overcome the easier, for habit is a conqueror.

They have just had a discussion. Aunt Maria wants Clara to stand on her
dignity in a hotel until old Muñoz goes down on his marrow-bones, makes her a
handsome allowance, and agrees to leave her at least half his fortune. Clara's
reply is substantially, “He is my grandfather and the proper head of my family.
I think I ought to go straight to him and say, Grandfather, here I am.”

Beaten by this gentle conscientiousness, Aunt Maria endeavored to appeal
the matter to Coronado.

“I am so glad to see you enjoying your cigarito once more,” she called to
him with as sweet a smile as if she didn't hate tobacco.

He left his smoking retreat amidships, took off his hat with a sort of airy
gravity, and approached them.

“Mr. Coronado, where do you propose to take us when we reach land?”
asked Aunt Maria.

“We will, if you please, go direct to my excellent relative's,” was the reply.

Aunt Maria held her head straight up, as if stiff-neckedly refusing to go there,
but made no opposition.

Coronado had meditated everything and decided everything. It would not
do to go to a hotel, because that might lead to a suspicion that he knew all the
while about the death of Muñoz. His plan was to drive at once to the old man's
place, demand him as if he expected to see him, express proper surprise and
grief over the funereal response, put the estate as soon as possible into Clara's
hands, become her man of affairs and trusted friend, and so climb to be her husband.
He was anxious; during all his perils in the desert he had never been
more so; but he bore the situation heroically, as he could bear; his face revealed
nothing but its outside—a smile.

“My dear cousin,” he presently said, “when I once fairly set you down in
your home, you will owe me, in spite of all my blunders, a word of thanks.”

“Coronado, I shall owe you more than I ever can repay,” she replied frankly,
without remembering that he wanted to marry her. The next instant she remembered
it, and her face showed the first blush that had tinted it for two
months. He saw the significant color, and turned away to conceal a joy which
might have been perilous had she observed it.

Immediately on landing he proceeded to carry out his programme. He took
a hack, drove the ladies direct to the house of Muñoz, and there went decorously
through the form of learning that the old man was dead. Then, consoling
the sorrowful and anxious Clara, he hurried to the best hotel in the city and
made arrangements for what he meant should be an impressive scene, the announcement
of her fortune. He secured fine rooms for the ladies, and ordered
them a handsome lunch, with wine, etc., all without regard to expense. The girl
must be perfectly comfortable and under a sense of all sorts of obligations to him
when she received his coup de théâtre.

He was not so preoccupied but that he quarrelled with his coachman about
the hack hire and dismissed him with some disagreeable epithets in Spanish.
Next he took a saddle-horse, as being the cheapest conveyance attainable, and
cantered off to find the executors of Muñoz, enjoying heartily such stares of admiration
as he got for his splendid riding. In an hour he returned, found the
ladies in their freshest dresses, and complimented them suitably. At this very
moment his anguish of anxiety and suspense was terrible. When Clara should

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

earn that she was a millionaire, what would she do? Would she throw off the
air of friendliness which she had lately worn, and scout him as one whom she
had long known as a scoundrel? Would all his plots, his labors, his perils, and
his love prove in one moment to have been in vain? As he stood there smiling
and flattering, he was on the cross.

“But I am talking trifles,” he said at last, fairly catching his breath. “Can
you guess why I do it? I am prolonging a moment of intense pleasure.”

Such was his control over himself that he looked really benign and noble as
he drew from his pocket a copy of the will and held it out toward Clara.

“My dear cousin,” he murmured, his dark eyes searching her face with intense
anxiety, “you cannot imagine my joy in announcing to you that you are
the sole heir of the good Pedro Muñoz.”

CHAPTER XXXV.

At the announcement that she was a millionaire Clara turned pale, took the
proffered paper mechanically with trembling fingers, and then, without looking
at it, said, “Oh, Coronado!”

It was a tone of astonishment, of perplexity, of regret, of protest; it seemed
to declare, Here is a terrible injustice, and I will none of it. Coronado was delighted;
in a breath he recovered all his presence of mind; he recovered his
voice, too, and spoke out cheerfully:

“Ah, you are surprised, my cousin. Well, it is your grandfather's will. You,
as well as all others, must submit to it.”

Aunt Maria jumped up and walked or rather pranced about the room, saying
loudly, “He must have been the best man in the whole world.” After repeating
this two or three times, she halted and added with even more emphasis, “Except
you, Mr. Coronado!”

The Mexican bowed in silence; it was almost too much to be praised in that
way, feeling as he did; he bowed twice and waved his hand, deprecating the
compliment. The interview was a very painful one to him, although he knew
that he was gaining admiration with every breath that he drew, and admiration
just where it was absolutely necessary to him. Turning to Clara now, he begged,
“Read it, if you please, my cousin.”

The girl, by this time flushed from chin to forehead, glanced over the paper,
and immediately said, “This should not be so. It must not be.”

Coronado was overjoyed; she evidently thought that she owed him and Garcia
a part of this fortune; even if she kept it, she would feel bound to consider
his interests, and the result of her conscientiousness might be marriage.

“Let us have no contest with the dead,” he replied grandly. “Their wishes
are sacred.”

“But Garcia and you are wronged, and I cannot have it so,” persisted Clara.

“How wronged?” demanded Aunt Maria. “I don't see it. Mr. Garcia was
only a cousin, and he is rich enough already.”

Coronado, remembering that he and Garcia were bankrupt, wished he
could throw the old lady out of a window.

“Wait,” said Clara in a tone of vehement resolution. “Give me time. You
shall see that I am not unjust or ungrateful.”

“I beg that you will not bestow a thought upon me,” implored the sublime
hypocrite. “Garcia, it is true, may have had claims. I have none.”

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

Aunt Maria walked up to him, squeezed both his hands, and came near hugging
him. Once out of this trial, Coronado could bear no more, but kissed his
fingers to the ladies, hastened to his own room, locked the door, and swore all
the oaths that there are in Spanish, which is no small multitude.

In a few days after this terrible interview things were going swimmingly well
with him. To keep Clara out of the hands of fortune-hunters, but ostensibly to
enable her to pass her first mourning in decent retirement, he had induced her
to settle in one of Muñoz's haciendas, a few miles from the city, where he of
course had her much to himself. He was her adviser; he was closeted frequently
with the executors; he foresaw the time when he would be the sole
manager of the estate; he began to trust that he would some day possess it.
What woman could help leaning upon and confiding in a man who was so useful,
so necessary as Coronado, and who had shown such unselfish, such magnanimous
sentiments?

Meantime the girl was as admirable in reality as the man was in appearance.
Unexpected inheritance of large wealth is almost sure to alter, at least for a
time, and generally for the worse, the manner and morale of a young person,
whether male or female. Conceit or haughtiness or extravagance or greediness,
or some other vice, pretty surely enters into either deportment or conduct. If
this girl was changed at all by her great good fortune, she was changed for the
better. She had never been more modest, gentle, affable, and sensible than she
was now. The fact shows a clearness of mind and a nobleness of heart which
place her very high among the wise and good. Such behavior under such circumstances
is equal to heroism. We are conscious that in saying these things
of Clara we are drawing largely upon the reader's faith. But either her present
trial of character was peculiarly fitted to her, or she was one of those select
spirits who are purified by temptation.

She remembered Garcia's claims upon her grandfather, and her own supposed
obligations to Coronado. She informed the executors that she wished to
make over half her property to the old man, trusteeing it so that it should descend
to his nephew. Their reply, translated from roundabout and complimentary
Spanish into plain English, was this: “Yon can't do it. The estate is not
settled, and will not be for a year. Moreover, you have no power to part with it
until you are of age, which will not be for three years. Finally, your proposition
defies your grandfather's wishes, and it is altogether too generous.”

Clara's simple and firm reply was, “Well, I must wait. But it would seem
better if I could do it now.”

There was one reason why Clara should be so calm and unselfish in her elevation;
her sorrows served her as ballast. Why should she let riches turn her
head when she found that they could not lighten her heart? There was a certain
night in her past which gold could not illuminate; there had once been a
precious life near her, which was gone now beyond the power of ransom.
Thurstane! How she would have lavished this wealth upon him. He would
have refused it; but she would have prayed and forced him to accept it; she
would have been the meeker to him because of it. How noble he had been!
not now to be brought back! gone forever! And his going had been like the
going away of the sun, leaving no beautiful color in all nature, no guiding light
for wandering footsteps. She exaggerated him, as love will exaggerate the
lost.

Of course she did not always believe that he could be dead, and in her hours
of hope she wrote letters inquiring about his fate. In other days he had told her

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

much of himself, stories of his childhood and his battles, the number of his old
regiment and his new one, titles of his superiors, names of comrades, etc. To
which among all these unknown ones should she address herself? She fixed on
the commander of his present regiment, and that awfully mysterious personage
the Adjutant-General of the army, a title which seemed to represent omniscience
and omnipotence. To each of these gentlemen she sent an epistle recounting
where, when, and how Lieutenant Ralph Thurstane had been ambushed
by unknown Indians, supposed to be Apaches.

These letters she wrote and mailed without the knowledge of Coronado.
This was not caution, but pity; she did not suspect that he would try to intercept
them; only that it would pain him to learn how much she yet thought of his
rival. Indeed, it would have been cruel to show them to him, for he would have
seen that they were blurred with tears. You perceive that she had come to be
tender of the feelings of this earnest and scoundrelly lover, believing in his sincerity
and not in his villany.

“Surely some of those people will know,” thought Clara, with a trust in men
and dignitaries which makes one say sancta simplicitas. “If they do not
know,” she added, with a prayer in her heart, “God will discover it to them.”

But no answers came for months. The colonel was not with his regiment,
but on detached service at New York, whither Clara's letter travelled to find
him, being addressed to his name and not marked “Official business.” What he
did of course was to forward it to the Adjutant-General of the army at Washington.
The Adjutant-General successively filed both communications, and sent a
copy of each to headquarters at Santa Fe and San Francisco, with an endorsement
advising inquiries and suitable search. The mails were slow and circuitous,
and the official routine was also slow and circuitous, so that it was long before
headquarters got the papers and went to work.

Does any one marvel that Clara did not go directly to the military authorities
in the city? It must be remembered that man has his own world, as woman has
hers, and that each sex is very ignorant of the spheres and missions of the other,
the retired sex being especially limited in its information. The girl had never
been told that there was such a thing as district headquarters, or that soldiers in
San Francisco had anything to do with soldiers at Fort Yuma. Nor was she in
the way of learning such facts, being miles away from a uniform, and even from an
American.

One day, when she was fuller of hope than usual, she dared to write to that
ghost, Thurstane. Where should the letter be addressed? It cost her much
reflection to decide that it ought to go to the station of his company, Fort Yuma.
This gave her an idea, and she at once penned two other letters, one directed
“To the Captain of Company I,” and one to Sergeant Meyer. But unfortunately
those three epistles were not sent off before it occurred to Coronado that he
ought to overlook the packages that were sent from the hacienda to the city.
By the way, he had from the first assumed a secret censorship over the mails
which arrived.

Meantime he also had his anxiety and his correspondence. He feared lest
Garcia should learn how things had been managed, and should hasten to San
Francisco to act henceforward as his own special providence. In that case there
would be awkward explanations, there would be complicated and perilous plottings,
there might be stabblings or poisonings. Already, as soon as he reached
the Mohave valley, he had written one cajoling letter to his uncle. Scattered
through six pages on various affairs were underscored phrases and words, which,
taken in sequence, read as follows:

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

“Things have gone well and ill. What was most desirable has not been
fully accomplished. There have been perils and deaths, but not the one required.
The wisest plans have been foiled by unforeseen circumstances. The
future rests upon slow poison. A few weeks more will suffice. Do not come
here. It would rouse suspicion. Trust all to me.”

He now sent other letters, reporting the progress of the malady caused by
the poison, urging Garcia to remain at a distance, assuring him that all would be
well, etc.

“There will be no will,” declared one of these lying messengers. “If there
is a will, you will be the inheritor. In all events, you will be safe. Rely upon
my judgment and fidelity.”

It is curious, by the way, that such men as Coronado and Garcia, knowing
themselves and each other to be liars, should nevertheless expect to be believed,
and should frequently believe each other. One is inclined to admit the seeming
paradox that rogues are more easily imposed upon than honest men.

No responses came from Garcia. But, by way of consolation, Coronado had
Clara's correspondence to read. One day this hidalgo, securely locked in his
room, held in his delicate dark fingers a letter addressed to Miss Clara Van Diemen,
and postmarked in writing “Fort Yuma.” Hot as the day was, there was
a brazier by his side, and a kettle of water bubbling on the coals. He held the
letter in the steam, softened the wafer to a pulp, opened the envelope carefully,
threw himself on a sofa, scowled at the beating of his heart, and began to read.

Before he had glanced through the first line he uttered an exclamation,
turned hastily to the signature, and then burst into a stream of whispered curses.
After he had blasphemed himself into a certain degree of calmness, he read the
letter twice through carefully, and learned it by heart. Then he thrust it deep
into the coals of the brazier, watched it steadily until its slight flame had flickered
away, lighted a cigarito, and meditated.

This epistle was not the only one that troubled him. He already knew that
Clara was inquiring about this man of whom she never spoke, and conducting
her inquiries with an intelligence and energy which showed that her heart was in
the business. If things went on so, there might be trouble some day, and there
might be punishment. For a time he was so disturbed that he felt somewhat as
if he had a conscience, and might yet know what it is to be haunted by remorse.

As for Clara, he was furious with her, notwithstanding his love for her, and
indeed because of it. It was outrageous that a woman whom he adored should
seek to ferret out facts which might send him to State's Prison. It was abominable
that she would not cease to care for that stupid officer after he had been so
carefully put out of her way. Coronado felt that he was persecuted.

Well, what should be done? He must put a stop to Clara's inquiries, and he
would do it by inquiring himself. Yes, he would write to people about Thurstane,
show the letters to the girl (but never send them), and so gradually get this
sort of correspondence into his own hands, when he would drop it. She would
be led thereby to trust him the more, to be grateful to him, perhaps to love
him. It was a hateful mode of carrying on a courtship, but it seemed to be the
best that he had in his power. Having so decided, this master hypocrite, “full
of all subtlety and wiles of the devil,” turned his attention to his siesta.

For twenty minutes he slept the sleep of the just; then he was awakened by
a timid knock at his door. Guessing from the shyness of the demand for entrance
that it came from a servant, he called pettishly, “What do you want?
Go away.”

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

“I must see you,” answered a voice which, feeble and indistinct as it was,
took Coronado to the door in an instant, trembling in every nerve with rage and
alarm.

CHAPTER XXXVI.

Opening the door softly and with tremulous fingers, Coronado looked out
upon an old gray-headed man, short and paunchy in build, with small, tottering,
uneasy legs, skin mottled like that of a toad, cheeks drooping and shaking, chin
retiring, nose hulbous, one eye a black hollow, the other filmy and yet shining,
expression both dull and cunning, both eager and cowardly.

The uncle seemed to be even more agitated at the sight of the nephew than
the nephew at the sight of the uncle. For an instant each stared at the other
with a strange expression of anxiety and mistrust. Then Coronado spoke.
The words which he had in his heart were, What are you here for, you scoundrelly
old marplot? The words which he actually uttered were, “My dear uncle,
my benefactor, my more than parent! How delighted I am to see you! Welcome,
welcome!”

The two men grasped each other's arms, and stuck their heads over each
other's shoulders in a pretence of embracing. Perhaps there never was anything
of the kind more curious than the contrast between their affectionate attitude
and the suspicion and aversion painted on their faces.

“Have you been seen?” asked Coronado as soon as he had closed and
locked the door. “I must contrive to get you away unperceived. Why have
you come? My dear uncle, it was the height of imprudence. It will expose
you to suspicion. Did you not get my letters?”

“Only one,” answered Garcia, looking both frightened and obstinate, as if
he were afraid to stay and yet determined not to go. “One from the Mohave
valley.”

“But I urged you in that to remain at a distance, until all had been
arranged.”

“I know, my son, I know. I thought like you at first. But presently I became
anxious.”

“Not suspicious of my good faith!” exclaimed Coronado in a horrified
whisper. “Oh, that is surely impossible.”

“No, no—not suspicious—no, no, my son,” chattered Garcia eagerly. “But
I began to fear that you needed my help. Things seemed to move so slowly.
Madre de Dios! All across the continent, and nothing done yet.”

“Yes, much has been done. I had obstacles. I had people to get rid of.
There was a person who undertook to be lover and protector.”

“Is he gone?” inquired the old man anxiously.

“Ask no questions. The less told, the better. I wish to spare you all responsibility.”

“Carlos, you are my son and heir. You deserve everything that I can give.
All shall be yours, my son.”

“That Texas Smith of yours is a humbug,” broke out Coronado, his mind
reverting to the letter which he had just burned. “I put work on him which he
swore to do and did not do. He is a coward and a traitor.”

“Oh, the pig! Did you pay him?”

“I had to pay him in advance—and then nothing done right,” confessed
Coronado.

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

“Oh, the pig, the dog, the toad, the villanous toad, the pig of hell!” chattered
Garcia in a rage. “How much did you pay him? Five hundred dollars!
Oh, the pig and the dog and the toad!”

“Well, I have been frank with you,” said Coronado. (He had diminished
by one half the sum paid to Texas Smith.) “I will continue to be frank. You
must not stay here. The question is how to get you away unseen.”

“It is useless; I have been recognized,” lied Garcia, who was determined
not to go.

“All is lost!” exclaimed Coronado. “The presence of us two—both possible
heirs—will rouse suspicion. Nothing can be done.”

But no intimidations could move the old man; he was resolved to stay and
oversee matters personally; perhaps he suspected Coronado's plan of marrying
Clara.

“No, my son,” he declared. “I know better than you. I am older and
know the world better. Let me stay and take care of this. What if I am suspected
and denounced and hung? The property will be yours.”

“My more than father!” cried Coronado. “You shall never sacrifice yourself
for me. God forbid that I should permit such an infamy!”

“Let the old perish for the young!” returned Garcia, in a tone of meek
obstinacy which settled the controversy.

It was a wonderful scene; it was prodigious acting. Each of these men,
while endeavoring to circumvent the other, was making believe offer his life as
a sacrifice for the other's prosperity. It was amazing that neither should lose
patience; that neither should say, You are trying to deceive me, and I know it.
We may question whether two men of northern race could have carried on such
a dialogue without bursting out in open anger, or at least glaring with eyes full
of suspicion and defiance.

“You will find her changed,” continued Coronado, when he had submitted
to the old man's persistence. “She has grown thinner and sadder. You must
not notice it, however; you must compliment her on her health.”

“What is she taking?” whispered Garcia.

“The less said, the better. My dear uncle, you must know nothing. Do
not talk of it. The walls have ears.”

“I know something that would be both safe and sure,” persisted the old
man in a still lower whisper.

“Leave all with me,” answered Coronado, waving his hand authoritatively.
“Too many cooks spoil the broth. What has begun well will end well.”

After a time the two men went down to a shady veranda which half encircled
the house, and found Mrs. Stanley taking an accidental siesta on a sort of
lounge or sofa. Being a light sleeper, like many other active-minded people,
she awoke at their approach and sat up to give reception.

“Mrs. Stanley, this is my uncle Garcia, my more than father,” bowed Coronado.

“I have not forgotten him,” replied Aunt Maria, who indeed was not likely
to forget that mottled face, dyed blue with nitrate of silver.

Warmly shaking the puffy hand of the old toad, and doing her very best to
smile upon him, she said, “How do you do, Mr. Gracia? I hope you are well.
Mr. Coronado, do tell him that, and that I am rejoiced to see him.”

Garcia's snaky glance just rose to the honest woman's face, and then crawled
hurriedly all about the veranda, as if trying to hide in corners. Thanks to Coronado's
fluency and invention, there was a mutually satisfactory conversation

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

between the couple. He amplified the lady's compliments and then amplified
the Mexican's compliments, until each looked upon the other as a person of unusual
intelligence and a fast friend, Aunt Maria, however, being much the more
thoroughly humbugged of the two.

“My uncle has come on urgent mercantile business, and he crowds in a few
days with us,” Coronado presently explained. “I have told him of my little
cousin's good fortune, and he is delighted.”

“I am so glad to hear it,” said Mrs. Stanley. “What an excellent old man
he is, to be sure! And you are just like him, Mr. Coronado—just as good and
unselfish.”

“You overestimate me,” answered Coronado, with a smile which was almost
ironical.

Before long Clara appeared. Garcia's eye darted a look at her which was
like the spring of an adder, dwelling for just a second on the girl's face, and
then scuttling off in an uncleanly, poisonous way for hiding corners. He saw
that she was thin, and believed to a certain extent in Coronado's hints of poison,
so that his glance was more cowardly than ordinary.

Liking the man not overmuch, but pleased to see a face which had been
familiar to her childhood, and believing that she owed him large reparation for
her grandfather's will, Clara advanced cordially to the old sinner.

“Welcome, Señor Garcia,” she said, wondering that he did not kiss her
cheek. “Welcome to your own house. It is all yours. Whatever you choose
is yours.”

“I rejoice in your good fortune,” sighed Garcia.

“It is our common fortune,” returned Clara, winding her arm in his and
walking him up and down the veranda.

“May God give you long life to enjoy it,” prayed Garcia.

“And you also,” said Clara.

Coronado translated this conversation as fast as it was uttered to Mrs.
Stanley.

“This is the golden age,” cried that enthusiastic woman. “You Spaniards
are the best people I ever saw. Your men absolutely emulate women in unselfishness.”

“We would do it if it were possible,” bowed Coronado.

“You do it,” magnanimously insisted Aunt Maria, who felt that the baser
sex ought to be encouraged.

“Señor Garcia, I ask a favor of you,” continued Clara. “You must charge
all the costs of the journey overland to me.”

“It is unjust,” replied the old man. “Madre de Dios! I can never permit
it.”

“If you need the money now, I will request my guardians, the executors, to
advance it,” persisted Clara, seeing that he refused with a faint heart.

“I might borrow it,” conceded Garcia. “I shall have need of money presently.
That journey was a great cost—a terribly bad speculation,” he went on,
shaking his mottled, bluish head wofully. “Not a piaster of profit.”

“We will see to that,” said Clara. “And then, when I am of age—but
wait.”

She shook her rosy forefinger gayly, radiant with the joy of generosity, and
added, “You shall see. Wait!”

Coronado, in a rapid whisper, translated this conversation phrase by phrase

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

to Mrs. Stanley, his object being to make Clara's promises public and thus engage
her to their fulfilment.

“Of course!” exclaimed the impulsive Aunt Maria, who was amazingly generous
with other people's money, and with her own when she had any to spare.
“Of course Clara ought to pay. It is quite a different thing from giving up her
rights. Certainly she must pay. That train did nothing but bring us two
women. I really believe Mr. Garcia sent it for that purpose alone. Besides,
the expense won't be much, I suppose.”

“No,” said Coronado, and he spoke the exact truth; that is, supposing an
honest balance. The expedition proper had cost seven or eight thousand dollars,
and about two thousand more had been sunk in assassination fees and
other “extras.” On the other hand, he had sold his wagons and beasts at the
high prices of California, making a profit of two thousand dollars. In short,
even deducting all that Coronado meant to appropriate to himself, Garcia would
obtain a small profit from the affair.

Now ensued a strange underhanded drama. Garcia stayed week after week,
riding often to the city on business or pretence of business, but passing most of
his time at the hacienda, where he wandered about a great deal in a ghost-like
manner, glancing slyly at Clara a hundred times a day without ever looking her
in the eyes, and haunting her steps without overtaking or addressing her.
Every time that she returned from a ride he shambled to the door to see if the
saddle were empty. During the night he hearkened in the passages for outcries
of sudden illness. And while he thus watched the girl, he was himself incessantly
watched by his nephew.

“She gets no worse,” the old man at last complained to the younger one.
“I think she is growing fat.”

“It is one of the symptoms,” replied Coronado. “By the way, there is one
thing which we ought to consider. If she gives you half of this estate—?”

“Madre de Dios! I would take it and go. But she cannot give until she is
of age. And meantime she may marry.”

He glanced suspiciously at his nephew, but Coronado kept his bland composure,
merely saying, “No present danger of that. She sees no one but us.”

He thought of adding, “Why not marry her yourself, my dear uncle?”
But Garcia might retort, “And you?” which would be confusing.

“Suppose she should make a will in your favor?” the nephew preferred to
suggest.

“I cannot wait. I must have money now. Make a will? Madre de Dios!
She would outlive me. Besides, he who makes a will can break a will.”

After a minute of anxious thought, he asked, “How much do you think she
will give me?”

“I will ask her.”

“Not her,” returned Garcia petulantly. “Are you a pig, an ass, a fool?
Ask the old one—the duenna. It ought to be a great deal; it ought to be half—
and more.”

To satisfy the old man as well as himself, Coronado sounded Mrs. Stanley
as to the proposed division.

“Yes, indeed!” said the lady emphatically. “Clara must do something for
Garcia, who has been such an excellent friend, and who ought to have been
named in the will. But you know she has her duties toward herself as well as
toward others. Now the property is not a million; it may be some day or

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

other, but it isn't now. The executors say it might bring three hundred thousand
dollars in ready money.”

The executors, by the way, had been sedulously depreciating the value of
the estate to Clara, in order to bring down her vast notions of generosity.

“Well,” continued Aunt Maria, “my niece, who is a true woman and magnanimous,
wanted to give up half. But that is too much, Mr. Coronado. You
see money” (here she commenced on something which she had read)—“money is
not the same thing in our hands that it is in yours. When a man has a hundred
and fifty thousand dollars, he puts it into business and doubles it, trebles it, and
so on. But a woman can't do that; she is trammelled and hampered by the
prejudices of this male world; she has to leave her money at small interest.
If it doubles once in her life, she is lucky. So, you see, one half given to Garcia
would be, practically speaking, much more than half,” concluded Aunt Maria,
looking triumphantly through her argument at Coronado.

The Mexican assented; he always assented to whatever she advanced; he
did so because he considered her a fool and incapable of reasoning. Moreover,
he was not anxious to see half of this estate drop into the hands of Garcia, believing
that whatever Clara kept for herself would shortly be his own by right of
marriage.

“You are the greatest woman of our times,” he said, stepping backward a
pace or two and surveying her as if she were a cathedral. “I should never have
thought of those ideas. You ought to be a legislator and reform our laws.”

“I never had a doubt that you would agree with me, Mr. Coronado,” returned
the gratified Aunt Maria. “Well, so does Clara; at least I trust so,”
she hesitated. “Now as to the sum which our good Garcia should receive. I
have settled upon thirty thousand dollars. In his hands, you know, it would
soon be a hundred and fifty thousand; that is to say, practically speaking, it
would be half the estate.”

“Certainly,” bowed Coronado, meanwhile thinking, “You old ass!” “And
my little cousin is of your opinion, I trust?” he added.

“Well—not quite—as yet,” candidly admitted Aunt Maria. “But she is
coming to it. I have no sort of doubt that she will end there.”

So Coronado had learned nothing as yet of Clara's opinions. As he sauntered
away to find Garcia, he queried whether he had best torment him with this
unauthorized babble of Mrs. Stanley. On the whole, yes; it might bring him
down to reasonable terms; the rapacious old man was expecting too large a slice
of the dead Muñoz. So he told his tale, giving it out as something which could
be depended on, but increasing the thirty thousand dollars to fifty thousand, on
his own responsibility. To his alarm Garcia broke out in a venomous rage, calling
everybody pigs, dogs, toads, etc., and crying and cursing alternately.

“Fifty thousand piasters!” he squeaked, tottering about the room on his
short weak legs and wringing his hands, so that he looked like a fat dog walking
on his hind feet. “Fifty thousand piasters! O Madre de Dios! It is nothing.
It is nothing. It will not save me from ruin. It will not cover my debts. I
shall be sold out. I am ruined. Fifty thousand piasters! O Madre de Dios!”

Fifty thousand dollars would have left him more than solvent; but ten times
that sum would not have satisfied his grasping soul.

Coronado saw that he had made a blunder, and sought to rectify it by lying
copiously. He averred that he had been merely trying his uncle; he begged his
pardon for this absurd and ill-timed joke; he admitted that he was a pig and a
dog and everything else ignoble; he should not have trifled with the feelings of

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

his benefactor, his more than father; those feelings were to him sacred, and
should be held so henceforward and forever

But he was not believed. He could fool the old man sometimes, but not on
this occasion. Garcia, greedy and anxious, apt by nature to see the dark side
of things, judged that the fifty-thousand-dollar story was the true one. Although
he pretended at last to accept Coronado's explanation for fact, he remained at
bottom unconvinced, and showed it in his swollen and trembling visage.

Thenceforward the nephew watched the uncle incessantly; during his absence
he stole into his room, opened his baggage, and examined his drawers
and if he saw him near Clara at table, or when refreshments were handed around,
he never took his eyes off him.

But he could not be always at hand. One day the two men rode to the city
in company. Garcia dodged Coronado, hastened back to the hacienda, asked to
have some chocolate prepared, poured out a cup for Clara, looked at her eagerly
while she drank it, and then fell down in a fit.

An hour later Coronado returned at a full run, to find the old man just recovering
his senses and Clara alarmingly ill.

CHAPTER XXXVII.

Clara had been taken ill while waiting on the unconcious Garcia, and the
attack had been so violent as to drive her at once to her room and bed.

The first person whom Coronado met when he reached the house was Aunt
Maria, oscillating from one invalid to the other in such fright and confusion that
she did not know whether she was strong-minded or not; but thus far chiefly
troubled about Garcia, who seemed to her to be in a dying state.

“Your uncle!” she exclaimed, beckoning wildly to Coronado as he rushed
in at the door.

“I know,” he answered hastily. “A servant told me. How is Clara?”

He was as pale as a man of his dark complexion could be. Aunt Maria
caught his alarm, and, forgetting at once all about Garcia, ran on with him to
Clara's room. The girl was just then in one of her spasms, her features contracted
and white, and her forehead covered with a cold sweat.

“What is it?” whispered Mrs. Stanley, clutching Coronado by the arm and
staring eagerly at his anxious eyes.

“It is—fever,” he returned, making a great effort to control his rage and terror.
“Give her warm water to drink. My God! give her something.”

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

He sent three servants in succession to search for three different physicians
swearing at them violently while they made their preparations, telling them to
ride like the devil, to kill their horses, etc. When he returned to Clara's room
she had come out of her paroxysm, and was feebly trying to smile away Aunt
Maria's terrors.

“My cousin!” he whispered in unmistakable anguish of spirit.

“I am better,” she replied. “Thank you, Coronado. How is Garcia?”

Coronado looked as if he were devoting some one to the infernal furies; but
he suppressed his emotion and replied in a smothered voice, “I will go and
see.”

Hurrying to his uncle's room, he motioned out the attendants, closed the
door, locked it, and then, with a scowl of rage and alarm, advanced upon the invalid,
who by this time was perfectly conscious.

“What have you given her?” demanded Coronado, in a hoarse mutter.

“I don't know what you mean,” stammered the old man. He shut his one
eye, not because he could not keep it open, but to evade the conflict which was
coming upon him.

Taking quick advantage of the closed eye, Coronado turned to a dressing-table,
pulled out a drawer, seized a key, and opened Garcia's trunk. Before the
old man could interfere, the younger one held in his hand a paper containing
two ounces or so of white powder.

“Did you give her this?” demanded Coronado.

Garcia stared at the paper with such a scared and guilty face, that it was
equivalent to a confession.

Coronado turned away to hide his face. There was a strange smile upon it;
at first it was a joy which made him half angelic; then it became amusement.
He tottered to a chair, threw himself into it with the air of a thoroughly wearied
man who finds rest delicious, put a grain of the powder on his tongue, and then
drew a long sigh, a sigh of entire relief.

We must explain. The inner history of this scene is not a tragedy, but a
farce. For two weeks or more Coronado had been watching his uncle day and
night, and at last had found in his trunk a paper of powder which he suspected
to be arsenic. A blunderer would have destroyed or hidden it, thereby warning
Garcia that he was being looked after, and causing him to be more careful
about his hiding places. Coronado emptied the paper, snapped off every grain
of the powder with his finger, wiped it clean with his handkerchief, and refilled
it with another powder. The selection of this second powder was another piece
of cleverness. He had at hand both flour and finely pulverized sugar; but he
wanted to learn whether Garcia would really dose the girl, and he wanted a

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

chance to frighten him; so he chose a substance which would be harmless, and
yet would cause illness.

“You will he hung,” said Coronado, staring sternly at his uncle.

“I don't know what you mean,” mumbled the old man, trembling all over.

“What a fool you were to use a poison so easily detected as arsenic! I have
sent for doctors. They will recognize her symptoms. You prepared the chocolate.
Here is the arsenic in your trunk. You will be hung.”

“Give me that paper,” whimpered Garcia, rising from his bed and staggering
toward Coronado. “Give it to me. It is mine.”

Coronado put the package behind him with one hand and held off his uncle
with the other.

“You must go,” he persisted. “She won't live two hours. Be off before
you are arrested. Take horse for San Francisco. If there is a steamer, get
aboard of it. Never mind where it sails to.”

“Give me the paper,” implored Garcia, going down on his knees. “O
Madre de Dios! My head, my head! Oh, what extremities! Give me the
paper. Carlos, it was all for your sake.”

“Are you going?” demanded Coronado.

“Oh yes. Madre de Dios! I am going.”

“Come along. By the back way. Do you want to pass her room? Do you
want to see your work? I will send your trunk to the bankers. Quit California
at the first chance. Quit it at once, if you go to China.”

As Coronado looked after the flying old man he heard himself called by Mrs.
Stanley, who was by this time in great terror about Clara, trotting hither and
thither after help and counsel.

“Oh, Mr. Coronado, do come!” she urged. Then, catching sight of the
galloping Garcia, “But what does that mean? Has he gone mad?”

“Nearly,” said Coronado. “I brought him news of pressing business.
How is my cousin?”

“Oh dear! I am terribly alarmed. Do look at her. Will those doctors
never come!”

Coronado, who had been a little in advance of Mrs. Stanley as they hurried
toward Clara's room, suddenly stopped, wheeled about with a smile, seized her
hands, and shook them heartily.

“I have it,” he exclaimed with a fine imitation of joyful astonishment.
“There is no danger. I can explain the whole trouble. My poor uncle has
these attacks, and he is extravagantly fond of chocolate. To relieve the attacks
he always carries a paper of medicine in one of his vest pockets. To sweeten
his chocolate he carries a paper of sugar in the companion pocket. You may be

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

sure that he has made a mistake between the two. He has dosed Clara with his
physic. There is no danger.”

He laughed in the most natural manner conceivable; then he checked himself
and said: “My poor little cousin! It is no joke for her.”

“Certainly not,” snapped Aunt Maria, relieved and yet angry. “How excessively
stupid! Here is Clara as sick as can be, and I frightened out of my
senses. Men ought not to meddle with cookery. They are such botches, even
in their own business!”

But presently, after she had given Coronado's explanation to Clara, and the
girl had laughed heartily over it and declared herself much better, Aunt Maria
recovered her good humor and began to pity that poor, sick, driven Garcia.

“The brave old creature!” she said. “Out of his fits and off on his business.
I must say he is a wonder. Let us hope he will come out all right, and
soon return to us. But really he ought to be seen to. He may fall off his horse
in a fit, or he may dose somebody dreadfully with his chocolate and get taken up
for poisoning. Mr. Coronado, you ought to ride into town to-morrow and look
after him.”

“Certainly,” replied Coronado. He did so, and returned with the news that
Garcia had sailed to San Diego, having been summoned back to Santa Fé by
the state of his affairs. That day and the night following he slept fourteen
hours, making up the arrears of rest which he had lost in watching his uncle.
Henceforward he was easier; he had a pretty clear field before him; there was
no one present to poison Clara; no one but himself to court her. And the
courtship went forward with a better prospect of success than is quite agreeable
to contemplate.

Coronado and Clara were Adam and Eve; they were the only man and
woman in this paradise. People thus situated are claimed by a being whom
most call a goddess, and some a demon. She is protean; she is at once an invariable
formula and an individual caprice; she is a law governing the universal
multitude, and a passion swaying the unit. She seems to be under an impression
that, where a couple are left alone together, they are the last relics of
the human race, and that if they do not marry the type will perish. Indifferent
to all considerations but one, she pushes them toward each other.

There is comparative safety from her in a crowd. Bachelors and maidens
who mingle by hundreds may remain bachelors and maidens. But pair them off
in lonely places and see if the result is not amazingly hymeneal. A fellow who
has run the gauntlet of seven years of parties in New York will marry the first
agreeable girl whom he meets in Alaska. There is such a thing as leaving the
haunts of men and repairing to waste places to find a husband. We are told
that English girls have reduced this to a system, and that fair archers who have
failed at Brighton go out to hunt successfully in India.

Well, Coronado had the favoring chances of solitude, propinquity, and daily
opportunity. Seldom away from Clara for a day together, he was in condition
to take advantage of any of those moods which lay woman open to courtship,
such as gratitude for attentions, a disgust with loneliness, a desire for something
to love. It was a great thing for him that there was work about the hacienda
which no woman could easily do; that there were men servants to govern,
horses to be herded, valued, and sold, and lands to be cultivated. All these
male mysteries were soon handed over to Coronado, subject to the advice of
Aunt Maria and the final judgment of Clara. The result was that he and she got
into a way of frequently discussing many things which threatened to habituate
her to the idea of being at one with him through life.

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

Have you ever watched two specks floating in a vessel of water? For a long
time they approach each other so slowly that the movement is imperceptible;
but at last they are within range of each other's magnetism; there is a start, a
swift rush, and they are together. Thus it was that Clara was gently, very
gently, and unconsciously to herself, approaching Coronado. A mote on the
wave of life, she was subject to attraction, as all of us motes are, and this man
was the only tractor at hand. Aunt Maria did not count, for woman cnnnot absorb
woman. As to Thurstane, he not only was not there, but he was not anywhere,
as she at last believed.

Not a word from him or about him, except one letter from the Adjutant-General,
which somehow evaded Coronado's brazier, gave her a moment of choking
hope and fear, opened its white, official lips, acknowledged her “communication,”
and stopped there. The unseen tragedies in which souls suffer are numberless.
Here was one. The girl had written with tears and heart-beats, and
then with tears and heart-beats had waited. At last came the words, “I have
the honor to acknowledge, etc., very respectfully, etc.” It was one of the business-like
facts of life unknowingly trampling upon a bleeding sentiment.

Imagine Clara's agitations during this long suspense; her plans and hopes
and despairs would furnish matter for a library. There was not a day, if indeed
there was an hour, during which her mind was not the theatre of a dozen dramas
whereof Thurstane was the hero, either triumphant or perishing. They were
horribly fragmentary; they broke off and pieced on to each other like nightmares;
one moment he was rescued, and the next tomahawked. And this last
fancy, despite all her struggles to hope, was for the most part victorious.
Meantime Coronado, guessing her sufferings, and suffering horribly himself with
jealousy, talked much and sympathetically to her of Thurstane. So much did
this man bear, and with such outward sweetness did he bear it, that one half
longs to consider him a martyr and saint. Pity that his goodness should not
bear dissection; that it should have no more life in it than a stuffed mannikin;
that it should be just fit to scare crows with.

But hypocrite as Coronado was, he was clever enough to win every day more
of Clara's confidence; and perhaps she might have walked into this whited sepulchre
in due time had it not been for an accident. Cantering into San Francisco
to hold a consultation with her lawyer, she was saluted in the street by a
United States officer, also on horseback. She instinctively drew rein, her pulse
throbbing at sight of the uniform, and wild hopes beating at her heart.

“Miss Van Diemen, I believe,” said the officer, a dark, stout, bold-looking
trooper. “I am glad to see that you reached here in safety. You have forgotten
me. I am Major Robinson.”

“I remember,” said Clara, who had not recollected him at first because she
was looking solely for Thurstane. “You passed us in the desert.”

“Yes, I took your soldiers away from you, and you declined my escort. I
was anxious about you afterwards. Well, it has ended right in spite of me. Of
course you have heard of Thurstane's escape.”

“Escape!” exclaimed Clara, her face turning scarlet and then pale. “Oh!
tell me!”

The major stared. He had guessed a love affair between these two; he had
inferred it in the desert from the girl's anxiety about the young man. How
came it that she knew nothing of the escape?

“So I have heard,” he went on. “I think there can be no mistake about it.
I learned it from a civilian who left Fort Yuma some weeks ago. I don't think

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

he could have been mistaken. He told me that the lieutenant was there then.
Not well, I am sorry to say; rather broken down by his hardships. Oh, nothing
serious, you know. But he was a trifle under the weather, which may account
for his not letting his friends hear from him.”

At the story that Thurstane was alive, all Clara's love had arisen as if from
a grave, and the mightier because of its resurrection. She was full of selfreproaches.
It seemed to her that she had neglected him; that she had cruelly
left him to die. Why had she not guessed that he was sick there, and flown to
nurse him to health? What had he thought of her conduct? She must go to
him at once.

“I am sorry to say that I can tell you no more,” continued the major in response
to her eager gaze.

“I am so obliged to you!” gasped Clara. “If you hear anything more,
will you please let me know? Will you please come and see me?”

The major promised and took down her address, but added that he was just
starting on an inspecting tour, and that for a fortnight to come he should be
able to give her no further information.

They had scarcely parted ere Clara had resolved to go at once to Fort Yuma.
The moment was favorable, for she had with her an intelligent and trustworthy
servant, and Coronado had been summoned to a distance by business, so that
he could make no opposition. She hastened to her lawyer's, finished her affairs
there, drew what money she needed for her journey, learned that a brig was
about to start for the Gulf, and sent her man to secure a passage. When he returned
with news that the Lolotte would still next day at noon, she decided not
to go back to the hacienda, and took rooms at a hotel.

What would people say? She did not care; she was going. She had been
womanish and timorous too long; this was the great crisis which would decide
her future; she must be worthy of it and of him. But remembering Aunt Maria,
she sent a letter by messenger to the hacienda, explaining that pressing business
called her to be absent for some weeks, and confessing in a postscript that
her business referred to Lieutenant Thurstane. This letter brought Coronado
down upon her next morning. Returning home unexpectedly, he learned the
news from his friend Mrs. Stanley, and was hammering at Clara's door not more
than an hour later, all in a tremble with anxiety and rage.

“This must not be,” he stormed. “Such a journey! Twenty-five hundred
miles! And for a man who has not deigned to write to you! It is degrading.
I will not have it. I forbid it.”

“Coronado, stop!” ordered Clara; and it is to be feared that she stamped
her little foot at him; at all events she quelled him instantly.

He sat down, glared like a mad dog, sprang up and rushed to the door,
halted there to stare at her imploringly, and finally muttered in a hoarse voice,
“Well—let it be so—since you are crazed. But I shall go with you.”

“You can go,” replied Clara haughtily, after meditating for some seconds,
during which he looked the picture of despair. “You can go, if you wish it.”

An hour later she said, in her usually gentle tone, “Coronado, pardon me
for having spoken to you angrily. You are kinder than I deserve.”

The reader can infer from this speech how humble, helpful, and courteous
the man had been in the mean time. Coronado was no half-way character; if he
did not like you, he was the fellow to murder you; if he decided to be sweet,
he was all honey. Perhaps we ought to ask excuse for Clara's tartness by explaining
that she was in a state of extreme anxiety, remembering that Robinson

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

had hesitated when he said Thurstane was not so very ill, and fearing lest he
knew worse things than he had told.

Meanwhile, let no one suppose that the Mexican meant to let his lady love
go to Fort Yuma. He had his plan for stopping her, and we may put confidence
enough in him to believe that it was a good one; only at the last moment
circumstances turned up which decided him to drop it. Yes, at the last moment,
just as he was about to pull his leading strings, he saw good reason for
wishing her far away from San Francisco.

A face appeared to him; at the first glimpse of it Coronado slipped into the
nearest doorway, and from that moment his chief anxiety was to cause the girl
to vanish. Yes, he must get her started on her voyage, even at the risk of her
continuing it.

“What the devil is he here for?” he muttered. “Has he found out that
she is living?”

CHAPTER XXXVIII.

At noon the Lolotte, a broad-beamed, flat-floored brig of light draught
and good sailing qualities, hove up her anchor and began beating out of the
Bay of San Francisco, with Coronado and Clara on her quarter-deck.

“You have no other passengers, I understood you to say, captain,” observed
Coronado, who was anxious on that point, preferring there should be none.

The master, a Dane by birth named Jansen, who had grown up in the American
mercantile service, was a middle-sized, broad-shouldered man, with a red
complexion, red whiskers, and a look which was at once grave and fiery. He
paused in his heavy lurching to and fro, looked at the Mexican with an air
which was civil but very stiff, and answered in that discouraging tone with which
skippers are apt to smother conversation when they have business on hand,
“Yes, sir, one other.”

Coronado presently slipped down the companionway, found the colored
steward, chinked five dollars into his horny palm, and said, “My good fellow,
you must look out for me; I shall want a good deal of help during the passage.”

“Yes, sah, very good, sah,” was the answer, uttered in a greasy chuckle,
as though it were the speech of a slab of bacon fat. “Make you up any little
thing, sah. Have a sup now, sah? Little gruel? Little brof?”

“No, thank you,” returned Coronado, turning half sick at the mention of
those delicacies. “Nothing at present. By the way, one of the staterooms is
occupied I see. Who is the other passenger?”

“Dunno, sah; keeps hisself shut up, an' says nothin' to nobody. 'Pears like
he is sailin' under secret orders. Cur'ous' lookin' old gent; got only one eye.”

One eye! Coronado thought of the face which had frightened him out of
San Francisco, and wondered whether he were shut up in the Lolotte with it.

“One eye?” he asked. “Short, stout, dark old gentleman? Indeed! I
think I know him.”

Stepping to the door of a stateroom which he had already noticed as being
kept closed, he tapped lightly. There was a muttering inside, a shuffling as of
some one getting out of a berth, and then a low inquiry in Spanish, “Who is
there?”

“Me, sah,” returned Coronado, imitating, and imitating perfectly, the accent
of the steward, who meantime had gone forward, talking and sniggering to himself,
after an idiotic way that he had.

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

The door opened a trifle, and Coronado instantly slipped the toe of his little
boot into the crack, at the same time saying in his natural tone, “My dear
uncle!”

Seeing that he was discovered, Garcia gave his nephew entrance, closed the
door after him, locked it, and sat down trembling on the edge of the lower berth,
groaning and almost whimpering, “Ah, my son! Ah, my dear Carlos! Oh,
what a life I have to lead! Madre de Dios, what a life! I thought you were
one of my creditors. I did indeed, my dear Carlos, my son.”

“I thought you went back to Santa Fé,” was Coronado's reply.

“No, I did not go; I started, but I came back,” mumbled Garcia. Then,
plucking up a little spirit, he turned his one eye for a moment on his nephew's
face, and added, “Why should I go to Santa Fé? I had no business there.
My business is here.”

“But after your attempt at the hacienda?”

“My attempt! I made no attempt. All that was a mistake. Because I
was sick, I was frightened and did not know what to do. I ran away because
you told me to run. I had given her nothing. Yes, I did put something in her
chocolate, but it was my medicine. I meant to put in sugar, but I made a mistake
and went to the wrong pocket, the pocket of my medicine. That was it,
Carlos. I give you my word, word of a hidalgo, word of a Christian.”

It was the same explanation which Coronado had invented to forestall suspicions
at the hacienda. It was surely a wonderful coincidence of lying, and
shows how great minds work alike. Vexed and angry as the nephew was, he
could scarcely help smiling.

“My dear uncle!” he exclaimed, grasping Garcia's pudgy hand melodramatically.
“The very thing that occurred to me! I told them so.”

“Did you?” replied the old man, not much believing it. “Then all is
well.”

He wanted to ask how it was that Clara had survived her dose; but of
course curiosity on that subject must not find vent; it would be equivalent to a
confession.

“Where is she going?” were his next words.

“To Fort Yuma.”

“To Fort Yuma! What for?”

“I may as well tell it,” burst out Coronado angrily. “She is going there to
nurse that officer. He escaped, but he has been sick, and she will go.”

“She must not go,” whispered Garcia. “Oh, the—.” And here he
called Clara a string of names which cannot be repeated. “She shall not go
there,” he continued. “She will marry him. Then the property is gone, and
we are ruined. Oh, the—.” And then came another assortment of violent
and vile epithets, such as are not found in dictionaries.

Coronado was anxious to divert and dissipate a rage which might make
trouble; and as soon as he could get in a word, he asked, “But what have you
been doing, my uncle?”

By dint of questioning and guessing he made out the story of the old man's
adventures since leaving the hacienda. Garcia, in extreme terror of hanging,
had gone straight to San Francisco and taken passage for San Diego, with the
intention of not stopping until he should be at least as far away as Santa Fé.
But after a few hours at sea, he had recovered his wits and his courage, and
asked himself, why should he fly? If Clara died, the property would be his,
and if she survived, he ought to be near her; while as for Carlos, he would

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

surely never expose and hang a man who could cut him off with a shilling. So
he landed at Monterey, took the first coaster back to San Francisco, lurked
about the city until he learned that the girl was still living, and was just about
to put a bold front on the matter by going to see her at the hacienda, when he
learned accidentally that she was on the point of voyaging southward. Puzzled
and alarmed by this, he resolved to accompany her in her wanderings, and succeeded
in getting himself quietly on board the Lolotte.

“Well, let us go on deck,” said Coronado, when the old man had regained
his tranquillity. “But let us be gentle, my uncle. We know how to govern
ourselves, I hope. You will of course behave like a mother to our little cousin.
Congratulate her on her recovery; apologize for your awkward mistake. It
was caused by the coming on of the fit, you remember. A man who is about to
have an attack of epilepsy can't of course tell one pocket from another. But
such a man is all the more bound to be unctuous.”

Clara received the old man cordially, although she would have preferred not
to see him there, fearing lest he should oppose her nursing project. But as
nothing was said on this matter, and as Garcia put his least cloven foot foremost,
the trio not only got on amicably together, but seemed to enjoy one another's
society. This was no common feat by the way; each of the three had a
great load of anxiety; it was wonderful that they should not show it. Coronado,
for instance, while talking like a bird song, was planning how he could get rid
of Garcia, and carry Clara back to San Francisco. The idea of pushing the old
man overboard was inadmissible; but could he not scare him ashore at the
next port by stories of a leak? As for Clara, he could not imagine how to
manage her, she was so potent with her wealth and with her beauty. He was
still thinking of these things, and prattling mellifluously of quite other things,
when the Lolotte luffed up under the lee of the little island of Alcatraz.

“What does this mean?” he asked, looking suspiciously at the fortifications,
with the American flag waving over them.

“Stop here to take in commissary stores for Fort Yuma,” explained the
thin, sallow, grave, meek-looking, and yet resolute Yankee mate.

The chain cable rattled through the hawse hole, and in no loug while the loading
commenced, lasting until nightfall. During this time Coronado chanced to
learn that an officer was expected on board who would sail as far as San Diego;
and, as all uniforms were bugbears to him, he watched for the new passenger
with a certain amount of anxiety; taking care, by the way, to say nothing of him
to Clara. About eight in the evening, as the girl was playing some trivial game
of cards with Garcia in the cabin, a splashing of oars alongside called Coronado
on deck. It was already dark; a sailor was standing by the manropes with a
lantern; the captain was saying in a grumbling tone, “Very late, sir.”

“Had to wait for orders, captain,” returned a healthy, ringing young voice
which struck Coronado like a shot.

“Orders!” muttered the skipper. “Why couldn't they have had them
ready? Here we are going to have a southeaster.”

There was anxiety as well as impatience in his voice; but Coronado just
now could not think of tempests; his whole soul was in his eyes. The next instant
he beheld in the ruddy light of the lantern the face of the man who was
his evil genius, the man whose death he had so long plotted for and for a time
believed in, the man who, as he feared, would yet punish him for his misdeeds.
He was so thoroughly beaten and cowed by the sight that he made a step or two
toward the companionway, with the purpose of hiding in the cabin. Then desperation
gave him courage, and he walked straight up to Thurstane.

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

“My dear Lieutenant!” he cried, trying to seize the young fellow's hand.
“Once more welcome to life! What a wonder! Another escape. You are a
second Orlando—almost a Don Quixote. And where are your two Sancho
Panzas?”

“You here!” was Thurstane's grim response, and he did not take the proffered
hand.

“Come!” implored Coronado, stepping toward the waist of the vessel and
away from the cabin. “This way, if you please,” he urged, beckoning earnestly.
“I have a word to say to you in private.”

Not a tone of this conversation had been heard below. Before the boat had
touched the side the crew were laboring at the noisy windlass with their shouts
of “Yo heave ho! heave and pawl! heave hearty ho!” while the mate was
screaming from the knight-heads, “Heave hearty, men—heave hearty. Heave
and raise the dead. Heave and away.”

Amid this uproar Coronado continued: “You won't shake hands with me,
Lieutenant Thurstane. As a gentleman, speaking to another gentleman, I ask
an explanation.”

Thurstane hesitated; he had ugly suspicions enough, but no proofs; and if
he could not prove guilt, he must not charge it.

“Is it because we abandoned you?” demanded Coronado. “We had reason.
We heard that you were dead. The muleteers reported Apaches. I
feared for the safety of the ladies. I pushed on. You, a gentleman and an officer—
what else would you have advised?”

“Let it go,” growled Thurstane. “Let that pass. I won't talk of it—nor
of other things. But,” and here he seemed to shake with emotion, “I want
nothing more to do with you—you nor your family. I have had suffering
enough.”

“Ah, it is with her that you quarrel rather than with me,” inferred Coronado
impudently, for he had recovered his self-possession. “Certainly, my poor
Lieutenant! You have reason. But remember, so has she. She is enormously
rich and can have any one. That is the way these women understand life.”

“You will oblige me by saying not another word on that subject,” broke in
Thurstane savagely. “I got her letter dismissing me, and I accepted my fate
without a word, and I mean never to see her again. I hope that satisfies you.”

“My dear Lieutenant,” protested Coronado, “you seem to intimate that I
influenced her decision. I beg you to believe, on my word of honor as a gentleman,
that I never urged her in any way to write that letter.”

“Well—no matter—I don't care,” replied the young fellow in a voice like
one long sob. “I don't care whether you did or not. The moment she could
write it, no matter how or why, that was enough. All I ask is to be left alone—
to hear no more of her.”

“I am obliged to speak to you of her,” said Coronado. “She is aboard.

“Aboard!” exclaimed Thurstane, and he made a step as if to reach the
shore or to plunge into the sea.

“I am sorry for you,” said Coronado, with a simplicity which seemed like
sincerity. “I thought it my duty to warn you.”

“I cannot go back,” groaned the young fellow. “I must go to San Diego.
I am under orders.”

“You must avoid her. Go to bed late. Get up early. Keep out of her
way.”

Turning his back, Thurstane walked away from this cruel and hated

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

counsellor, not thinking at all of him however, but rather of the deep beneath, a refuge
from trouble.

We must slip back to his last adventure with Texas Smith, and learn a little
of what happened to him then and up to the present time.

It will be remembered how the bushwhacker sat in ambush; how, just as he
was about to fire at his proposed victim, his horse whinnied; and how this
whinny caused Thurstane's mule to rear suddenly and violently. The rearing
saved the rider's life, for the bullet which was meant for the man buried itself in
the forehead of the beast, and in the darkness the assassin did not discover his
error. But so severe was the fall and so great Thurstane's weakness that he
lost his senses and did not come to himself until daybreak.

There he was, once more abandoned to the desert, but rich in a full haversack
and a dead mule. Having breakfasted, and thereby given head and hand a
little strength, he set to work to provide for the future by cutting slices from the
carcass and spreading them out to dry, well knowing that this land of desolation
could furnish neither wolf nor bird of prey to rob his larder. This work done,
he pushed on at his best speed, found and fed his companions, and led them back
to the mule, their storehouse. After a day of rest and feasting came a march to
the Cactus Pass, where the three were presently picked up by a caravan bound
to Santa Fé, which carried them on for a number of days until they met a train
of emigrants going west. Thus it was that Glover reached California, and
Thurstane and Sweeny Fort Yuma.

Once in quiet, the young fellow broke down, and for weeks was too sick to
write to Clara, or to any one. As soon as he could sit up he sent off letter after
letter, but after two months of anxious suspense no answer had come, and he
began to fear that she had never reached San Francisco. At last, when he was
half sick again with worrying, arrived a horrible epistle in Clara's hand and
signed by her name, informing him of her monstrous windfall of wealth and terminating
the engagement. The cruelest thing in this cruel forgery was the sentence,
“Do you not think that in paying courtship to me in the desert you took
unfair advantage of my loneliness?”

She had trampled on his heart and flouted his honor; and while he writhed
with grief he writhed also with rage. He could not understand it; so different
from what she had seemed; so unworthy of what he had believed her to be!
Well, her head had been turned by riches; it was just like a woman; they were
all thus. Thus said Thurstane, a fellow as ignorant of the female kind as any
man in the army, and scarcely less ignorant than the average man of the navy.
He declared to himself that he would never have anything more to do with her,
nor with any of her false sex. At twenty-three he turned woman-hater, just as
Mrs. Stanley at forty-five had turned man-hater, and perhaps for much the same
sort of reason.

Shortly after Thurstane had received what he called his cashiering, his company
was ordered from Fort Yuma to San Francisco. It had garrisoned the
Alcatraz fort only two days, and he had not yet had a chance to visit the city,
when he was sent on this expedition to San Diego to hunt down a deserting
quartermaster-sergeant. The result was that he found himself shipped for a
three days' voyage with the woman who had made him first the happiest man in
the army and then the most miserable.

How should he endure it? He would not see her; the truth is that he could
not endure the trial; but what he said to himself was that he would not. In
the darkness tears forced their way out of his eyes and mingled with the spray

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

which the wind was already flinging over the bows. Crying! Three months
ago, if any man had told him that he was capable of it, he would have considered
himself insulted and would have felt like fighting. Now he was not even
ashamed of it, and would hardly have been ashamed if it had been daylight.
He was so thoroughly and hopelessly miserable that he did not care what figure
he cut.

But, once more, what should he do? Oh, well, he would follow Coronado's
advice; yes, damn him! follow the scoundrel's advice; he could think of nothing
for himself. He would stay out until late; then he would steal below and
go to bed; after that he would keep his stateroom. However, it was unpleasant
to remain where he was, for the spray was beginning to drench the waist as well
as the forecastle; and, the quarter-deck being clear of passengers, he staggered
thither, dropped under the starboard bulwark, rolled himself in his cloak, and lay
brooding.

Meanwhile Coronado had amused Clara below until he felt seasick and had
to take to his berth. Escaping thus from his duennaship, she wanted to see a
storm, as she called the half-gale which was blowing, and clambered bravely
alone to the quarter-deck, where the skipper took her in charge, showed her the
compass, walked her up and down a little, and finally gave her a post at the foot
of the shrouds. Thurstane had recognized her by the light of the binnacle, and
once more he thought, as weakly as a scared child, “What shall I do?” After
hiding his face for a moment he uncovered it desperately, resolving to see
whether she would speak. She did look at him; she even looked steadily and
sharply, as if in recognition; but after a while she turned tranquilly away to gaze
at the sea.

Forgetting that no lamp was shining upon him, and that she probably had
no cause for expecting to find him here, Thurstane believed that she had discovered
who he was and that her mute gesture confirmed his rejection. Under this
throttling of his last hope he made no protest, but silently wished himself on the
battle-field, falling with his face to the foe. For several minutes they remained
thus side by side.

The Lolotte was now well at sea, the wind and waves rising rapidly, the motion
already considerable. Presently there was an order of “Lay aloft and furl
the skysails,” and then short shouts resounded from the darkness, showing that
the work was being done. But in spite of this easing the vessel labored a good
deal, and heavy spurts of spray began to fly over the quarter-deck rail.

“I think, Miss, you had better go below unless you want to get wet,” observed
the skipper, coming up to Clara. “We shall have a splashing night of
it.”

Taking the nautical arm, Clara slid and tottered away, leaving Thurstane lying
on the sloppy deck.

CHAPTER XXXIX.

Had Clara recognized Thurstane, she would have thrown herself into his
arms, and he would hardly have slept that night for joy.

As it was, he could not sleep for misery; festering at heart because of that
letter of rejection; almost maddened by his supposed discovery that she would
not speak to him, yet declaring to himself that he never would have married
her, because of her money; at the same time worshipping and desiring her with

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

passion; longing to die, but longing to die for her; half enraged, and altogether
wretched.

Meantime the southeaster, dead ahead and blowing harder every minute, was
sending its seas further and further aft. He left his wet berth on the deck,
reeled, or rather was flung, to the stern of the vessel, lodged himself between
the little wheel-house and the taffrail, and watched a scene in consonance with
his feelings. Innumerable twinklings of stars faintly illuminated a cloudless,
serene heaven, and a foaming, plunging ocean. The slender, dark outlines of
the sailless upper masts were leaning sharply over to leeward, and describing
what seemed like mystic circles and figures against the lighter sky. The crests
of seas showed with ghostly whiteness as they howled themselves to death near
by, or dashed with a jar and a hoarse whistle over the bulwarks, slapping against
the sails and pounding upon the decks. The waves which struck the bows
every few seconds gave forth sounds like the strokes of Thor's hammer, and
made everything tremble from cathead to sternpost.

Every now and then there were hoarse orders from the captain on the quarter-deck,
echoed instantly by sharp yells from the mate in the waist. Now it
was, “Lay aloft and furl the fore royal;” and ten minutes later, “Lay aloft and
furl the main royal.” Scarcely was this work done before the shout came, “Lay
aloft and reef the fore-t'gallant-s'l;” followed almost immediately by “Lay aloft
and reef the main-t'gallant-s'l.” Next came, “Lay out forrard and furl the flying
jib.” Each command was succeeded by a silent, dark darting of men into
the rigging, and presently a trampling on deck and a short, sharp singing out at
the ropes, with cries from aloft of “Haul out to leeward; taut hand; knot
away.”

Under the reduced sail the brig went easier for a while; but the half gale
had made up its mind to be a hurricane. It was blowing more savagely every
second. One after another the topgallant sails were double-reefed, close-reefed,
and at last furled. The watch on deck had its hands full to accomplish this
work, so powerfully did the wind drag on the canvas. Presently, far away forward—
it seemed on board some other craft, so faint was the sound—there came
a bang, bang, bang! on the scuttle of the forecastle, and a hollow shout of “All
hands reef tops'ls ahoy!”

Up tumbled the “starbowlines,” or starboard watch, and joined the “larbowlines”
in the struggle with the elements. No more sleep that night for
man, boy, mate, or master. Reef after reef was taken in the topsails, until
they were two long, narrow shingles of canvas, and still the wind brought the
vessel well down on her beam ends, as if it would squeeze her by main force
under water. The men were scarcely on deck from their last reefing job, when
boom! went the jib, bursting out as if shot from a cannon, and then whipping
itself to tatters.

“Lay out forrard!” screamed the mate. “Lay out and furl it.”

After a desperate struggle, half the time more or less under water, two men
dragged in and fastened the fragments of the jib, while others set the foretopmast
staysail in its place. But the wind was full of mischief; it seemed to be
playing with the ship's company; it furnished one piece of work after another
with dizzying rapidity. Hardly was the jib secured before the great mainsail
ripped open from top to bottom, and in the same puff the close-reefed foretopsail
split in two with a bang, from earing to earing. Now came the orders fast
and loud: “Down yards! Haul out reef tackle! Lay out and furl! Lay out
and reef!”

It was a perfect mess; a score of ropes flying at once; the men rolling

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

about and holding on; the sails slapping like mad, and ends of rigging streaming
off to leeward. After an exhausting fight the mainsail was furled, the upper
half of the topsail set close-reefed, and everything hauled taut again. Now
came an hour or so without accident, but not without incessant and fatiguing
labor, for the two royal yards were successively sent down to relieve the upper
masts, and the foretopgallant sail, which had begun to blow loose, was frapped
with long pieces of sinnet.

During this period of comparative quiet Thurstane ventured an attempt to
reach his stateroom. The little gloomy cabin was going hither and thither in a
style which reminded him of the tossings of Gulliver's cage after it had been
dropped into the sea by the Brobdingnag eagle. The steward was seizing up
mutinous trunks and chairs to the table legs with rope-yarns. The lamp was
swinging and the captain's compass see-sawing like monkeys who had gone
crazy in bedlams of tree-tops. From two of the staterooms came sounds which
plainly confessed that the occupants were having a bad night of it.

“How is the lady passenger?” Thurstane could not help whispering.

“Guess she's asleep, sah,” returned the negro. “Fus-rate sailor, sah. But
them greasers is having tough times,” he grinned. “Can't abide the sea, greasers
can't, sah.”

Smiling with a grim satisfaction at this last statement, Thurstane gave the
man a five-dollar piece, muttered, “Call me if anything goes wrong,” and slipped
into his narrow dormitory. Without undressing, he lay down and tried to
sleep; but, although it was past midnight, he stayed broad awake for an hour or
more; he was too full of thoughts and emotions to find easy quiet in a pillow.
Near him—yes, in the very next stateroom—lay the being who had made his
life first a heaven and then a hell. The present and the past struggled in
him, and tossed him with their tormenting contest. After a while, too, as the
plunging of the brig increased, and he heard renewed sounds of disaster on
deck, he began to fear for Clara's safety. It was a strange feeling, and yet a
most natural one. He had not ceased to love; he seemed indeed to love her
more than ever; to think of her struggling in the billows was horrible; he
knew even then that he would willingly die to save her. But after a time the
incessant motion affected him, and he dozed gradually into a sound slumber.

Hours later the jerking and pitching became so furious that it awakened him,
and when he rose on his elbow he was thrown out of his berth by a tremendous
lurch. Sitting up with his feet braced, he listened for a little to the roar of the
tempest, the trampling feet on deck, and the screaming orders. Evidently
things were going hardly above; the storm was little less than a tornado. Seriously
anxious at last for Clara—or, as he tried to call her to himself, Miss
Van Diemen—he stole out of his room, clambered or fell up the companionway,
opened the door after a struggle with a sea which had just come inboard, got
on to the quarter-deck, and, holding by the shrouds, quailed before a spectacle
is sublime and more terrible than the Great Cañon of the Colorado.

It was daylight. The sun was just rising from behind a waste of waters; it
revealed nothing but a waste of waters. All around the brig, as far as the eye
could reach, the Pacific was one vast tumble of huge blue-gray, mottled masses,
breaking incessantly in long, curling ridges, or lofty, tossing steeps of foam.
Each wave was composed of scores of ordinary waves, just as the greater mountains
are composed of ranges and peaks. They seemed moving volcanoes,
changing form with every minute of their agony, and spouting lavas of froth.
All over this immense riot of tormented deeps rolled beaten and terrified armies
of clouds. The wind reigned supreme, driving with a relentless spite, a steady

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

and obdurate pressure, as if it were a current of water. It pinned the sailors
to the yards, and nearly blew Thurstane from the deck.

The Lolotte was down to close-reefed topsails, close-reefed spencer and
spanker, and storm-jib. Even upon this small and stout spread of canvas the
wind was working destruction, for just as Thurstane reached the deck the jib
parted and went to leeward in ribbons. Sailors were seen now on the bowsprit
fighting at once with sea and air, now buried in water, and now holding on
against the storm, and slowly gathering in the flapping, snapping fragments.
Next a new jib (a third one) was bent on, hoisted half-way, and blown out like a
piece of wet paper. Almost at the same moment the captain saw threatening
mouths grimace in the mainsail, and screamed “Never mind there forrard. Lay
up on the maintawps'l yard. Lay up and furl.”

After half an hour's fight, the sail bagging and slatting furiously, it was lashed
anyway around the yard, and the men crawled slowly down again, jammed and
bruised against the shrouds by the wind. Every jib and forestaysail on board
having now been torn out, the brig remained under close-reefed foretopsail,
spencer, and spanker, and did little but drift to leeward. The gale was at its
height, blowing as if it were shot out of the mouths of cannon, and chasing the
ocean before it in mountains of foam. One thing after another went; the topgallants
shook loose and had to be sent down; the chain bobstays parted and
the martingale slued out of place; one of the anchors broke its fastenings and
hammered at the side; the galley gave way and went slopping into the lee scuppers.
No food that morning except dry crackers and cold beef; all hands laboring
exhaustingly to repair damages and make things taut. For more than
half an hour three men were out on the guys and backropes endeavoring to reset
the martingale, deluged over and over by seas, and at last driven in beaten.
Others were relashing the galley, hauling the loose anchor and all the anchors
up on the rail, and resetting the loose lee rigging, which threatened at every
lurch to let the masts go by the board.

Thurstane presently learned that the wind had changed during the night, at
first dropping away for a couple of hours, then reopening with fresh rage from the
west, and finally hauling around into the northwest, whence it now came in a
steady tempest. The vessel too had altered her course; she was no longer
beating in long tacks toward the southeast; she was heading westward and
struggling to get away from the land. Thurstane asked few questions; he was
a soldier and had learned to meet fate in silence; he knew too that men
weighted with responsibilities do not like to be catechised. But he guessed
from the frequent anxious looks of the captain eastward that the California coast
was perilously near, and that the brig was more likely to be drifting toward it
than making headway from it. Surveying through his closed hands the stormy
windward horizon, he gave up all thoughts of getting away from Clara by reaching
San Diego, and turned toward the idea of saving her from shipwreck.

None of the other passengers came on deck this morning. Garcia, horribly
seasick and frightened, held on desperately to his berth, and passed the time in
screaming for the “stewrt,” cursing his evil surroundings, calling everybody he
could think of pigs, dogs, etc., and praying to saints and angels. Coronado, not
less sick and blasphemous, had more command over his fears, and kept his
prayers for the last pinch. Clara, a much better sailor, and indeed an uncommonly
good one, was so far beaten by the motion that she did not get up, but
lay as quiet as the brig would let her, patiently awaiting results, now and then
smiling at Garcia's shouts, but more frequently thinking of Thurstane, and
sometimes praying that she might find him alive at Fort Yuma.

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

The steward carried cold beef, hard bread, brandy, coffee, and gruel (made in
his pantry) from stateroom to stateroom. The girl ate heartily, inquired about
the storm, and asked, “When shall we get there?” Garcia and Coronado tried
a little of the gruel and a good deal of the brandy and water, and found, as people
usually do under such circumstances, that nothing did them any good. The
old man wanted to ask the steward a hundred questions, and yelled for his
nephew to come and translate for him. Coronado, lying on his back, made no
answer to these cries of despair, except in muttered curses and sniffs of angry
laughter. So passed the morning in the cabin.

Thurstane remained on deck, eating in soldierly fashion, his pockets full of
cold beef and crackers, and his canteen (for every infantry officer learns to carry
one) charged with hot coffee. He was pretty wet, inasmuch as the spray showered
incessantly athwart ships, while every few minutes heavy seas came over
the quarter bulwarks, slamming upon the deck like the tail of a shark in his
agonies. During the morning several great combers had surmounted the port
bow and rushed aft, carrying along everything loose or that could be loosened,
and banging against the companion door with the force of a runaway horse.
And these deluges grew more frequent, for the gale was steadily increasing in
violence, howling and shrieking out of the gilded eastern horizon as if Lucifer
and his angels had been hurled anew from heaven.

About noon the close-reefed foretopsail burst open from earing to earing, and
then ripped up to the yard, the corners stretching out before the wind and cracking
like musket shots. To set it again was impossible; the orders came, “Down
yard—haul out reef tackle;” then half a dozen men laid out on the spar and began
furling. Scarcely was this terrible job well under way when a whack of the
slatting sail struck a Kanaka boy from his hold, and he was carried to leeward
by the gale as if he had been a bag of old clothes, dropping forty feet from the
side into the face of a monstrous billow. He swam for a moment, but the next
wave combed over him and he disappeared. Then he was seen further astern,
still swimming and with his face toward the brig; then another vast breaker
rushed upon him with a lion-like roar, and he was gone. Nothing could be
done; no boat might live in such a sea; it would have been perilous to change
course. The captain glanced at the unfortunate, clenched his fists desperately,
and turned to his rigging. Another man took the vacant place on the yard, and
the hard, dizzy, frightful labor there went on unflaggingly, with the usual cries
of “Haul out, knot away,” etc. It was one of the forms of a sailor's funeral.

No time for comments or emotions; the gale filled every mind every minute.
It was soon found that the spanker, a pretty large sail, well aft and not balanced
by any canvas at the bow, drew too heavily on the stern and made steering almost
impossible. A couple of Kanakas were ordered to reef it, but could do
nothing with it; the skipper cursed them for “sojers” (our infantryman smiling
at the epithet) and sent two first-class hands to replace them; but these also
were completely beaten by the hurricane. It was not till a whole watch was put
at the job that the big, bellying sheet could be hauled in and made fast in the
reef knots. The brig now had not a rag out but her spencer and reduced spanker,
both strong, small, and low sails, eased a good deal by their slant, shielded
by the elevated port-rail, and thus likely to hold. But it was not sailing; it was
simply lying to. The vessel rose and fell on the monstrous waves, but made
scarcely more headway than would a tub, and drifted fast toward the still unseen
California coast.

All might still have gone well had the northwester continued as it was. But
about noon this tempest, which already seemed as furious as it could possibly

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

be, suddenly increased to an absolute hurricane, the wind fairly shoving the brig
sidelong over the water. Bang went the spanker, and then bang the spencer,
both sails at once flying out to leeward in streamers, and flapping to tatters before
the men could spring on the booms to secure them. The destruction was
almost as instant and complete as if it had been effected by the broadside of a
seventy-four fired at short range.

“Bend on the new spencer,” shouted the captain. “Out with it and up with
it before she rolls the sticks out of her.”

But the rolling commenced instantly, giving the sailors no time for their
work. No longer steadied by the wind, the vessel was entirely at the mercy of
the sea, and went twice on her beam ends for every billow, first to lee and then
to windward. Presently a great, white, hissing comber rose above her larboard
bulwark, hung there for a moment as if gloating on its prey, and fell with the
force of an avalanche, shaking every spar and timber into an ague, deluging the
main deck breast high, and swashing knee-deep over the quarter-deck. The
galley, with the cook in it, was torn from its lashings and slung overboard as if
it had been a hencoop. The companion doors were stove in as if by a battering
ram, and the cabin was flooded in an instant with two feet of water, slopping and
lapping among the baggage, and stealing under the doors of the staterooms.
The sailors in the waist only saved themselves by rushing into the rigging
during the moment in which the breaker hung suspended.

Nothing could be done; the vessel must lift herself from this state of submergence;
and so she did, slowly and tremulously, like a sick man rising from
his bed. But while the ocean within was still running out of her scuppers, the
ocean without assaulted her anew. Successive billows rolled under her, careening
her dead weight this way and that, and keeping her constantly wallowing.
No rigging could bear such jerking long, and presently the dreaded catastrophe
came.

The larboard stays of the foremast snapped first; then the shrouds on the
same side doubled in a great bight and parted; next the mast, with a loud,
shrieking crash, splintered and went by the board. It fell slowly and with an
air of dignified, solemn resignation, like Cæsar under the daggers of the conspirators.
The cross stays flew apart like cobwebs, but the lee shrouds unfortunately
held good; and scarcely was the stick overboard before there was an ominous
thumping at the sides, the drum-beat of death. It was like guns turned
on their own columns; like Pyrrhus's elephants breaking the phalanx of Pyrrhus.

“Axes!” roared the captain at the first crack. “Axes!” yelled the mate as
the spar reeled into the water. “Lay forward and clear the wreck,” were the
next orders; “cut away with your knives.”

Two axes were got up from below; the sailors worked like beavers, waistdeep
in water; one, who had lost his knife, tore at the ropes with his teeth.
After some minutes of reeling, splashing, chopping, and cutting, the fallen mast,
the friend who had become an enemy, the angel who had become a demon, was
sent drifting through the creamy foam to leeward. Meantime the mate had
sounded the pumps, and brought out of them a clear stream of water, the fresh
invasion of ocean.

Directly on this cruel discovery, and as if to heighten its horror to the utmost,
the captain, clinging high up the mainmast shrouds, shouted, “Landalee!
Get ready the boats.”

Without a word Thurstane hurried down into the cabin to save Clara from
this twofold threatening of death.

-- 194 --

CHAPTER XL.

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

When Thurstane got into the cabin, he found it pretty nearly clear of water,
the steward having opened doors and trap-doors and drawn off the deluge into
the hold.

The first object that he saw, or could see, was Clara, curled up in a chair
which was lashed to the mast, and secured in it by a lanyard. As he paused at
the foot of the stairway to steady himself against a sickening lurch, she uttered
a cry of joy and astonishment, and held out her hand. The cry was not speech;
her gladness was far beyond words; it was simply the first utterance of nature;
it was the primal inarticulate language.

He had expected to stand at a distance and ask her leave to save her life.
Instead of that, he hurried toward her, caught her in his arms, kissed her hand
over and over, called her pet names, uttered a pathetic moan of grief and affection,
and shook with inward sobbing. He did not understand her; he still believed
that she had rejected him—believed that she only reached out to him for help.
But he never thought of charging her with being false or hard-hearted or selfish.
At the mere sight of her asking rescue of him he devoted himself to her. He
dared to kiss her and call her dearest, because it seemed to him that in this awful
moment of perhaps mortal separation he might show his love. If they were
to be torn apart by death, and sepulchred possibly in different caves of the
ocean, surely his last farewell might be a kiss.

If she talked to him, he scarcely heard her words, and did not realize their
meaning. If it was indeed true that she kissed his cheek, he thought it was
because she wanted rescue and would thank any one for it. She was, as he understood
her, like a pet animal, who licks the face of any friend in need, though
a stranger. Never mind; he loved her just the same as if she were not selfish;
he would serve her just the same as if she were still his. He unloosed her arms
from his shoulders, wondering that they should be there, and crawling with difficulty
to the cabin locker, groped in it for life-preservers. There was only one
in the vessel; that one he buckled around Clara.

“Oh, my darling!” she exclaimed; “what do you mean?”

“My darling!” he echoed, “bear it bravely. There is great danger; but
don't be afraid—I will save you.”

He had no doubts in making this promise; it seemed to him that he could
overcome the billows for her sake—that he could make himself stronger than
the powers of nature.

“Where did you come from? from another vessel?” she asked, stretching
out her arms to him again.

“I was here,” he said, taking and kissing her hands; “I was here, watching
over you. But there is no time to lose. Let me carry you.”

“They must be saved,” returned Clara, pointing to the staterooms. “Garcia
and Coronado are there.”

Should he try to deliver those enemies from death? He did not hesitate a
moment about it, but bursting open the doors of the two rooms he shouted, “On
deck with you! Into the boats! We are sinking!”

Next he set Clara down, passed his left arm around her waist, clung to things
with his right hand, dragged her up the companionway to the quarter-deck, and
lashed her to the weather shrouds, with her feet on the wooden leader. Not a
word was spoken during the five minutes occupied by this short journey. Even

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

while Clara was crossing the deck a frothing comber deluged her to her waist,
and Thurstane had all he could do to keep her from being flung into the lee
scuppers. But once he had her fast and temporarily safe, he made a great effort
to smile cheerfully, and said, “Never fear; I won't leave you.”

“Oh! to meet to die!” she sobbed, for the strength of the water and the
rage of the surrounding sea had frightened her. “Oh, it is cruel!”

Presently she smothered her crying, and implored, “Come up here and tie
yourself by my side; I want to hold your hand.”

He wondered whether she loved him again, now that she saw him; and in
spite of the chilling seas and the death at hand, he thrilled warm at the thought.
He was about to obey her when Coronado and Garcia appeared, pale as two
ghosts, clinging to each other, tottering and helpless. Thurstane went to them,
got the old man lashed to one of the backstays, and helped Coronado to secure
himself to another. Garcia was jabbering prayers and crying aloud like a
scared child, his jaws shaking as if in a palsy. Coronado, although seeming
resolved to bear himself like an hidalgo and maintain a grim silence, his face was
wilted and seamed with anxiety, as if he had become an old man in the night.
It was rather a fine sight to see him looking into the face of the storm with an
air of defying death and all that it might bring; and perhaps he would have
been helpful, and would have shown himself one of the bravest of the brave, had
he not been prostrated by sickness. As it was, he took little interest in the fate
of others, hardly noticing Thurstane as he resumed his post beside Clara, and
only addressing the girl with one word: “Patience!”

Clara and Thurstane, side by side and hand in hand, were also for the most
part silent, now looking around them upon their fate, and then at each other for
strength to bear it.

Meantime part of the crew had tried the pumps, and been washed away from
them twice by seas, floating helplessly about the main deck, and clutching at
rigging to save themselves, but nevertheless discovering that the brig was filling
but slowly, and would have full time to strike before she could founder.

“'Vast there!” called the captain; “'vast the pumps! All hands stand by
to launch the boats!”

“Long boat's stove!” shouted the mate, putting his hands to his mouth so
as to be heard through the gale.

“All hands aft!” was the next order. “Stand by to launch the quarter-boats!”

So the entire remaining crew—two mates and eight men, including the steward—
splashed and clambered on to the quarter-deck and took station by the
boat-falls, hanging on as they could.

“Can I do anything?” asked Thurstane.

“Not yet,” answered the captain; “you are doing what's right; take care
of the lady.”

“What are the chances?” the lieutenant ventured now to inquire.

With fate upon him, and seemingly irresistible, the skipper had dropped his
grim air of conflict and become gentle, almost resigned. His voice was friendly,
sympathetic, and quite calm, as he stepped up by Thurstane's side and said,
“We shall have a tough time of it. The land is only about ten miles away. At
this rate we shall strike it inside of three hours. I don't see how it can be
helped.”

“Where shall we strike?”

“Smack into the Bay of Monterey, between the town and Point Pinos.'

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

“Can I do anything?”

“Do just what you've got in hand. Take care of the lady. See that she
gets into the biggest boat—if we try the boats.”

Clara overheard, gave the skipper a kind look, and said, “Thank you, captain.”

“You're fit to be capm of a liner, miss,” returned the sailor. “You're one
of the best sort.”

For some time longer, while waiting for the final catastrophe, nothing was
done but to hold fast and gaze. The voyagers were like condemned men who
are preceded, followed, accompanied, jostled, and hurried to the place of death
by a vindictive people. The giants of the sea were coming in multitudes to
this execution which they had ordained; all the windward ocean was full of rising
and falling billows, which seemed to trample one another down in their
savage haste. There was no mercy in the formless faces which grimaced around
the doomed ones, nor in the tempestuous voices which deafened them with
threatenings and insult. The breakers seemed to signal to each other; they
were cruelly eloquent with menacing gestures. There was but one sentence
among them, and that sentence was a thousand times repeated, and it was always
Death.

To paint the shifting sublimity of the tempest is as difficult as it was to paint
the steadfast sublimity of the Great Cañon. The waves were in furious movement,
continual change, and almost incessant death. They destroyed themselves
and each other by their violence. Scarcely did one become eminent before it
was torn to pieces by its comrades, or perished of its own rage. They were
like barbarous hordes, exterminating one another or falling into dissolution,
while devastating everything in their course.

There was a frantic revelry, an indescribable pandemonium of transformations.
Lofty plumes of foam fell into hoary, flattened sheets; curling and howling
cataracts became suddenly deep hollows. The indigo slopes were marbled
with white, but not one of these mottlings retained the same shape for an instant;
it was broad, deep, and creamy when the eye first beheld it; in the next
breath it was waving, shallow, and narrow; in the next it was gone. A thousand
eddies, whirls, and ebullitions of all magnitudes appeared only to disappear.
Great and little jets of froth struggled from the agitated centres toward
the surface, and never reached it. Every one of the hundred waves which
made up each billow rapidly tossed and wallowed itself to death.

Yet there was no diminution in the spectacle, no relaxation in the combat.
In the place of what vanished there was immediately something else. Out of
the quick grave of one surge rose the white plume of another. Marbling followed
marbling, and cataract overstrode cataract. Even to their bases the
oceanic ranges and peaks were full of power, activity, and, as it were, explosions.
It seemed as if endless multitudes of transformations boiled up through
them from their abodes in sea-deep caves. There was no exhausting this reproductiveness
of form and power. At every glance a thousand worlds of
waters had perished, and a thousand worlds of waters had been created. And
all these worlds, the new even more than the old, were full of malignity toward
the wreck, and bent on its destruction.

The wind, though invisible, was not less wonderful. It surpassed the ocean
in strength, for it chased, gashed, and deformed the ocean. It inflicted upon it
countless wounds, slashing fresh ones as fast as others healed. It not only tore
off the hoary scalps of the billows and flung them through the air, but it wrenched

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

out and hurled large masses of water, scattering them in rain and mist, the
blood of the sea. Now and then it made all the air dense with spray, causing
the Pacific to resemble the Sahara in a simoom. At other times it levelled the
tops of scores of waves at once, crushing and kneading them by the immense
force that lay in its swiftness.

It would not be looked in the face; it blinded the eyes that strove to search
it; it seemed to flap and beat them with harsh, churlish wings; it was as full
of insult as the billows. Its cry was not multitudinous like that of the sea, but
one and incessant and invariable, a long scream that almost hissed. On reaching
the wreck, however, this shriek became hoarse with rage, and howled as it
shook the rigging. It used the shrouds and stays of the still upright mainmast
as an æolian harp from which to draw horrible music. It made the tense ropes
tremble and thrill, and tortured the spars until they wailed a death-song. Its force
as felt by the shipwrecked ones was astonishing; it beat them about as if it
were a sea, and bruised them against the shrouds and bulwarks; it asserted its
mastery over them with the long-drawn cruelty of a tiger.

Just around the wreck the tumult of both wind and sea was of course more
horrible than anywhere else. These enemies were infuriated by the sluggishness
of the disabled hulk; they treated it as Indians treat a captive who cannot
keep up with their march; they belabored it with blows and insulted it with
howls. The brig, constantly tossed and dropped and shoved, was never still
for an instant. It rolled heavily and somewhat slowly, but with perpetual jerks
and jars, shuddering at every concussion. Its only regularity of movement lay
in this, that the force of the wind and direction of the waves kept it larboard
side on, drifting steadily toward the land.

One moment it was on a lofty crest, seeming as if it would be hurled into
air. The next it was rolling in the trough of the sea, between a wave which
hoarsely threatened to engulf it, and another which rushed seething and hissing
from beneath the keel. The deck stood mostly at a steep angle, the weather
bulwarks being at a considerable elevation, and the lee ones dipping the surges.
Against this helpless and partially water-logged mass the combers rushed incessantly,
hiding it every few seconds with sheets of spray, and often sweeping it
with deluges. Around the stern and bow the rush of bubbling, roaring whirls
was uninterrupted.

The motion was sickly and dismaying, like the throes of one who is dying.
It could not be trusted; it dropped away under the feet traitorously; then, by
an insolent surprise, it violently stopped or lifted. It was made the more uncertain
and distressing by the swaying of the water which had entered the hull.
Sometimes, too, the under boiling of a crushed billow caused a great lurch to
windward; and after each of these struggles came a reel to leeward which
threatened to turn the wreck bottom up; the breakers meantime leaping aboard
with loud stampings as if resolved to beat through the deck.

During hours of this tossing and plunging, this tearing of the wind and battering
of the sea, no one was lost. The sailors were clustered around the boats,
some clinging to the davits and others lashed to belaying pins, exhausted by
long labor, want of sleep, and constant soakings, but ready to fight for life to
the last. Coronado and Garcia were still fast to the backstays, the former a
good deal wilted by his hardships, and the latter whimpering. Thurstane had
literally seized up Clara to the outside of the weather shrounds, so that, although
she was terribly jammed by the wind, she could not be carried away by it, while

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

she was above the heaviest pounding of the seas. His own position was alongside
of her, secured in like manner by ends of cordage.

Sometimes he held her hand, and sometimes her waist. She could lean her
shoulder against his, and she did so nearly all the while. Her eyes were fixed
as often on his face as on the breakers which threatened her life. The few
words that she spoke were more likely to be confessions of love than of terror.
Now and then, when a billow of unusual size had slipped harmlessly by, he
gratefully and almost joyously drew her close to him, uttering a few syllables of
cheer. She thanked him by sending all her affectionate heart through her eyes
into his.

Although there had been no explanations as to the past, they understood
each other's present feelings. It could not be, he was sure, that she clung to him
thus and looked at him thus merely because she wanted him to save her life.
She had been detached from him by others, he said; she had been drawn away
from thinking of him during his absence; she had been brought to judge, perhaps
wisely, that she ought not to marry a poor man; but now that she saw
him again she loved him as of old, and, standing at death's door, she felt at
liberty to confess it. Thus did he translate to himself a past that had no existence.
He still believed that she had dismissed him, and that she had done it
with cruel harshness. But he could not resent her conduct; he believed what
he did and forgave her; he believed it, and loved her.

There were moments when it was delightful for them to be as they were.
As they held fast to each other, though drenched and exhausted and in mortal
peril, they had a sensation as if they were warm. The hearts were beating hotly
clean through the wet frames and the dripping clothing.

“Oh, my love!” was a phrase which Clara repeated many times with an air
of deep content.

Once she said, “My love, I never thought to die so easily. How horrible it
would have been without you!”

Again she murmured, “I have prayed many, many times to have you. I did
not know how the answer would come. But this is it.”

“My darling, I have had visions about you,” was another of these confessions.
“When I had been praying for you nearly all one night, there was a great
light came into the room. It was some promise for you. I knew it was then;
something told me so. Oh, how happy I was!”

Presently she added, “My dear love, we shall be just as happy as that. We
shall live in great light together. God will be pleased to see plainly how we love
each other.”

Her only complaints were a patient “Isn't it hard?” when a new billow had
covered her from head to foot, crushed her pitilessly against the shrouds, and
nearly smothered her.

The next words would perhaps be, “I am so sorry for you, my darling. I
wish for your sake that you had not come. But oh, how you help me!”

“I am glad to be here,” firmly and honestly and passionately responded the
young man, raising her wet hand and covering it with kisses. “But you shall
not die.”

He was bearing like a man and she like a woman. He was resolved to
fight his battle to the last; she was weak, resigned, gentle, and ready for heaven.

The land, even to its minor features, was now distinctly visible, not more than
a mile to leeward. As they rose on the billows they could distinguish the long
beach, the grassy slopes, and wooded knolls beyond it, the green lawn on which

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

stood the village of Monterey, the whitewashed walls and red-tiled roofs of the
houses, and the groups of people who were watching the oncoming tragedy.

“Are you not going to launch the boats?” shouted Thurstane after a glance
at the awful line of frothing breakers which careered back and forth athwart the
beach.

“They are both stove,” returned the captain calmly. “We must go ashore
as we are.”

CHAPTER XLI.

When Thurstane heard, or rather guessed fromthe captain's gestures, that
the boats were stove, he called, “Are we to do nothing?”

The captain shouted something in reply, but although he put his hands to his
mouth for a speaking trumpet, his words were inaudible, and he would not have
been understood had he not pointed aloft.

Thurstane looked upward, and saw for the first time that the main topmast
had broken off and been cut clear, probably hours ago when he was in the cabin
searching for Clara. The top still remained, however, and twisted through its
openings was one end of a hawser, the other end floating off to leeward two hundred
yards in advance of the wreck. Fastened to the hawser by a large loop
was a sling of cordage, from which a long halyard trailed shoreward, while another
connected it with the top. All this had been done behind his back and
without his knowledge, so deafening and absorbing was the tempest. He saw
at once what was meant and what he would have to do. When the brig struck
he must carry Clara into the top, secure her in the sling, and send her ashore.
Doubtless the crowd on the beach would know enough to make the hawser fast
and pull on the halyard.

The captain shouted again, and this time he could be understood: “When
she strikes hold hard.”

“Did you hear him?” Thurstane asked, turning to Clara.

“Yes,” she nodded, and smiled in his face, though faintly like one dying.
He passed one arm around the middle stay of the shrouds and around her waist,
passed the other in front of her, covering her chest; and so, with every muscle
set, he waited.

Surrounded, pursued, pushed, and hammered by the billows, the wreck
drifted, rising and falling, starting and wallowing toward the awful line where
the breakers plunged over the undertow and dashed themselves to death on the
resounding shore. There was a wide debatable ground between land and
water. One moment it belonged to earth, the next lofty curling surges foamed
howling over it; then the undertow was flying back in savage torrents. Would
the hawser reach across this flux and reflux of death? Would the mast hold
against the grounding shock? Would the sling work?

They lurched nearer; the shock was close at hand; every one set teeth and
tightened grip. Lifted on a monstrous billow, which was itself lifted by the undertow
and the shelving of the beach, the hulk seemed as if it were held aloft by
some demon in order that it might be dashed to pieces. But the wave lost its
hold, swept under the keel, staggered wildly up the slope, broke in a huge white
deafening roll, and rushed backward in torrents. The brig was between two
forces; it struck once, but not heavily; then, raised by the incoming surge, it
struck again; there was an awful consciousness and uproar of beating and

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

grinding; the next instant it was on its beam ends and covered with cataracts.

Every one aboard was submerged. Thurstane and Clara were overwhelmed
by such a mass of water that they thought themselves at the bottom of the sea.
Two men who had not mounted the rigging, but tried to cling to the boat davits,
were hurled adrift and sent to agonize in the undertow. The brig trembled as
if it were on the point of breaking up and dissolving in the horrible, furious
yeast of breakers. Even to the people on shore the moment and the spectacle
were sublime and tremendous beyond description. The vessel and the people
on board disappeared for a time from their sight under jets and cascades of surf.
The spray rose in a dense sheet as high as the maintopmast would have been
had it stood upright.

When Thurstane came out of his state of temporary drowning, he was conscious
of two sailors clambering by him toward the top, and heard a shout in his
ears of “Cast loose.”

It was the captain. He had sprung alongside of Clara, and was already unwinding
her lashings. Thrice before the job was done they were buried in surf,
and during the third trial they had to hold on with their hands, the two men
clasping the girl desperately and pressing her against the rigging. It was a
wonder that she and all of them were not disabled, for the jamming of the water
was enough to break bones.

They got her up a few ratlines; then came another surge, during which they
gripped hard; then there was a second ascent, and so on. The climbing was
the easier and the holding on the more difficult, because the mast was depressed
to a low angle, its summit being hardly ten feet higher than its base. Even in
the top there was a desperate struggle with the sea, and even after Clara was in
the sling she was half drowned by the surf.

Meantime the people on shore had made fast the hawser to a tree and
manned the halyard. Not a word was uttered by Clara or Thurstane when they
parted, for she was speechless with exhaustion and he with anxiety and terror.
The moment he let go of her he had to grip a loop of top-hamper and hold on
with all his might to save himself from being pitched into the water by a fresh
jerk of the mast and a fresh inundation of flying surge. When he could look at
her again she was far out on the hawser, rising and falling in quick, violent, perilous
swings, caught at by the toppling breakers and howled at by the undertow.
Another deluge blinded him; as soon as he could he gazed shoreward again,
and shrieked with joy; she was being carefully lifted from the sling; she was
saved—if she was not dead.

When the apparatus was hauled back to the top the captain said to Thurstane,
“Your turn now.”

The young man hesitated, glanced around for Coronado and Garcia, and replied,
“Those first.”

It was not merely humanity, and not at all good-will toward these two men,
which held him back from saving his life first; it was mainly that motto of nobility,
that phrase which has such a mighty influence in the army, “An officer
and a gentleman.
” He believed that he would disgrace his profession and himself
if he should quit the wreck while any civilian remained upon it.

Coronado, leaving his uncle to the care of a sailor, had already climbed the
shrouds, and was now crawling through the lubber hole into the top. For once
his hardihood was beaten; he was pale, tremulous and obviously in extreme terror;
he clutched at the sling the moment he was pointed to it. With the

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

utmost care, and without even a look of reproach, Thurstane helped secure him in
the loops and launched him on his journey. Next came the turn of Garcia.
The old man seemed already dead. He was livid, his lips blue, his hands helpless,
his voice gone, his eyes glazed and set. It was necessary to knot him into
the sling as tightly as if he were a corpse; and when he reached shore it could
be seen that he was borne off like a dead weight.

“Now then,” said the captain to Thurstane. “We can't go till you do.
Passengers first.”

Exhausted by his drenchings, and by a kind of labor to which he was not accustomed,
the lieutenant obeyed this order, took his place in the sling, nodded
good-by to the brave sailors, and was hurled out of the top by a plunge of surf,
as a criminal is pushed from the cart by the hangman.

No idea has been given, and no complete idea can be given, of the difficulties,
sufferings, and perils of this transit shoreward. Owing to the rising and
falling of the mast, the hawser now tautened with a jerk which flung the voyager
up against it or even over it, and now drooped in a large bight which let
him down into the seethe of water and foam that had just rushed over the vessel,
forcing it down on its beam ends. Thurstane was four or five times tossed
and as often submerged. The waves, the wind, and the wreck played with him
successively or all together. It was an outrage and a torment which surpassed
some of the tortures of the Inquisition. First came a quick and breathless
plunge; then he was imbedded in the rushing, swirling waters, drumming in his
ears and stifling his breath; then he was dragged swiftly upward, the sling turning
him out of it. It seemed to him that the breath would depart from his body
before the transit was over. When at last he landed and was detached from the
cordage, he was so bruised, so nearly drowned, so every way exhausted, that he
could not stand. He lay for quite a while motionless, his head swimming, his
legs and arms twitching convulsively, every joint and muscle sore, catching
his breath with painful gasps, almost fainting, and feeling much as if he were
dying.

He had meant to help save the captain and sailors. But there was no more
work in him, and he just had strength to walk up to the village, a citizen holding
him by either arm. As soon as he could speak so as to be understood, he asked,
first in English and then in Spanish, “How is the lady?”

“She is insensible,” was the reply—a reply of unmeant cruelty.

Remembering how he had suffered, Thurstane feared lest Clara had received
her death-stroke in the slings, and he tottered forward eagerly, saying, “Take
me to her.”

Arrived at the house where she lay, he insisted upon seeing her, and had his
way. He was led into a room; he did not see and could never remember what
sort of a room it was; but there she was in bed, her face pale and her eyes
closed; he thought she was dead, and he nearly fell. But a pitying womanly
voice murmured to him, “She lives,” with other words that he did not understand,
or could not afterward recall. Trusting that this unconsciousness was a
sleep, he suffered himself to be drawn away by helping hands, and presently was
himself in a bed, not knowing how he got there.

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

Meantime the tragedy of the wreck was being acted out. The sling broke
once, the sailor who was in it falling into the undertow, and perishing there in
spite of a rush of the townspeople. One of the two men who were washed
overboard at the first shock was also drowned. The rest escaped, including
the heroic captain, who was the last to come ashore.

When Thurstane was again permitted to see Clara, it was, to his great astonishment,
the morning of the following day. He had slept like the dead; if
any one had sought to awaken him, it would have been almost impossible; there
was no strength left in body or spirt but for sleep. Clara's story had been
much the same: insensibility, then swoons, then slumber; twelve hours of utter
unconsciousness. On waking the first words of each were to ask for the other.
Thurstane put on his scarcely dried uniform and hurried to the girl's room.
She received him at the door, for she had heard his step although it was on tiptoe,
and she knew his knock although as light as the beating of a bird's wing.

It was another of those interviews which cannot be described, and perhaps
should not be. They were uninterrupted, for the ladies of the house had
learned from Clara that this was her betrothed, and they had woman's sense of
the sacredness of such meetings. Presents came, and were not sent in; Coronado
called and was not admitted. The two were alone for two hours, and the
two hours passed like two minutes. Of course all the ugly past was explained.

“A letter dismissing you!” exclaimed Clara with tears. “Oh! how could
you think that I would write such a letter? Never—never! Oh, I never could.
My hand should drop off first. I should die in trying to write such wickedness.
What! don't you know me better? Don't you know that I am true to you?
Oh, how could you believe it of me? My darling, how could you?”

“Forgive me,” begged the humbled young fellow, trembling with joy in his
humility. “It was weak and wicked in me. I deserved to be punished as I
have been. And, oh, I did not deserve this happiness. But, my little girl, how
could I help being deceived? There was your handwriting and your signature.”

“Ah! I know who it was,” broke out Clara. “It has been he all through.
He shall pay for this, and for all,” she added, her Spanish blood rising in her
cheeks, and her soft eyes sparkling angrily for a minute.

“I have saved his life for the last time,” returned Thurstane. “I have
spared it for the last time. Hereafter—”

“My darling, my darling!” begged Clara, alarmed by his blackening brow.
“Oh, my darling, I don't love to see you angry. Just now, when we have just
been spared to each other, don't let us be angry. I spoke angrily first. Forgive
me.”

“Let him keep out of my way,” muttered Thurstane, only in part pacified.

“Yes,” answered Clara, thinking that she would herself send Coronado off,
so that there might be no duel between him and this dear one.

Presently the lover added one thing which he had felt all the time ought to
have been said at first.

“The letter—it was right. Although he wrote it, it was right. I have no
claim to marry a rich woman, and you have no right to marry a poor man.”

He uttered this in profound misery, and yet with a firm resolution. Clara
turned pale and stared at him with anxious eyes, her lips parted as though
to speak, but saying nothing. Knowing his fastidious sense of honor, she
guessed the full force with which this scruple weighed upon him, and she did
not know how to drag it off his soul.

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

“You are worth a million,” he went on, in a broken-hearted sort of voice
which to us may seem laughable, but which brought the tears into Clara's eyes.

The next instant she brightened; she knew, or thought she knew, that she
was not worth a million; so she smiled like a sunburst and caught him gayly by
the wrists.

“A million!” she scoffed, laughingly. “Do you believe all Coronado tells
you?”

“What! isn't it true?” exclaimed Thurstane, reddening with joy. “Then
you are not heir to your grandfather's fortune? It was one of his lies? Oh,
my little girl, I am forever happy.”

She had not meant all this; but how could she undeceive him? The tempting
thought came into her mind that she would marry him while he was in this
ignorance, and so relieve him of his noble scruples about taking an heiress. It
was one of those white lies which, it seems to us, must fade out of themselves
from the record book, without even needing to be blotted by the tear of an
angel.

“Are you glad?” she smiled, though anxious at heart, for deception alarmed
her. “Really glad to find me poor?”

His only response was to cover her hands, and hair, and forehead with
kisses.

At last came the question, When? Clara hesitated; her face and neck
bloomed with blushes as dewy as flowers; she looked at him once piteously, and
then her gaze fell in beautiful shame.

“When would you like?” she at last found breath to whisper.

“Now—here,” was the answer, holding both her hands and begging with his
blue-black eyes, as soft then as a woman's.

“Yes, at once,” he continued to implore. “It is best every way. It will
save you from persecutions. My love, is it not best?”

Under the circumstances we cannot wonder that this should be just as she
desired.

“Yes—it is—best,” she murmured, hiding her face against his shoulder.
“What you say is true. It will save me trouble.”

After a short heaven of silence he added, “I will go and see what is needed.
I must find a priest.”

As he was departing she caught him; it seemed to her just then that she
could not be a wife so soon; but the result was that after another silence and a
faint sobbing, she let him go.

Meantime Coronado, that persevering and audacious but unlucky conspirator,
was in treble trouble. He was afraid that he would lose Clara; afraid
that his plottings had been brought to light, and that he would be punished;
afraid that his uncle would die and thus deprive him of all chance of succeeding
to any part of the estate of Muñoz. Garcia had been brought ashore apparently
at his last gasp, and he had not yet come out of his insensibility. For a time
Coronado hoped that he was in one of his fits; but after eighteen hours he gave
up that feeble consolation; he became terribly anxious about the old man; he
felt as though he loved him. The people of Monterey universally admitted that
they had never before known such an affectionate nephew and tender-hearted
Christian as Coronado.

He tried to see Clara, meaning to make the most with her of Garcia's condition,
and hoping that thus he could divert her a little from Thurstane. But
somehow all his messages failed; the little house which held her repelled him

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

as if it had been a nunnery; nor could he get a word or even a note from her.
The truth is that Clara, fearing lest Coronado should tell more stories about her
million to Thurstane, had taken the women of the family into her confidence
and easily got them to lay a sly embargo on callers and correspondents.

On the second day Garcia came to himself for a few minutes, and struggled
hard to say something to his nephew, but could give forth only a feeble jabber,
after which he turned blank again. Coronado, in the extreme of anxiety, now
made another effort to get at Clara. Reaching her house, he learned from a
bystander that she had gone out to walk with the Americano, and then he
thought he discovered them entering the distant church.

He set off at once in pursuit, asking himself with an anxiety which almost
made him faint, “Are they to be married?”

CHAPTER XLII.

In those days the hymeneal laws of California were as easy as old shoes, and
people could espouse each other about as rapidly as they might want to.

The consequence was that, although Ralph Thurstane and Clara Van Diemen
had only been two days in Monterey and had gone through no forms of
publication, they were actually being married when Coronado reached the village
church.

Leaning against the wall, with eyes as fixed and face as livid as if he were a
corpse from the neighboring cemetery, he silently witnessed a ceremony which
it would have been useless for him to interrupt, and then, stepping softly out of
a side door, lurked away.

He walked a quarter of a mile very fast, ran nearly another quarter of a mile,
turned into a by-road, sought its thickest underbrush, threw himself on the ground,
and growled. For once he had a heavier burden upon him than he could bear
in human presence, or bear quietly anywhere. He must be alone; also he must
weep and curse. He was in a state to tear his hair and to beat his head against
the earth. Refined as Coronado usually was, admirably as he could imitate the
tranquil gentleman of modern civilization, he still had in him enough of the natural
man to rave. For a while he was as simple and as violent in his grief as
ever was any Celtiberian cave-dweller of the stone age.

Jealousy, disappointed love, disappointed greed, plans balked, labor lost, perils
incurred in vain! All the calamities that he could most dread seemed to have
fallen upon him together; he was like a man sucked by the arms of a polypus,
dying in one moment many deaths. We must, however, do him the justice to
believe that the wound which tore the sharpest was that which lacerated his
heart. At this time, when he realized that he had altogether and forever lost
Clara, he found that he loved her as he had never yet believed himself capable
of loving. Considering the nobility of this passion, we must grant some sympathy
to Coronado.

Unfortunate as he was, another misfortune awaited him. When he returned
to the house where Garcia lay, he found that the old man, his sole relative and
sole friend, had expired. To Coronado this dead body was the carcass of all remaining
hope. The exciting drama of struggle and expectation which had so
violently occupied him for the last six months, and which had seemed to promise
such great success, was over. Even if he could have resolved to kill Clara,
there was no longer anything to be gained by it, for her money would not descend
to Coronado. Even if he should kill Thurstane, that would be a harm

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

rather than a benefit, for his widow would hate Coronado. If he did any evil
deed now, it must be from jealousy or from vindictiveness. Was murder of any
kind worth while? For the time, whether it were worth while or not, he was furious
enough to do it.

If he did not act, he must go; for as everything had miscarried, so much had
doubtless been discovered, and he might fairly expect chastisement. While he
hesitated a glance into the street showed him something which decided him, and
sent him far from Monterey before sundown. Half a dozen armed horsemen,
three of them obviously Americans, rode by with a pinioned prisoner, in whom
Coronado recognized Texas Smith. He did not stop to learn that his old bravo
had committed a murder in the village, and that a vigilance committee had sent
a deputation after him to wait upon him into the other world. The sight of that
haggard, scarred, wicked face, and the thought of what confessions the brute
might be led to if he should recognize his former employer, were enough to
make Coronado buy a horse and ride to unknown regions.

Under the circumstances it would perhaps be unreasonable to blame him for
leaving his uncle to be buried by Clara and Thurstane.

These two, we easily understand, were not much astonished and not at all
grieved by his departure.

“He is gone,” said Thurstane, when he learned the fact. “No wonder.”

“I am so glad!” replied Clara.

“I suspect him now of being at the bottom of all our troubles.”

“Don't let us talk of it, my love. It is too ugly. The present is so beautiful!”

“I must hurry back to San Francisco and try to get a leave of absence,”
said the husband, turning to pleasanter subjects. “I want full leisure to be
happy.”

“And you won't let them send you to San Diego?” begged the wife. “No
more voyages now. If you do go, I shall go with you.”

“Oh no, my child. I can't trust the sea with you again. Not after this,” and
he waved his hand toward the wreck of the brig.

“Then I will beg myself for your leave of absence.”

Thurstane laughed; that would never do; no such condescension in his
wife!

They went by land to San Francisco, and Clara kept the secret of her million
during the whole journey, letting her husband pay for everything out of his
shallow pocket, precisely as if she had no money. Arrived in the city, he left
her in a hotel and hurried to headquarters. Two hours later he returned smiling,
with the news that a brother officer had volunteered to take his detail, and
that he had obtained a honeymoon leave of absence for thirty days.

“Barclay is a trump,” he said. “It is all the prettier in him to go that he
has a wife of his own. The commandant made no objection to the exchange.
In fact the old fellow behaved like a father to me, shook hands, patted me on the
shoulder, congratulated me, and all that sort of thing. Old boy, married himself,
and very fond of his family. Upon my word, it seems to better a man's heart to
marry him.”

“Of course it does,” chimed in Clara. “He is so much happier that of
course he is better.”

“Well, my little princess, where shall we go?”

“Go first to see Aunt Maria. There! don't make a face. She is very good
in the long run. She will be sweet enough to you in three days.”

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

“Of course I will go. Where is she?”

“Boarding at a hacienda a few miles from town. We can take horses, canter
out there, and pass the night.”

She was full of spirits; laughed and chattered all the way; laughed at everything
that was said; chattered like a pleased child. Of course she was thinking
of the surprise that she would give him, and how she had circumvented his sense
of honor about marrying a rich girl, and how hard and fast she had him. Moreover
the contrast between her joyous present and her anxious past was alone
enough to make her run over with gayety. All her troubles had vanished in a
pack; she had gone at one bound from purgatory to paradise.

At the hacienda Thurstane was a little struck by the respect with which the
servants received Clara; but as she signed to them to be silent, not a word was
uttered which could give him a suspicion of the situation. Mrs. Stanley, moreover,
was taking a siesta, and so there was another tell-tale mouth shut.

“Nobody seems to be at home,” said Clara, bursting into a merry laugh over
her trick as they entered the house. “Where can the master and mistress
be?”

They were now in a large and handsomely furnished room, which was the
parlor of the hacienda.

“Don't sit down,” cried Clara, her eyes sparkling with joy. “Stand just
there as you are. Let me look at you a moment. Wait till I tell you something.”

She fronted him for a few seconds, watching his wondering face, hesitating,
blushing, and laughing. Suddenly she bounded forward, threw her arms around
his shoulders and cried excitedly, hysterically, “My love! my husband! all this
is yours. Oh, how happy I am!”

The next moment she burst into tears on the shoulder to which she was
clinging.

“What is the matter?” demanded Thurstane in some alarm; for he did not
know that women can tremble and weep with gladness and he thought that
surely his wife was sick if not deranged.

“What! don't you guess it?” she asked, drawing back with a little more
calmness, and looking tenderly into his puzzled eyes.

“You don't mean—?”

“Yes, darling.”

“It can't be that—?”

“Yes, darling.”

He began to comprehend the trick that had been played upon him, although
as yet he could not fully credit it. What mainly bewildered him was that Clara,
whom he had always supposed to be as artless as a child—Clara, whom he had
cared for as an elder and a father—should have been able to keep a secret and
devise a plot and carry out a mystification.

“Great—Scott!” he gasped in his stupefaction, using the name of the
then commander-in-chief for an oath, as officers sometimes did in those days.

“Yes, yes, yes,” laughed and chattered Clara. “Great Scott and great
Thurstane! All yours. Three hundred thousand. Half a million. A million.
I don't know how much. All I know is that it is all yours. Oh, my darling!
oh, my darling! How I have fooled you! Are you angry with me? Say, are
you angry? What will you do to me?”

We must excuse Thurstane for finding no other chastisement than to squeeze
her in his arms and choke her with kisses. Next he held her from him, set her

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

down upon a sofa, fell back a pace and stared at her much as if she were a totally
new discovery, something in the way of an arrival from the moon. He was
in a state of profound amazement at the dexterity with which she had taken his
destiny out of his own hands into hers, without his knowledge. He had not supposed
that she was a tenth part so clever. For the first time he perceived that
she was his match, if indeed she were not the superior nature; and it is a remarkable
fact, though not a dark one if one looks well into it, that he respected
her the more for being too much for him.

“It beats Hannibal,” he said at last. “Who would have expected such generalship
in you? I am as much astonished as if you had turned into a knight in
armor. Well, how much it has saved me! I should have hesitated and been
miserable; and I should have married you all the same; and then been ashamed
of marrying money, and had it rankle in me for years. And now—oh, you wise
little thing!—all I can say is, I worship you.”

“Yes, darling,” replied Clara, walking gravely up to him, putting her hands
on his shoulders, and looking him thoughtfully in the eyes. “It was the wisest
thing I ever did. Don't be afraid of me. I never shall be so clever again. I
never shall be so tempted to be clever.”

We must pass over a few months. Thurstane soon found that he had the
Muñoz estate in his hands, and that, for the while at least, it demanded all his
time and industry. Moreover, there being no war and no chance of martial distinction,
it seemed absurd to let himself be ordered about from one hot and
cramped station to another, when he had money enough to build a palace, and a
wife who could make it a paradise. Finally, he had a taste for the natural sciences,
and his observations in the Great Cañon and among the other marvels of
the desert had quickened this inclination to a passion, so that he craved leisure
for the study of geology, mineralogy, and chemistry. He resigned his commission,
established himself in San Francisco, bought all the scientific books he
could hear of, made expeditions to the California mountains, collected garrets
full of specimens, and was as happy as a physicist always is.

Perhaps his happiness was just a little increased when Mrs. Stanley announced
her intention of returning to New York. The lady had been amiable
on the whole, as she meant always to be; but she could not help daily taking up
her parable concerning the tyranny and stupidlty of man and the superior virtue
of woman; and sometimes she felt it her duty to put it to Thurstane that he
owed everything to his wife; all of which was more or less wearing, even to her
niece. At the same time she was such a disinterested, well-intentioned creature
that it was impossible not to grant her a certain amount of admiration. For instance,
when Clara proposed to make her comfortable for life by settling upon
her fifty thousand dollars, she replied peremptorily that it was far too much for
an old woman who had decided to turn her back on the frivolities of society, and
she could with difficulty be brought to accept twenty thousand.

Furthermore, she was capable, that is, in certain favored moments, of confessing
error. “My dear,” she said to Clara, some weeks after the marriage, “I
have made one great mistake since I came to these countries. I believed that
Mr. Coronado was the right man and Mr. Thurstane the wrong one. Oh, that
smooth tongued, shiny-eyed, meeching, bowing, complimenting hypocrite! I
see at last what a villain he was. I see it,” she emphasized, as if nobody else
had discovered it. “To think that a person who was so right on the main question
[female suffrage] could be so wrong on everything else! The contradiction
adds to his guilt. Well, I have had my lesson. Every one must make her mistake.
I shall never be so humbugged again.”

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

Some little time after Thurstane had received the acceptance of his resignation
and established himself in his handsome city house, Aunt Maria observed
abruptly, “My dears, I must go back.”

“Go back where? To the desert and turn hermit?” asked Clara, who was
accustomed to joke her relative about “spheres and missions.”

“To New York,” replied Mrs. Stanley. “I can accomplish nothing here.
This miserable Legislature will take no notice of my petitions for female suffrage.”

“Oh, that is because you sign them alone,” laughed the younger lady.

“I can't get anybody else to sign them,” said Aunt Maria with some asperity.
“And what if I do sign them alone? A house full of men ought to have
gallantry enough to grant one lady's request. California is not ripe for any
great and noble measure. I can't remain where I find so little sympathy and
collaboration. I must go where I can be of use. It is my duty.”

And go she did. But before she shook off her dust against the Pacific coast
there was an interview with an old acquaintance.

It must be understood that the fatigues and sufferings of that terrible pilgrimage
through the desert had bothered the constitution of little Sweeny, and
that, after lying in garrison hospital at San Francisco for several months, he had
been discharged from the service on “certificate of physical disability.” Thurstane,
who had kept track of him, immediately took him to his house, first as an
invalid hanger-on, and then as a jack of all work.

As the family were sitting at breakfast Sweeny's voice was heard in the veranda
outside, “colloguing” with another voice which seemed familiar.

“Listen,” whispered Clara. “That is Captain Glover. Let us hear what
they say. They are both so queer!”

“An' what” (“fwat” he pronounced it) “the divil have ye been up to?” demanded
Sweeny. “Ye're a purty sailor, buttoned up in a long-tail coat, wid a
white hankerchy round yer neck. Have ye been foolin' paple wid makin' 'em
think ye're a Protestant praste?”

“I've been blowin' glass, Sweeny,” replied the sniffling voice of Phineas
Glover.

“Blowin' glass! Och, yees was always powerful at blowin'. But I niver
heerd ye blow glass. It was big lies mostly whin I was a listing.”

“Yes, blowin' glass,” returned the Fair Havener in a tone of agreeable reminiscence,
as if it had been a not unprofitable occupation. “Found there
wasn't a glass-blower in all Californy. Bought 'n old machine, put up to the
mines with it, blew all sorts 'f jigmarigs 'n' thingumbobs, 'n' sold 'em to the miners'
n' Injuns. Them critters is jest like sailors ashore; they'll buy anything
they set eyes on. Besides, I sounded my horn; advertised big, so to speak;
got up a sensation. Used to mount a stump 'n' make a speech; told 'em I'd
blow Yankee Doodle in glass, any color they wanted; give 'em that sort 'f gospel,
ye know.”

“An' could ye do it?” inquired the Paddy, confounded by the idea of blowing
a glass tune.

“Lord, Sweeny! you're greener 'n the miners. When ye swaller things that
way, don't laugh 'r ye'll choke yerself to death, like the elephant did when he
read the comic almanac at breakfast.”

“I don't belave that nuther,” asseverated Sweeny, anxious to clear himself
from the charge of credulity.

“Don't believe that!” exclaimed Glover. “He did it twice.”

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

“Och, go way wid ye. He couldn't choke himself afther he was dead. I
wouldn't belave it, not if I see him turn black in the face. It's yerself 'll get
choked some day if yees don't quit blatherin'. But what did ye get for yer
blowin'? Any more 'n the clothes ye're got to yer back?”

For answer Glover dipped into his pockets, took out two handfuls of gold
pieces and chinked them under the Irishman's nose.

“Blazes! ye're lousy wid money,” commented Sweeny. “Ye want somebody
to scratch yees.”

“Twenty thousan' dollars in bank,” added Glover. “All by blowin' 'n' tradin'.
Goin' hum in the next steamer. Anythin' I can do for ye, old messmate?
Say how much.”

“It's the liftinant is takin' care av me. He's made a betther livin' nor yees,
a thousand times over, by jist marryin' the right leddy. An' he's going to put
me in charrge av a farrum that they call the hayshindy, where I'll sell the cattle
for myself, wid half to him, an' make slathers o' money.”

“Thunder, Sweeny! You'll end by ridin' in a coach. What'll ye take for yer
chances? Wal, I'm glad to hear ye're doin' so well. I am so, for old times'
sake.”

“Come in, Captain Glover,” at this moment called Clara through the blinds.
“Come in, Sweeny. Let us all have a talk together about the old times and the
new ones.”

So there was a long talk, miscellaneous and delightful, full of reminiscences
and congratulations and good wishes.

“Wal, we're a lucky lot,” said Glover at last. “Sh'd like to hear 'f some
good news for the sergeant and Mr. Kelly. Sh'd go back hum easier for it.”

“Kelly is first sergeant,” stated Thurstane, “and Meyer is quartermaster-sergeant,
with a good chance of being quartermaster. He is capable of it and
deserves it. He ought to have been promoted years ago for his gallantry and
services during the war. I hope every day to hear that he has got his commission
as lieutenant.”

“Wal, God bless 'em, 'n' God bless the hull army!” said Glover, so gratified
that he felt pious. “An' now, good-by. Got to be movin'.”

“Stay over night with us,” urged Thurstane. “Stay a week. Stay as long
as you will.”

“Do,” begged Clara. “You can go geologizing with my husband. You can
start Sweeny on his farm.”

“Och, he's a thousin' times welkim,” put in Sweeny, “though I'm afeard av
him. He'd tache the cattle to trade their skins wid ache other, an slather me
wid lies till I wouldn't know which was the baste an' which was Sweeny.”

Glover grinned with an air of being flattered, but replied, “Like to stay first
rate, but can't work it. Passage engaged for to-morrow mornin'.”

“Indeed!” exclaimed Aunt Maria, agreeably surprised by an idea.

And the result was that she went to New York under the care of Captain
Glover.

As for Clara and Thurstane, they are surely in a state which ought to satisfy
their friends, and we will therefore say no more of them.

THE END.

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

Back matter

-- --

Valuable Books FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE. By Jacob Abbott.

Rollo on the Atlantic. Rollo in Paris. Rollo in Switzerland. Rollo in
London. Rollo on the Rhine. Rollo in Scotland. Rollo in Geneva. Rollo
in Holland. Rollo in Naples. Rollo in Rome. 10 vols., 16mo, cloth. Illustrated.
Price, $9.

“In the series of narratives to which these volumes pertain, we offer to the readers of the Rollo Books a
continuation of the history of our hero, by giving them an account of the adventures which such a boy may
be supposed to meet with in making a tour in Europe. The books are intended to be books of instruction
rather than of mere amusement: and, in perusing them, the reader may feel assured that all the information
which they contain, not only in respect to the countries visited, and to the customs, usages, and modes of life
that are described, but also in regard to the general character of the incidents and adventures that the young
travellers meet with, is in most strict accordance with facts. The main design of the narratives is this—the
communication of useful knowledge.”

J. A.

THE FLORENCE STORIES. By Jacob Abbott. With Illustrations from
designs by H. W. Herrick. 6 vols., 16mo., cloth. Price, $6.

Florence and John. The Orkney Islands. Grimkie.

The English Channel. The Isle of Wight. Florence's Return.

THE SPECTACLE SERIES. For Young Eyes. A new series, elegantly
Illustrated. By Sarah W. Lander. 7 vols., put up in a neat case. Each
volume $1.

Boston and Vicinity. Pekin. St. Petersburg. Moscow.
Zurich. Berlin. Rome.

These very successful volumes are by Miss S. W. Lander, sister of the late General Lander, and are
among the most attractive and instructive books for the young ever issued.

“Those familiar with Miss Lander's `Spectacle Series' of books for children will be glad to learn that
the volume devoted to Rome is now ready for its youthful readers. These are valuable works, full of life-like
pictures and graphic descriptions; they are beautifully printed, and while they serve, as all stories do, to entertain
a vacant hour, they leave the mind less vacant at the close.”

Springfield Republican.

WALTER'S TOUR IN THE EAST. By Daniel C. Eddy, D.D. Author
of the “Percy Family.” 6 vols., 16mo. Illustrated.

Walter in Egypt. Walter in Jerusalem. Walter in Samaria.

Walter in Athens. Walter in Damascus. Walter in Constantinople.
Price of the Set, $5 40.

“These are capital books, and those who have made the acquaintance of the author in `The Percy
Family' will bear witness to his power of happy description, as well as to his skill as a guide to the young in
Eastern lands.”

Presbyterian.

ARTHUR'S HOME STORIES. A New Series, by T. S. Arthur. In 6
vols. Fully Illustrated. “Hidden Wings.” “Sowing the Wind.” “Sunshine
at Home,” etc. Price $1 each.

“Arthur writes very unexceptionable tales. All his stories inculcate moral principles.”

“In the princely mansions of the Atlantic merchants, and in the rude log cabins of the backwoodsman,
the name of Arthur is equally known and cherished as the friend of virtue.”

THE DOVE SERIES. In large type for Little People. Elegantly Illustrated
by Harrison Weir. 6 vols., 18mo, cloth. Price, $4 80.

“Our table has not hitherto been graced by a set of books that so fully meets our ideal of children's books
as this charming series. The pictures are very many, but not for the most part engravings of wood or metal,
but pen-pictures, such as few have such a talent to draw as the writer of these books, and all of these volumes
are full of the right lessons.”

Northwestern Christian Advocate.

SHELDON & COMPANY, Publishers,
677 Broadway, New York.

Previous section


De Forest, John William, 1826-1906 [1871], Overland: a novel. (Sheldon and Company, New York) [word count] [eaf543T].
Powered by PhiloLogic